GENERAL COMMUNICATION INC
10-K/A, 1996-04-29
TELEPHONE COMMUNICATIONS (NO RADIOTELEPHONE)
Previous: SMITH BARNEY VARIABLE ACCOUNT FUNDS, 485B24E, 1996-04-29
Next: FIDELITY NATIONAL FINANCIAL INC /DE/, 10-K/A, 1996-04-29



                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                   FORM 10-K/A

(Mark one)
       [x] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 of 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
                      EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [Fee Required] (1)
                   For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995

                                       or

               [ ] TRANSACTION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15
            OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [No Fee Required]

                For the transition period from ______ to _______
                           Commission File No. 0-15279

                           GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

          Alaska                                                92-0072737
(State or other jurisdiction of                             (I.R.S. Employer
 Incorporation or organization)                             Identification No.)

              2550 Denali Street Suite 1000 Anchorage, Alaska 99503
                    (Address of principal executive offices)
       Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (907) 265-5600
        Securities Registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None
          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (g) of the Act:

Class A common stock                                       Class B common stock
  (Title of class)                                            (Title of class)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports),  and  (2) has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No ____.

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to the
best of registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [ ]

The  aggregate  market value of the voting stock held by  non-affiliates  of the
registrant,  computed by  reference  to the average bid and asked prices of such
stock  as  of  the  close  of  trading  on  April  15,  1996  was  approximately
$48,426,000.

         The number of shares outstanding of the registrant's common stock as of
April 15, 1996, was:

                  Class A common stock - 19,696,207 shares; and
                    Class B common stock - 4,175,434 shares.

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
                                      None.


- -----------------------
(1) Fee paid with initial filing of Form 10-K on or about March 29, 1996.
<PAGE>
                           GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC.
                        1995 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K/A

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                Page
<S>                                                                                                              <C>
INTRODUCTION....................................................................................................  3

PART III......................................................................................................... 3

         Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant ........................................... 3

         Item 11.  Executive Compensation ....................................................................... 7

         Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management .............................. 21

         Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions .............................................. 30

Part IV......................................................................................................... 33

         Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and
                   Reports on Form 8-K ......................................................................... 33

</TABLE>
ASS008BD.WP5                                                            Page 2
<PAGE>
                                  INTRODUCTION


         General  Communication,  Inc.  ("Company")  hereby amends the following
items, financial statements, exhibits or other portions of its Annual Report for
the year ended December 31, 1995 ("Annual  Report") on Form 10-K as set forth in
the following pages. Specifically,  the information required by Part III of Form
10-K which the Company had in its Annual  Report  included by  incorporation  by
reference to certain  portions of the Company's  definitive  Proxy Statement for
its annual shareholder  meeting to be held in 1996 ("Proxy Statement") and which
Proxy  Statement is to be filed  pursuant to  Regulation  14A of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  is expressly  filed with the Commission as an
amendment to and expressly made a part of the Annual Report, i.e., Item 10, Part
III,  Item 11, Part III,  Item 12, Part III, and Item 13, Part III of Form 10-K.
In addition,  the Company  amends its Form 10-K for the year ended  December 31,
1995 to include copies of four commercial  agreements  pursuant to Item 14, Part
IV of Form 10-K.

                                    PART III

(1)  Item 10, Part III. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.

         The following  text is extracted  from the draft Proxy  Statement.  The
record date for purposes of this  amendment to the Annual Report has been set as
April 15, 1995 ("Record Date"):

                              1. DIRECTOR ELECTIONS

General

         The board of directors  of the Company  ("Board")  is  classified  into
three  classes:  Class I,  Class II, and Class III.  Under the  current  Revised
Bylaws to the Company  ("Bylaws"),  the number of  directors is  established  as
being not less than three nor more than  twelve and may be changed  from time to
time by action of the Board.
Presently the number of directors constituting the Board is seven.

         Pursuant  to the  Acquisition  Plan,  the  Board  intends  to  adopt  a
resolution  expanding  the size of the Board  from seven to nine  positions  and
allocate  one new  position to each of Classes II and III.  The Board then would
consist of Classes I, II, and III, each with three members per class.  The Board
intends  to  adopt  another  resolution  to  fill  the two  new  positions  with
individuals  selected  by the Prime  Sellers  pursuant  to the Voting  Agreement
described further elsewhere in this Form 10-K,  provided the shareholders of the
Company  ("Shareholders")  approve the Acquisition Plan. See,  "SHAREHOLDINGS OF
PRINCIPAL  SHAREHOLDERS AND MANAGEMENT:  Changes in Control - Acquisition  Plan,
Voting Agreement," and "CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS:  Certain
Transactions  with Management and Others - Acquisition  Plan." The Board intends
to resolve further that these two new  appointments  would stand for election by
the Shareholders at the Company's annual shareholder  meeting to be held in 1996
("Meeting")  to  complete  the  remaining  one year and two year  terms of their
respective classes. Therefore, at the Meeting, three individuals will be elected
to positions in Class I of the Board for three year terms,  one individual  will
be  elected to a position  in Class II of the Board to serve the  remaining  one
year of the three year term of that class, and one individual will be elected to
a  position  in Class III of the Board to serve the  remaining  two years of the
three year term of that class.  The individuals so elected will serve subject to
the provisions of the Bylaws and until the election and  qualification  of their
respective successors.

         Management   believes  that  its  proposed  nominees  for  election  as
directors  are  willing  to serve as such,  and it is  intended  that the  proxy
holders named in the accompanying  form of Proxy or their  substitutes will vote
for the  election  of  these  nominees  unless  specifically  instructed  to the
contrary.  However,  

ASS008BD.WP5                                                            Page 3
<PAGE>
if any  nominee  at the  time of the  election  is  unable,
unavailable or, for good cause,  unwilling to serve and, as a consequence  other
nominees  are  designated,  the  proxy  holders  named  in the  Proxy  or  their
substitutes will have discretion and authority to vote or refrain from voting in
accordance with their judgment with respect to other nominees.


Business Background of Directors, Nominees, and Executive Officers of the 
Company

         As of the Record Date the nominees  proposed by management for election
as directors at the Meeting  were as follows:  for Class I - John W.  Gerdelman,
Carter F. Page, and Robert M. Walp.  Further  information  with respect to these
nominees and all directors is set forth in the following  table as of the Record
Date. In addition, similar information is provided for executive officers of the
Company.  All executive officers are elected for annual terms,  subject to their
earlier  death,  resignation  or removal in  accordance  with the  Articles  and
Bylaws,  until  their  successors  are chosen and  qualify.  There are no family
relations of first cousin or closer,  among the persons  named in the table,  by
blood,  marriage,  or  adoption.  The Board is unaware of any legal  proceedings
which may have  occurred  during the past five years and which would be material
to an  evaluation  of the  integrity  or ability of any  director  or  executive
officer of the Company to serve. Furthermore,  the Board is unaware of any legal
proceedings  which may have occurred in which any director or executive  officer
of  the  Company  was  or is a  party  adverse  to  the  Company  or  any of its
subsidiaries  or has a material  interest  adverse to the  Company or any of its
subsidiaries.

ASS008BD.WP5                                                            Page 4

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
====================================================================================================================

                           DIRECTORS, NOMINEES, AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY
                  
<CAPTION>
Name                                          Age            Positions, Business Experience
- --------------------------------------------- -------------- -------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>            <C>
Ronald A. Duncan (1)                          43             Director, President and Chief Executive Officer of
                                                             the Company since January 1, 1989.  Prior to that,
                                                             Mr. Duncan was the Executive Vice President and a
                                                             director of the Company from 1979 through December,
                                                             1988.

Donne F. Fisher (1)                           57             Nominee.  Director of the Company since 1980.  Mr.
                                                             Fisher has been a consultant to Tele-Communications,
                                                             Inc. ("TCI") since December, 1995 and has been a
                                                             director of TCI since 1980.  Prior to becoming a
                                                             consultant to TCI, he was Executive Vice President of
                                                             TCI from December, 1991 to December, 1995 and had
                                                             been a Senior Vice President of TCI from 1982 to
                                                             December, 1995.  He has served as Vice President,
                                                             Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of most of
                                                             TCI's subsidiaries.  TCI is a cable television
                                                             company which owns and operates cable television
                                                             systems primarily located in the United States.


John W. Gerdelman (1)                         43             Nominee. Director of the Company since July, 1994.
                                                             Mr. Gerdelman has been President, Network Services
                                                             for MCI Telecommunications Corporation, a wholly
                                                             owned subsidiary of MCI Communications Corporation in
                                                             Washington, D.C., since September, 1994.  Prior to
                                                             that, he was Senior Vice President for MCI
                                                             Telecommunications Corporation from July, 1992 to
                                                             September, 1994.  Prior to that, he was President of
                                                             MCI Services, Inc. in Sergeant Bluff, Iowa from July,
                                                             1989 to July, 1992.  MCI through its subsidiaries
                                                             provides telecommunication and related services
                                                             throughout the country and internationally.

Carter F. Page (1)                            64             Director and Chairman of the Board of the Company
                                                             since 1980.  From December, 1987 to December, 1989,
                                                             Mr. Page served as a consultant to WestMarc
                                                             Communications, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of
                                                             TCI ("WSMC"), in matters related to the Company.  He
                                                             served as President and director of WSMC from 1972 to
                                                             December, 1987. Since then and to the present, he has
                                                             been managing general partner of Semaphore Partners,
                                                             a general partnership and investment vehicle in the
                                                             communications industry.

Larry E. Romrell (1)                          56             Director of the Company since 1980.  Mr. Romrell has
                                                             been an Executive Vice President of TCI since 1994,
                                                             President and director of TCI Technology Ventures,
                                                             Inc. since 1994, and Senior Vice President of TCI
                                                             since 1991, is the President of WSMC, and has been
                                                             employed by WSMC in various capacities from 1961.

ASS008BD.WP5                                                            Page 5
<PAGE>
James M. Schneider (1)                        43             Nominee.  Director of the Company since July, 1994.
                                                             Mr. Schneider has been Senior Vice President Corporate
                                                             Finance Consumer Markets for MCI Communications
                                                             Corporation in Washington, D.C. since August,
                                                             1995.  Prior to that, he was Senior Vice President
                                                             Finance Consumer Markets for MCI Telecommunications
                                                             Corporation since November, 1993. Prior to that, he was
                                                             Corporate Controller for MCI from September, 1993 to
                                                             November, 1993.  Prior to that, Mr. Schneider was with
                                                             the accounting firm of Price Waterhouse from 1973 to
                                                             September, 1993 and was a partner in that firm from
                                                             October, 1983 to September, 1993.

Robert M. Walp (1)                            68             Director, Vice Chairman of the Company since January
                                                             1, 1989.  Prior to that, Mr. Walp served as President
                                                             and Chief Executive Officer and a Director of the
                                                             Company from 1979.

William C. Behnke                             38             Senior Vice President Marketing and Sales for the
                                                             Company since January, 1994.  Prior to that Mr.
                                                             Behnke was Vice President of the Company and
                                                             President of GCI Network Systems, Inc. from February,
                                                             1992 to January, 1994 when that corporation, a
                                                             subsidiary of GCI Communication Corp. (a wholly owned
                                                             subsidiary of the Company, "GCC"), was merged into
                                                             GCC.  Prior to that, he was Vice President of the
                                                             Company and General Manager of GCI Network Systems,
                                                             Inc. from June, 1989 to February, 1992.  Prior to
                                                             that, he was Senior Vice President for Transalaska
                                                             Data Systems, Inc. from August, 1984 to June, 1989.


Richard P. Dowling                            52             Senior Vice President - Corporate Development for the
                                                             Company since December, 1990.  Prior to that, Mr.
                                                             Dowling was Senior Vice President-Operations and
                                                             Engineering for the Company from December, 1989 to
                                                             December, 1990.  Prior to that he was Vice
                                                             President-Operations and Engineering for the Company
                                                             from 1981 to December, 1989.


G. Wilson Hughes                              50             Executive Vice President and General Manager of the
                                                             Company since June, 1991.  Prior to that, Mr. Hughes
                                                             was President and a member of the board of directors
                                                             of Northern Air Cargo, Inc. from March, 1989 to June,
                                                             1991.  Prior to that, he was President and a member
                                                             of the board of directors of Enserch Alaska Services,
                                                             Inc. from June, 1984 to December, 1988.

John M. Lowber                                46             Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for
                                                             the Company since December, 1989.  Prior to that, Mr.
                                                             Lowber was Vice President-Administration for the
                                                             Company from 1985 to December, 1989.  He has been
                                                             Chief Financial Officer for the Company since
                                                             January, 1987 and Secretary/Treasurer of the Company
                                                             since July, 1988.  Prior to joining the Company, Mr.
                                                             Lowber was a senior manager at KPMG Peat Marwick.


Dana L. Tindall                               34             Senior Vice President-Regulatory Affairs since
                                                             January, 1994.  Prior to that Ms. Tindall was Vice
                                                             President-Regulatory Affairs for the Company from
                                                             January, 1991 to January, 1994.  Prior to that, she
                                                             was Director Regulatory Affairs for the Company from
                                                             October, 1989 through December, 1990, and prior to
                                                             that she was Manager Regulatory Affairs for the
                                                             Company from 1985 to October, 1989.

ASS008BD.WP5                                                            Page 6
<PAGE>
============================================= ============== =======================================================
<FN>
- ------------------------

1        Messrs.  Gerdelman,  Page, and Walp were, as of the Record Date, Class I directors whose terms will expire
         at the time of the 1996 annual  shareholder  meeting.  Messrs.  Duncan and Romrell  were, as of the Record
         Date,  Class II  directors  whose terms will expire at the time of the 1997  annual  shareholder  meeting.
         Messrs.  Fisher and Schneider were, as of the Record Date,  Class III directors whose terms will expire at
         the time of the 1998 annual  shareholder  meeting.  See,  "SHAREHOLDINGS  OF  PRINCIPAL  SHAREHOLDERS  AND
         MANAGEMENT: Changes in Control - Acquisition Plan."

- ------------------------
</FN>
</TABLE>
         In addition, one of the directors,  Mr. Fisher, serves on the boards of
directors of most of TCI's subsidiaries.

Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act

         Based upon a review of  Exchange  Act Forms 3, 4, and 5  completed  and
furnished  to it by  Shareholders,  the  Company  is  unaware  of any  director,
officer,  or  beneficial  owner of more than 10  percent  of any class of common
stock of the Company who failed to file on a timely basis,  as provided in those
forms,  reports  required  under Section 16(a) of that act during the year ended
December 31, 1995.

(2)      Item 11, Part III.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

         The following text is extracted from the Proxy Statement:

Remuneration of Directors and Executive Officers

         Summary  Compensation.  The following table sets forth a summary of the
compensation  paid by the Company to its chief executive officer for services in
all capacities  for each of the years ended  December 31, 1993,  1994, and 1995,
respectively.  It also sets forth similar  information  for the four most highly
compensated  executive  officers of the Company  aside from the chief  executive
officer rendering services to the Company and its subsidiaries,  whose aggregate
salary and bonuses  exceeded  $100,000 for the year ended December 31, 1995 (Mr.
Duncan  and  these  four  executive  officers,  collectively,  "Named  Executive
Officers").

ASS008BD.WP5                                                            Page 7
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
==============================================================================================================================
                                                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      Long Term Compensation
                                                                             ------------------------------------

                                    Annual Compensation                                Awards           Payouts
                                 -------------------------                          -----------         -------

            (a)                  (b)        (c)        (d)         (e)           (f)          (g)            (h)          (i)
                                                                                         
                                                               Other Annual  Restricted   Securities                  All Other
           Name &                                               Compensa-       Stock     Underlying        LTIP      Compen-
         Principal                       Salary (1)  Bonus (1)   tion (2),(3)  Awards     Options/SARs  Payouts (4)   sation (5)
          Position              Year        ($)        ($)         ($)           ($)          (#)            ($)          ($)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>              <C>      <C>            <C>      <C>
Ronald A. Duncan President      1995        89,550        -0-        14,736          -0-          -0-        -0-      144,470
and Chief Exec. Officer (6)     1994        89,550     99,960        41,322          -0-          -0-        -0-      110,400
                                1993        89,550     27,830       536,970          -0-          -0-        -0-      103,500



William C. Behnke               1995       110,002        -0-        41,931          -0-       50,000        -0-       20,000
Senior Vice President,          1994       109,168    136,194        90,049          -0-          -0-        -0-          -0-
Marketing and Sales (7)         1993        90,000     41,900        64,569          -0-          -0-        -0-          -0-


G. Wilson Hughes                1995       150,002        -0-        16,305          -0-      260,000        -0-       76,586
Executive Vice President        1994       150,003     89,698        15,843          -0-          -0-        -0-       61,059
and General Manager (8)         1993       149,547     31,666         9,342          -0-          -0-        -0-       58,074


John M. Lowber                  1995       125,000        -0-        15,321          -0-      100,000        -0-       65,000
Senior Vice President,          1994       125,514    117,757        12,814          -0-          -0-        -0-       65,000
Administration, Chief           1993       125,000     32,746       177,792          -0-          -0-        -0-       65,000
Financial Officer,
Secretary/Treasurer (9)

Dana L. Tindall                 1995       103,699     24,000        14,949          -0-          -0-        -0-          -0-
Senior Vice President,          1994        93,555     97,467        30,208          -0-          -0-        -0-          -0-
Regulatory Affairs (10)         1993        90,220     38,349        42,299          -0-       50,000        -0-          -0-

=============================================================================================================================
<FN>
- ------------------------

1        Amounts  shown  include  cash  and  non-cash  compensation  earned  and
         received by executive  officers as well as amounts  earned but deferred
         at the election of those officers,  including  employee base salary and
         contributions  to the Stock  Purchase  Plan  (included in column (c) of
         this table) and bonuses  (included in column (d) of this  table).  Does
         not include  Company  contributions  to the Stock Purchase Plan for the
         account of the participating  employee  (included in column (e) of this
         table).  Does not include  value of options  granted as shown in column
         (g) of this  table in that  they were not  in-the-money  at the time of
         grant. Mr. Lowber was as of December 31, 1995, the only employee of the
         Company. The other individuals named in this table were as of that date
         employees  of GCC.  Management  of the  Company  anticipated  that this
         arrangement   would   continue.   See,   "SHAREHOLDINGS   OF  PRINCIPAL
         SHAREHOLDERS  AND MANAGEMENT:  Changes in Control - Pledges of Stock of
         Subsidiaries."

2        Perquisites  and other personal  benefits,  securities and property for
         each  Named  Executive  Officer  did not  exceed  the  lesser of either
         $50,000  or 10% of the total of annual  salary and bonus  reported  for
         that individual.

3        During the years ended December 31, 1993 through 1995, Messrs.  Duncan,
         Lowber, and Hughes and Ms. Tindall  participated in the Company's Stock
         Purchase  Plan through which those  persons  contributed  funds under a
         payroll   deduction   arrangement,   and  the  Company   matched  those
         contributions on a  dollar-for-dollar  basis. The  contributions by the
         Company were made to all employees of the Company and its  subsidiaries
         who  participated  in  the  plan,  including  the  identified  persons.
         Contributions identified in this column (e) are those of the Company to
         the plan only. Prior to July 1, 

ASS008BD.WP5                                                            Page 8
<PAGE>
         1995 employee and Company contributions were invested in Company common
         stock,  and employee  contributions  received up to 100%  matching,  as
         determined  by the Company each year, in Company  common stock.  On and
         after that date,  employees  could  direct  their  contributions  to be
         invested by the plan in Company  common stock,  MCI common  stock,  TCI
         common stock or various identified mutual funds. Also on and after that
         date,  employee  contributions  directed  into  investments  other than
         Company common stock are to receive Company  matching  contributions of
         up  to 50  cents  on  the  dollar  as  determined  by  the  Board.  The
         contributions  are invested in the name of the plan and for the benefit
         of  the  respective  participants  in the  plan.  All  securities  were
         purchased  or  otherwise  acquired at fair market  value on the date of
         purchase or acquisition. See, "MATTERS TO BE ACTED UPON AT THE MEETING:
         1.  DIRECTOR  ELECTIONS  -  Remuneration  of  Directors  and  Executive
         Officers - Stock Purchase Plan."

4        The  Company  had no long term  incentive  plan  during the  three-year
         period ended December 31, 1995.

5        All incidental compensation to each Named Executive Officer did not for
         the years ended  December 31, 1993 through  1995,  exceed the lesser of
         $50,000  or 10% of total  annual  salary  and  bonus  reported  for the
         officer.

6        For 1995, column (e) includes $10,756 of Company matching contributions
         to the Stock Purchase Plan.

         For 1994,  column (e)  includes  prepaid  portion of salary for 1995 of
         $30,000  and  $9,240 of  Company  matching  contributions  to the Stock
         Purchase  Plan.  For 1993,  column  (e)  includes  the value of options
         exercised  (income  derived),  calculated as the fair market value less
         the exercise price of the options at $1.25 per share for 247,947 shares
         of Class A common  stock  granted  in  April,  1988,  in the  amount of
         $495,894 and includes prepaid portion of salary for 1994 of $30,000 and
         $8,994 of Company matching contributions to the Stock Purchase Plan.

         For 1993, 1994, and 1995 column (i), includes the deferred compensation
         agreement  entered into between Mr. Duncan and the Company dated August
         13, 1993 ("Second Duncan Deferred Compensation  Agreement").  Under the
         Second Duncan Deferred Compensation Agreement, the Company is to pay to
         Mr. Duncan  deferred  compensation  in an amount not to exceed $625,000
         plus interest in addition to the regular  compensation  he now earns or
         may in the future earn. This deferred compensation is to be credited to
         Mr. Duncan each July 1 that he is employed by the Company in amounts as
         follows:

                                 Year                                   Amount
                                 ----                                   ------
                                 1993                                 $100,000
                                 1994                                  100,000
                                 1995                                  125,000
                                 1996                                  150,000
                                 1997                                  150,000
                                                                       -------
                                  Total                               $625,000

         The full amount of deferred  compensation plus accrued interest will be
         due and payable to Mr. Duncan upon the  termination  of his  employment
         with the Company,  provided that,  should he voluntarily  terminate his
         employment or his employment is terminated for cause, only that portion
         of the deferred compensation credited as of the December 31 immediately
         preceding  that  termination  plus interest will be due and payable and
         the  remainder  of the  deferred  compensation  will  be  canceled.  No
         compensation was received by Mr. Duncan under this agreement during the
         years ended December 31, 1993, 1994, or 1995.

7        For 1995,  column (e) includes the value of options  exercised  (income
         derived) calculated as the fair market value less the exercise price of
         the  options at $0.001  per share for  10,000  shares of Class A common
         stock granted in June, 1989 in the amount of $41,865.

         For 1994,  column (e) includes the value of options  exercised  (income
         derived),  calculated as the fair market value less the exercise  price
         of the  options at $.001 per share for 17,500  shares of Class A common
         stock granted in June, 1989 in the amount of $89,983.  For 1993, column
         (e)  includes  the  value  of  options   exercised   (income  derived),
         calculated  as the fair  market  value less the  exercise  price of the
         options  at $.001 per share for 15,000  shares of Class A common  stock
         granted in June, 1989 in the amount of $64,516.

         For 1995,  column (i)  include  an  allocation  pursuant  to a deferred
         compensation  plan with Mr. Behnke of $20,000 of deferred  compensation
         vesting over the five year period beginning in 1995.

8        For 1995, column (e) includes the Company's  contributions to the Stock
         Purchase Plan for the benefit of Mr. Hughes in the amount of $12,750.

ASS008BD.WP5                                                            Page 9
<PAGE>
         For 1994, column (e) includes the Company's  contributions to the Stock
         Purchase Plan for the benefit of Mr. Hughes in the amount of $15,000.

         For 1993, column (e) includes the Company's  contributions to the Stock
         Purchase Plan for the benefit of Mr. Hughes in the amount of $8,994.

         For 1993  through  1995,  column  (i),  represents  the amount  accrued
         through a deferred  compensation  agreement  entered  into  between Mr.
         Hughes  and  the  Company  dated  April  30,  1991  ("Hughes   Deferred
         Compensation  Agreement")  during and for the years ended  December 31,
         1993,  1994,  and 1995.  The Company  entered into the Hughes  Deferred
         Compensation Agreement, a five year deferred bonus agreement,  with Mr.
         Hughes dated April 30,  1991.  Under the Hughes  Deferred  Compensation
         Agreement, Mr. Hughes will receive deferred compensation of $50,000 per
         year accrued annually on December 31 of each year of the agreement. The
         agreement  further  provides  that  accumulated  balances on Mr. Hughes
         deferred  compensation will accrue interest at 10% per year, compounded
         annually.  The plan was amended to provide for deferred compensation of
         $65,000 in 1995 and $75,000 per year in 1996 and in  subsequent  years.
         Each  contribution  vests  over the  following  three  years  after the
         corresponding  contribution.  The  agreement  provides  that after five
         years,  or upon  termination  of his employment  with the Company,  Mr.
         Hughes may elect to have the full balance of the deferred  compensation
         paid in cash,  in a lump sum or in monthly  installments  for up to ten
         years. The agreement  provides that in the event of a deferred payment,
         the residual balance will continue to accrue interest. Interest accrued
         under the  agreement  in the  amounts of $8,074,  $11,059,  and $11,585
         during the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994, and 1995, respectively.
         The  agreement is part of an  employment  agreement  described  further
         elsewhere  in this  section.  See,  "MATTERS  TO BE  ACTED  UPON AT THE
         MEETING:  1. DIRECTOR ELECTIONS - Employment  Contracts and Termination
         of Employment and Change of Control Arrangements."

9        For 1995, column (e) includes $12,852 of Company matching contributions
         to the Stock Purchase Plan.

         For 1994, column (e) includes $11,844 of Company matching contributions
         pursuant to the Company's  Stock Purchase  Plan. 

         For 1993,  column (e),  includes the value of options exercised (income
         derived),  calculated as the fair market value less the exercise  price
         of the  option at $1.00 per share for 75,000  shares  granted in April,
         1988,  in the  amount  of  $168,750  and  $8,500  of  Company  matching
         contributions to the Stock Purchase Plan.

         For 1993,  1994, and 1995,  column (i), the amount accrued  through the
         Lowber Deferred  Compensation  Agreement ("Lowber Deferred Compensation
         Agreement")  during and for the years ended  December  31, 1993 through
         1995,  respectively.  The  Company  entered  into the  Lowber  Deferred
         Compensation  Agreement providing for deferred  compensation of $65,000
         per year in each year of a seven  year term and  accruing  annually  on
         July 1 of each year of the term,  the  proceeds  of which  were used to
         purchase a life insurance policy which has been  collaterally  assigned
         to the Company to the extent of premiums  paid by the  Company.  At the
         earlier of  termination  of  employment  or upon election by Mr. Lowber
         subsequent  to the end of the  seven  year term of the  agreement,  the
         collateral   assignment  will  be  terminated  with  the  Company.  The
         agreement  provides  that if Mr.  Lowber  leaves the  employment of the
         Company  voluntarily,   he  will  lose  the  unvested  portion  of  the
         compensation.  The Lowber Deferred Compensation  Agreement is a part of
         Mr. Lowber's  employment  agreement with the Company  described further
         elsewhere  in this  section.  See,  "MATTERS  TO BE  ACTED  UPON AT THE
         MEETING:  1.  DIRECTOR  ELECTIONS -  Compensation  Committee  Report on
         Executive Compensation."

10       For 1995, column (e) includes $12,802 of Company matching contributions
         pursuant to the Stock  Purchase  Plan.  

         For 1994, column (e) includes $13,190 of Company matching contributions
         pursuant to the Stock Purchase Plan and the value of options  exercised
         (income derived), calculated as the fair market value less the exercise
         price of $2.25  per share  for  5,000  shares  of Class A common  stock
         granted December, 1989, in the amount of $15,312.

         For 1993, column (e) includes $6,145 of Company matching  contributions
         pursuant to the Stock Purchase Plan and the value of options  exercised
         (income derived), calculated as the fair market value less the exercise
         price of $.75 per  share for  9,917  shares  and $2.25 for 83 shares of
         Class A  common  stock  granted  in  March,  1987 and  December,  1989,
         respectively, in the total amount of $36,125.

- -------------------
</FN>
</TABLE>
ASS008BD.WP5                                                            Page 10
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
         Option/SAR  Grants.  The following table sets forth  information on the
individual  grants  of  stock  options  (whether  or not in  tandem  with  stock
appreciation  rights ("SARs")),  and freestanding SARs made during the Company's
fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 to the Named Executive Officers.  There were
no tandem SARs or  freestanding  SARs  associated  with the Company  during this
period.


                                        OPTION/SAR GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR

<CAPTION>
                                                                                               Potential Realizable Value
                                                                                                       of Assumed
                                                                                                       Annual Rates
                                                                                                     of Stock Price
                                                                                                    Appreciation for
                                                  Individual Grants                                    Option Term
                                -----------------------------------------------------              ----------------


          (a)                  (b)                (c)               (d)             (e)            (f)           (g)

                            Number of
                           Securities         % of Total
                           Underlying        Options/SARs
                           Option/SARs        Granted to        Exercise or        Expir-
                            Granted (1)        Employees        Base Price (2)     ation
         Name                  (#)          in Fiscal Year         ($/Sh)           Date        5% ($) (3)    10% ($) (3)
- ------------------------ ---------------- -------------------- --------------- --------------- ------------ ---------------
<S>                          <C>                 <C>                <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>
Ronald A. Duncan                -0-               -0-                 -               -              -             -

William C. Behnke             50,0004             8.2               4.00           3/1/05         126,000       319,000

G. Wilson Hughes             260,0005            42.6               4.00           3/1/05         654,000      1,657,000

John M. Lowber               100,0006            16.4               4.00           3/1/05         252,000        638,000

Dana L. Tindall                 -0-               -0-                 -               -              -             -

<FN>
- ------------------------

1        Options in Class A common stock.

2        The exercise  price of the options was equal to the market price of the
         Class A common stock at the time of grant.

3        The potential  realizable  dollar value of a grant is calculated as the
         product of the following: (1) the difference between (i) the product of
         the  per-share  market price at the time of grant and the sum of 1 plus
         the  adjusted  stock  price  appreciation  rate  (the  assumed  rate of
         appreciation  compounded annually over the term of the option) and (ii)
         the  per-share  exercise  price of the  option;  and (2) the  number of
         securities underlying the grant at fiscal year end.

4        The  option is for  50,000  shares at $4.00  per share  vesting  in the
         following  amounts on the indicated dates: (1) 5,000 shares on March 1,
         1998; (2) 15,000 shares on March 1, 1999; (3) 15,000 shares on March 1,
         2000;  and (4) 15,000 shares on March 1, 2001. The options were granted
         pursuant  to the Stock  Option  Plan and will  expire if not  exercised
         before March 1, 2005.

5        The  option is for  260,000  shares at $4.00 per share  vesting  in the
         following  amounts on the indicated dates: (1) 60,000 shares on June 1,
         1997;  (2) 60,000 shares on June 1, 1998;  (3) 60,000 shares on June 1,
         1999;  and (4) 80,000 shares on June 1, 2000.  The options were granted
         pursuant  to the Stock  Option  Plan and will  expire if not  exercised
         before March 1, 2005.

ASS008BD.WP5                                                            Page 11
<PAGE>
6        The  option is for  100,000  shares at $4.00 per share  vesting  in the
         following amounts on the indicated dates: (1) 10,000 shares on March 1,
         1998; (2) 30,000 shares on March 1, 1999; (3) 30,000 shares on March 1,
         2000;  and (4) 30,000 shares on March 1, 2001. The options were granted
         pursuant  to the Stock  Option  Plan and will  expire if not  exercised
         before March 1, 2005.

- ------------------------
</FN>
</TABLE>
         Aggregated  Option/SAR  Exercises and Year-End  Option/SAR  Value.  The
following table sets forth information concerning each exercise of stock options
during the year ended December 31, 1995, by each of the Named Executive Officers
and the fiscal year-end value of unexercised options.  There were no tandem SARs
or freestanding SARs associated with the Company during this period.

ASS008BD.WP5                                                            Page 12
<PAGE>
<TABLE>

                                           AGGREGATED OPTION/SAR EXERCISES
                                       IN LAST FISCAL YEAR AND FISCAL YEAR-END
                                               OPTION/SAR VALUE TABLE
<CAPTION>

             (a)                        (b)                      (c)                     (d)                     (e)
                                                                                   Number of
                                                                                  Securities                Value of
                                                                                  Underlying             Unexercised
                                                                                 Unexercised            In-the-Money
                                                                                Options/SARs         Options/SARs at
                                                                               at FY-End (#)          FY-End ($) (1),(2)
                                  Shares Acquired            Value  
                                     on Exercise          Realized (1)          Exercisable/            Exercisable/
             Name                        (#)                  ($)              Unexercisable           Unexercisable
- ------------------------------- --------------------- --------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
<S>                                    <C>                  <C>              <C>                     <C>
Ronald A. Duncan                        -0-                   -0-             90,000/110,000         180,000/220,000

William C. Behnke                      10,000               41,865            160,190/75,000         575,865/100,000

G. Wilson Hughes                        -0-                   -0-            200,000/310,000         650,000/422,500

John M. Lowber                          -0-                   -0-            167,500/182,500         560,000/265,000

Dana L. Tindall                         -0-                   -0-              71,400/85,000         155,600/170,000
<FN>
- -----------------------

1        The dollar values in columns (c) and (e) of the table are calculated by
         determining  the  difference  between  the  fair  market  value  of the
         securities underlying the options and the exercise price of the options
         at exercise or fiscal year-end, respectively.

2        An option is  "in-the-money" if the fair market value of the underlying
         securities exceeds the exercise price of the option.

- -----------------------
</FN>
</TABLE>

         Long-Term Incentive Plan Awards. The Company had no long-term incentive
plan in operation during the year ended December 31, 1995.

         Stock Purchase Plan. The Company  adopted the Qualified  Employee Stock
Purchase  Plan in December,  1986,  and the plan has  subsequently  been amended
several times by  shareholder  and board of director  actions  ("Stock  Purchase
Plan").  The Stock Purchase Plan is qualified  under Section 401 of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986.  The plan has been allocated 2.4 million shares of Class A
and 240,000  shares of Class B common  stock of the  Company for  issuance to or
acquisition by the plan. Of those amounts, as of the Record Date, 620,706 shares
of Class A and  68,123  shares  of Class B common  stock  remain  available  for
issuance or acquisition by the plan.

         The Stock  Purchase  Plan  permits each  employee of the Company,  each
employee of a subsidiary of the Company,  and each employee of a subsidiary of a
subsidiary of the Company, who has completed one year of service and is at least
21 years of age to elect to participate in it.  Eligible  employees may elect to
reduce  their  compensation  in  any  even  dollar  amount  up to  10%  of  such
compensation  through  contributions  to the plan up to a maximum  of $9,500 for
1996. This limit is adjusted annually based upon inflation,  at the direction of
the Internal Revenue Service.  An eligible  employee may contribute up to 10% 

ASS008BD.WP5                                                            Page 13
<PAGE>
of the employee's compensation with after-tax dollars, or the employee may elect
a combination of salary reductions and after-tax contributions.

         The Company may under the plan match  employee  salary  reductions  and
after tax  contributions in any amount up to 100% as elected by the Company each
year.  However,  no more  than 10% of any one  employee's  compensation  will be
matched  in  any  year.  The  combination  of  salary   reductions,   after  tax
contributions,  and  Company  matching  contributions  cannot  exceed 25% of any
employee's  compensation  (determined  after salary reduction) for any year. The
Company's  contributions  will  vest  over six  years.  Prior  to July 1,  1995,
employee and Company  contributions  were  invested in Company  common stock and
employee  contributions  received  up to 100%  matching,  as  determined  by the
Company each year, in Company  common stock.  On and after that date,  employees
could direct their  contributions  to be invested by the plan in Company  common
stock,  MCI common stock, TCI common stock or various  identified  mutual funds.
Also on and after that date,  employee  contributions  directed into investments
other than Company common stock are to receive Company matching contributions of
up to 50 cents on the dollar as determined by the Board. The  contributions  are
invested in the name of the plan for the benefit of the respective  participants
in the plan.

         The Stock Purchase Plan is administered  through a plan committee whose
chair is the plan  administrator.  The assets of the plan are invested from time
to time by the plan administrator under the direction of the trustee which as of
the Record Date was National  Bank of Alaska.  As of the Record  Date,  the plan
administrator  was Alfred J. Walker.  The plan  administrator and members of the
committee  were all  employees  of the  Company  or its  subsidiaries.  The plan
administrator  and committee  members are appointed by the Board.  The committee
has broad administrative discretion under the terms of the plan.

         The purpose of the Stock  Purchase Plan is to provide  employees of the
Company,  its  subsidiaries,  and  their  subsidiaries  a  convenient  means  of
investing  in the  Company.  The plan  provides an  incentive  to  employees  as
shareholders  of the  Company to  redouble  their  efforts  to make the  Company
successful  and  thereby  increase  the  value  of  their  investments.  Through
discretionary  contributions  by the Company to the plan which in turn  increase
the stock  ownership  in the  Company  by  participants  in the  plan,  the plan
provides further incentive to employees of the Company.

         Stock  Option Plan.  The Company  adopted its 1986 Stock Option Plan in
December,  1986,  and the plan has  subsequently  been amended  several times by
shareholder  and board of directors  action  ("Stock  Option  Plan").  The Stock
Option Plan is a non-qualified plan under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

         The Stock Option Plan has been  allocated  3,200,000  shares of Class A
common stock of the Company to be subject to options  granted under the plan and
further  subject to adjustment  upon the  occurrence of stock  dividends,  stock
splits, mergers, consolidations, or certain other changes in corporate structure
or capitalization.  Of that amount, as of the Record Date, 2,289,900 shares were
subject to outstanding options, 578,256 shares had been issued upon the exercise
of options under the plan, and 331,844  shares of that stock remained  available
for subsequent granting of options under the plan.

         Through the Stock Option Plan,  the Company acting through its board of
directors may provide special  incentives to officers,  non-employee  directors,
and other key  employees by offering  them an  opportunity  to acquire an equity
interest in the Company.  An option granted under the Stock Option Plan may have
an option  exercise  price less than,  equal to, or greater than the fair market
value on the date of grant of the option.  Options granted pursuant to the Stock
Option Plan are only exercisable if at the time of exercise the option holder is
an employee, or non-employee director, of the Company.

ASS008BD.WP5                                                            Page 14
<PAGE>
         The Stock Option Plan provides that all options  granted under the plan
must  expire  not  later  than ten years  after the date of grant.  If an option
expires or  terminates,  the shares  subject to the option will be available for
future grants of options under the Stock Option Plan.  The plan provides that it
shall continue  until such time as the Board's  adoption,  by a simple  majority
vote,  of a  resolution  suspending  or  terminating  the plan or  discontinuing
granting options under the plan. However, any such suspension,  termination,  or
discontinuance  will not affect  options  then  outstanding  under the plan.  No
options may be granted after termination of the plan.

         The Stock Option Plan is  administered  by a committee  composed of the
Board.  Key  employees,   including  officers  and  directors  and  non-employee
directors of the Company, are eligible to participate in the plan. The committee
selects the eligible  employees to whom options are granted and,  subject to the
terms of the Stock  Option  Plan,  the number of shares  subject to each option.
Subject to the  provisions  of the Stock Option Plan,  the  committee  has broad
discretion in  administering  the plan, and is authorized to determine the times
at which  options will be granted and  exercisable  and the fair market value of
the shares  covered by each option at the time of grant,  to prescribe  the form
evidencing options, to interpret the plan, and to prescribe,  amend, and rescind
rules and regulations relating to the plan.

         Unfunded  Deferred  Compensation  Plan.  In February,  1995 the Company
established a non-qualified,  unfunded  deferred  compensation plan to provide a
means by which certain  employees of the Company and its  subsidiaries may elect
to defer receipt of designated  percentages or amounts of their compensation and
to  provide a means for  certain  other  deferrals  of  compensation.  Employees
eligible to participate in the plan are determined by the Board.

         The Company may, at its discretion,  contribute  matching  deferrals in
amounts selected by the Company.  Participants  immediately vest in all elective
deferrals and all income and gain attributable to that  participation.  Matching
contributions  and all  income  and gain  attributable  to them over a  six-year
period. Participants may elect to be paid in either a single lump sum payment or
annual  installments  over a period not to exceed 10 years.  Vested balances are
payable upon termination of employment,  unforeseen emergencies, death and total
disability.  Participants  are general  creditors of the Company with respect to
deferred compensation benefits of the plan.

         Compensation To Directors.  In July, 1995, each director of the Company
(with the  exceptions of Messrs.  Schneider and  Gerdelman)  received  $2,000 in
director fees for the 12 month period July, 1995 -June, 1996. Messrs.  Schneider
and Gerdelman, as a matter of MCI Communications Corporation policy, declined to
accept  such  remuneration  for  serving  on a  board  outside  of MCI  and  its
subsidiaries.  During the year ended  December  31, 1995,  the  directors of the
Company  received no other direct  compensation  for serving in those capacities
but were reimbursed for travel and out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection
with  attendance at meetings of the Board.  The same policy was followed  during
calendar year 1996 up through the Record Date, and management  anticipated  that
such policy would continue  through the balance of 1996. It is anticipated  that
the directors will receive similar  director fees in July, 1996 for the 12 month
period July 1996 - June 1997.


Employment Contracts and Termination of Employment and Change of Control 
Arrangements

         The Company  entered  into  employment  agreements  with Mr.  Hughes in
April,  1991 and with Mr.  Lowber in July,  1992 and has  deferred  compensation
agreements with Messrs.  Duncan,  Hughes,  Behnke and Lowber, the terms of which
are described  elsewhere in this Proxy  Statement.  See footnotes 6 through 9 to
the Summary  Compensation Table in "MATTERS TO BE ACTED UPON AT THE MEETING:  1.
DIRECTOR  ELECTIONS - Remuneration of Directors and Executive Officers - Summary
Compensation."  The Company has no employment  agreements with Ms. Tindall,  the
other Named Executive Officer.

ASS008BD.WP5                                                            Page 15
<PAGE>
         The Company  entered into a deferred  compensation  agreement  with Mr.
Duncan in June, 1989 ("First Duncan Deferred Compensation Agreement"). Under the
First Duncan  Deferred  Compensation  Agreement as of June 12, 1989, the Company
credited an account on its books with  $325,000 for the benefit of Mr. Duncan as
a deferred  bonus for Mr.  Duncan's past service to the Company.  Amounts in the
account were to accrue  interest at 10% per annum unless there was an investment
election by Mr.  Duncan to have the balance in the account  treated as though it
was invested in the common stock of the Company,  In July, 1989, Mr. Duncan made
the  investment  election,  and the Company  issued a total of 105,111 shares of
Class A common stock in its name for the benefit of Mr. Duncan. The stock is not
voted. The full amount of the deferred  compensation  will be due and payable to
Mr. Duncan upon the termination of his employment with the Company.  The Company
entered into a Second Duncan Deferred Compensation  Agreement with Mr. Duncan as
further  described  in  footnote  6 to  the  Summary  Compensation  Table  found
elsewhere  in this  Proxy  Statement.  See,  "MATTERS  TO BE  ACTED  UPON AT THE
MEETING:  1.  DIRECTOR  ELECTIONS -  Remuneration  of  Directors  and  Executive
Officers - Summary Compensation." In September,  1995, the Company agreed to buy
back  100,000  shares of its  Class A common  stock to fund the  vested  portion
subject to that second agreement.  However,  with the concurrence of Mr. Duncan,
the Company subsequently during  September-October,  1995 bought a total of only
13,750  shares under that second  agreement  for a total of $47,880,  i.e., at a
weighted average of $3.48 per share.

         Mr. Hughes' employment  agreement provides for base compensation and in
addition  deferred  compensation  of $50,000  per year for five  years  accruing
interest at 10% per annum,  compounded annually. The plan was amended to provide
for deferred compensation of $65,000 in 1995 and $75,000 per year in 1996 and in
subsequent years.  Each contribution  vests over the following three years after
the corresponding contributions. This compensation is tied to achievement of the
Company's cash flow objectives with the opportunity for significant increases in
the level of compensation if the Company  exceeds those  objectives.  Mr. Hughes
has also been granted stock  options for 250,000  shares of Class A common stock
at $1.75 per share which will vest over a period of five years,  but one-half of
any  remaining  unvested  portion of the options will be vested at the option of
the Company, should Mr. Hughes' employment with the Company be terminated by the
Company. In September,  1995, the Company agreed to buy back 3,750 shares of its
Class A common  stock to fund  certain  of the  vested  portions  subject to the
Hughes Deferred  Compensation  Agreement.  The total purchase price was $12,658,
i.e., at $3.375 per share.

         Mr. Lowber's employment agreement provides for base compensation and in
addition deferred  compensation of $450,000 to vest over seven years at the rate
of $65,000 per year,  with full  vesting to occur should he die, his position in
the Company be terminated, or the Company terminate his employment. In addition,
Mr.  Lowber is to receive an annual cash bonus of $30,000 based upon Company and
individual performance.

         The Company  entered into a deferred  compensation  agreement  with Mr.
Behnke in February, 1995 ("Behnke Deferred Compensation  Agreement').  Under the
Behnke  Deferred  Compensation  Agreement Mr.  Behnke is to receive  $20,000 per
year, to vest over a five year period including the year of the allocation,  and
accruing interest at 10% per annum. The first allocation under the plan was made
in December, 1995.

         Except as  disclosed in this Proxy  Statement,  as of December 31, 1995
and the Record Date, there were no compensatory plans or arrangements  including
payments to be received  from the Company  with  respect to the Named  Executive
Officers for the year ended  December 31, 1995 where such a plan or  arrangement
resulted  in or will  result  from the  resignation,  retirement,  or any  other
termination of such individual's employment with the Company or its subsidiaries
or from a change of  control  of the  Company  or a change  in the  individual's
responsibilities  following a change in control  and where the amount  involved,
including all periodic payments or installments, exceeded $100,000.

ASS008BD.WP5                                                            Page 16
<PAGE>
Report on Repricing of Options/SARs

         During the year ended  December 31, 1995, the Company did not adjust or
amend the exercise price of stock options or SARs  previously  awarded to any of
the  Named  Executive  Officers,  whether  through  amendment,  cancellation  or
replacement grants, or any other means.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

         The Compensation Committee is composed of the members of the Board, and
the identity and  relationships  of the members of the  committee to the Company
are described elsewhere in this Proxy Statement.  See, "MATTERS TO BE ACTED UPON
AT THE  MEETING:  1.  DIRECTOR  ELECTIONS - Business  Background  of  Directors,
Nominees,  and Executive  Officers of the Company,"  "SHAREHOLDINGS OF PRINCIPAL
SHAREHOLDERS   AND   MANAGEMENT"   and   "CERTAIN   RELATIONSHIPS   AND  RELATED
TRANSACTIONS."  During the year ended December 31, 1995,  both Messrs.  Walp and
Duncan, executive officers of the Company,  participated in deliberations of the
Compensation   Committee  concerning  executive  officer  compensation  but  not
including their respective compensations.


Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation

         In  January,  1994,  the Board  established  a  compensation  committee
composed  of all of the  members of the Board  ("Compensation  Committee").  The
Board established the duties of the Compensation Committee as follows:

                  (1) Preparing, on an annual basis for the review of and action
         by the Board, a statement of policies,  goals,  and plans for executive
         officer and Board member  compensation,  if any,  and,  specifically  a
         statement of expected  performance and compensation of and the criteria
         on which compensation is based for the chief executive officer and such
         other executive  officers of the Company as the Board may designate for
         this purpose;

                  (2)  Monitoring  the  effect  of  ongoing  events  on and  the
         effectiveness  of existing  compensation  policies,  goals,  and plans,
         including  but not  limited to the status of the  premise  that all pay
         systems  correlate  with the  compensation  goals and  policies  of the
         Company, and, at its own direction or at the direction of the Board;

                  (3) Monitoring  compensation-related  publicity and public and
         private sector developments on executive compensation;

                  (4)   Familiarizing   itself  with  and  monitoring  the  tax,
         accounting,   corporate,   and  securities  law  ramifications  of  the
         compensation  policies  of the  Company,  including  but not limited to
         comprehending a senior executive officer's total compensation  package,
         its total cost to the  Company  and its total  value to the  recipient,
         paying close  attention to salary,  bonuses,  individual  insurance and
         health benefits,  perquisites, loans made or guaranteed by the Company,
         special benefits to specific executive officers,  individual  pensions,
         and other retirement benefits;

                  (5)  Establishing  the overall cap on executive  compensation,
         the  measure  of  performance   for  executive   officers,   either  by
         predetermined measurements or by a subjective evaluation; and

                  (6)  Striving  to make the  compensation  plans of the Company
         simple, fair, and structured so as to maximize shareholder value.

ASS008BD.WP5                                                            Page 17
<PAGE>
         For the year ended  December 31, 1995,  the duties of the  Compensation
Committee in the area of executive compensation specifically included addressing
the reasonableness of compensation paid to executive officers.  In doing so, the
committee took into account how  compensation  compared to compensation  paid by
competing  companies  as  well  as  the  Company's   performance  and  available
resources.

         The   compensation   policy  of  the  Company  as  established  by  the
Compensation  Committee is that a portion of the annual  compensation  of senior
executive  officers  relates to and is contingent  upon the  performance  of the
Company. In addition,  executive officers participating in deferred compensation
agreements  established  by the  Company are under  those  agreements  unsecured
creditors of the Company.

         In February,  1995 the Compensation Committee established  compensation
levels for all corporate officers including the Named Executive  Officers.  Also
at that time the Compensation  Committee established structured annual incentive
bonus  agreements  with Mr.  Duncan and with each of  several  of its  executive
officers,  including Messrs.  Behnke,  Hughes and Lowber,  and Ms. Tindall.  The
agreements  included the premise that the  Company's  performance,  or that of a
division or subsidiary,  as the case may be, for purposes of compensation  would
be measured by the Compensation Committee against goals established at that time
and were  reviewed and  approved by the Board.  The goals  included  targets for
revenues and cash flow  standards  for the Company or the  relevant  division or
subsidiary.  Targeted  objectives were set and measured from time to time by the
Compensation  Committee.  Other business  achievements  of the Company  obtained
through the efforts of an executive  officer were also taken into  consideration
in the evaluation of performance. See, "MATTERS TO BE ACTED UPON AT THE MEETING:
1. DIRECTOR  ELECTIONS -  Remuneration  of Directors  and  Executive  Officers -
Summary Compensation."

         During the year ended  December  31,  1995 the  Compensation  Committee
monitored and provided direction for the Company's Stock Purchase Plan and Stock
Option Plan.  Because the incentive bonus standards set by the committee for the
Company  for that  year  were not met,  no  incentive  bonuses  tied to  Company
performance  were awarded to the Named  Executive  Officers and other  executive
officers of the Company or to the officers of the  subsidiaries  of the Company.
In addition,  the Compensation Committee reviewed compensation levels of members
of  management,   evaluated  the  performance  of  management,   and  considered
management  succession and related matters. The Compensation  Committee reviewed
in detail all aspects of compensation for the Named Executive Officers and other
executive officers of the Company.  Corresponding duties were carried out by the
boards of directors of the subsidiaries of the Company with respect to employees
of those entities, and the same individuals served as directors of each of these
boards.

         The practice of the Compensation  Committee in future years will likely
be to review  directly the  compensation  and performance of Mr. Duncan as chief
executive  officer  and  to  review   recommendations  by  Mr.  Duncan  for  the
compensation of other senior executive officers.


Performance Graph

         The  following  graph  includes  a  line  graph  comparing  the  yearly
percentage change in the Company's  cumulative total  shareholder  return on its
Class A common stock during the five year period from  December 31, 1990 through
December  31,  1995.  This return is measured by dividing (1) the sum of (a) the
cumulative  amount of dividends for the measurement  period  (assuming  dividend
reinvestment,  if any) and (b) the difference  between the Company's share price
at the end and the beginning of the measurement  period,  by (2) the share price
at the beginning of that measurement  period. This line graph is compared in the
following  graph with two other line graphs during that five year period:  (1) a
market  

ASS008BD.WP5                                                            Page 18
<PAGE>
index and (2) a peer  index.  The market  index is the Center  for  Research  in
Securities Prices Index for the Nasdaq Stock Market for United States companies.
It presents  cumulative  total returns for a broad based equity market  assuming
reinvestment  of dividends and is based upon companies  whose equity  securities
are traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market. The peer index is the Center for Research
in  Securities  Prices Index for Nasdaq  Telecommunications  Stock.  It presents
cumulative  total  returns  for  the  equity  market  in the  telecommunications
industry  segment  assuming  reinvestment of dividends and is based on companies
whose equity  securities are traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market.  The line graphs
represent monthly index levels derived from compounding daily returns.

         In  constructing  each of the line graphs in the following  graph,  the
closing price at the  beginning  point of the five year  measurement  period has
been  converted  into a fixed  investment,  stated in dollars,  in the Company's
Class A common stock (or in the stocks represented by a given index in the cases
of the two comparison  indexes),  with  cumulative  returns for each  subsequent
fiscal year measured as a change from that investment.  Data for each succeeding
fiscal  year during the  five-year  measurement  period are plotted  with points
showing  the  cumulative  total  return  as  of  that  point.  The  value  of  a
shareholder's  investment  as of each point plotted on a given line graph is the
number of shares  held at that point  multiplied  by the then  prevailing  share
price.

         The Company's Class B common stock is traded over-the-counter on a more
limited basis, and therefore  comparisons similar to those previously  described
for  the  Class  A  common  stock  are  not  directly  available.  However,  the
performance  of Class B common  stock may be  analogized  to that of the Class A
common stock in that the Class B common stock is readily  convertible to Class A
common stock by request to the Company.

ASS008BD.WP5                                                            Page 19
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
         As to the electronic  filing of the Form 10-K/A with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, the Performance Graph is presented in the following tabular
form giving the  cumulative  total  returns as of the last business day for each
year in question:


                                  COMPARISON OF FIVE YEAR-CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURNS
                                                PERFORMANCE GRAPH FOR
                                             GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC.


================================= ======================= ========================== ===============================

<CAPTION>
                                                          NASDAQ Stock               NASDAQ Peer
                                                          Market Index               Index for
Measurement Period                                        for U.S.                   Telecommunications
(Fiscal Year Covered)             Company                 Companies                  Stock
- --------------------------------- ----------------------- -------------------------- -------------------------------
<S>                               <C>                     <C>                        <C>
Measurement Point

12/31/90                          $100.00                 $100.00                    $100.00

FYE 12/31/91                        90.48                  160.56                     137.92

FYE 12/31/92                       123.81                  186.87                     169.40

FYE 12/31/93                       241.27                  214.51                     261.20

FYE 12/30/94                       196.83                  209.69                     215.95

FYE 12/29/95                       260.32                  296.30                     259.94
================================= ======================= ========================== ===============================
</TABLE>
ASS008BD.WP5                                                            Page 20
<PAGE>






(3) Item 12,  Part III.  SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS AND
MANAGEMENT.

         The following text is extracted from the Proxy Statement.

             SHAREHOLDINGS OF PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS AND MANAGEMENT

Principal Shareholders

         So far as is known to management of the Company, as of the Record Date,
the following  persons each owned  beneficially  more than 5% of the outstanding
shares  of Class A  common  stock or  Class B  common  stock of the  Company.  A
beneficial  owner includes any person who,  directly or indirectly,  through any
contract, arrangement, understanding,  relationship, or otherwise, has or shares
the following powers within 60 days of the Record Date: (1) voting power,  which
includes  the power to vote or to direct the voting of shares of common stock of
the Company;  or (2) investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or
to direct the disposition of, such shares of common stock of the Company. So far
as is known to the Company,  the persons  named in the table had sole voting and
investment power with respect to the shares indicated as owned by them except as
otherwise stated in the footnotes to the table. Shares issuable upon exercise of
outstanding options and warrants are deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of
computing the percentage of ownership of persons owning such options or warrants
but have not been  deemed to be  outstanding  for the purpose of  computing  the
percentage of ownership of any other person.

ASS008BD.WP5                                                            Page 21
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
==============================================================================================================
                                   SHAREHOLDINGS OF PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
<CAPTION>
            Title                                                  Amount and Nature
             of                Name and Address                       of Beneficial                   Percent
            Class              of Beneficial Owner                      Ownership                    of Class
- ------------------------------ ------------------------------- ------------------------- ---------------------
           <S>                 <C>                                      <C>                              <C>
           Class A             Ronald A. Duncan                         1,281,971 (1)                     6.4
           Class B             2550 Denali St., Suite 1000                248,062 (1)                     5.9
                               Anchorage, Alaska 99503

           Class A             General Communication, Inc.              1,688,643                         8.6
           Class B             Employee Stock Purchase Plan               145,698                         3.5
                               2550 Denali Street, Suite 1000
                               Anchorage, Alaska  99503

           Class A             Bufka & Rodgers, Inc.                    1,116,900                         5.7
           Class B             425 North Martingale Road,                      -0-                          -
                               Suite 750
                               Schaumburg, Illinois  60173

           Class A             Kearns-Tribune Corporation                 300,200                         1.5
           Class B             400 Tribune Building                       225,000                         5.4
                               Salt Lake City, Utah 84111

           Class A             Bob Magness                                273,992 (2)                     1.4
           Class B             Chairman of the Board                      815,048 (2)                    19.5
                               Tele-Communications, Inc.
                               5619 DTC Parkway
                               Englewood, Colorado 80111

           Class A             MCI Telecommunications                   6,251,509 (3)                    31.7
           Class B                Corporation                           1,275,791 (3)                    30.5
                               1801 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.
                               Washington, D.C. 20006

           Class A             Robert M. Walp                             572,845 (4)                     2.9
           Class B             804 P Street, No. 4                        303,457 (4)                     7.3
                               Anchorage, Alaska 99501

           Class A             Voting Agreement                         7,638,900 (5)                    38.8
           Class B             c/o General Communication,               2,400,591 (5)                    57.5
                               Inc.
                               2550 Denali Street, Suite 1000
                               Anchorage, Alaska  99503
                               Attn: Ronald A. Duncan

           Class A             Wellington Management Co.                1,400,800 (6)                     7.1
           Class B             75 State Street                                 -0-                          -
                               Boston, Massachusetts 02109

           Class A             TCI GCI, Inc.                                   -0-                          -
           Class B             5619 DTC Parkway                           590,043 (7)                    14.1
                               Englewood, Colorado 80111

============================== =============================== ========================= =====================
<FN>
- -------------------

1        Includes  18,560  shares of Class A and 8,242  shares of Class B common
         stock gifted by Mr. Duncan to the Amanda Miller Trust, where Ms. Miller
         is the daughter of Mr. Duncan's spouse, Dani Bowman, and Mr. Duncan has
         a  reversionary  interest in those shares.  Includes  105,111 shares of
         Class A common stock of the Company held by the Company in its name but
         for the benefit of Mr. Duncan pursuant to the terms of the First Duncan
         Deferred  Compensation  Agreement  and 13,750  

ASS008BD.WP5                                                            Page 22
<PAGE>
         shares of Class A common  stock of the  Company  held by the Company in
         its name but for the benefit of Mr. Duncan pursuant to the terms of the
         Second Duncan Deferred Compensation Agreement. See "MATTERS TO BE ACTED
         UPON AT THE MEETING:  1. DIRECTOR ELECTIONS - Remuneration of Directors
         and Executive Officers - Summary Compensation." Includes 852,775 shares
         of Class A and  233,708  shares of Class B common  stock of the Company
         owned  by  Mr.  Duncan  but  subject  to  a  Voting   Agreement.   See,
         "SHAREHOLDINGS  OF PRINCIPAL  SHAREHOLDERS  AND MANAGEMENT:  Changes in
         Control - Voting  Agreement."  Does not include 5,760 shares of Class A
         or 27,020 shares of Class B common stock held by Ms.  Bowman,  to which
         Mr. Duncan disavows any interest.

         Mr.  Duncan had as of the Record Date the  following  interests  in the
         shares  beneficially  owned by him: (1) sole power to vote or to direct
         the vote - no shares  of Class A or Class B common  stock;  (2)  shared
         power to vote or to  direct  the vote  -852,775  shares  of Class A and
         233,708 shares of Class B common stock; (3) sole power to dispose or to
         direct  the  disposition  - 103,341  shares of Class A and no shares of
         Class B common stock;  and (4) shared power to dispose or to direct the
         disposition - 841,209  shares of Class A and 239,820  shares of Class B
         common stock.

2        Includes  177,324  shares of Class A common  stock of the  Company  and
         194,440  shares of Class B common  stock of the Company from the Estate
         of  Betsy  Magness,  in which  Mr.  Magness  is  beneficial  owner  and
         executor.

         Mr. Magness owns 25 percent, beneficially and of record, and another 25
         percent,  beneficially  as executor of the Estate of Betsy Magness,  of
         the stock of KGBB,  Inc.,  a Colorado  corporation  which holds  40,000
         shares of Class A common stock of the  Company,  and as a result may be
         deemed to have shared  voting and  investment  power over those  40,000
         shares.  The number of shares in the table  includes  20,000  shares of
         Class A common stock of the Company directly and beneficially  owned by
         Mr. Magness due to his shareholdings in KGBB, Inc.

3        All  of  these  shares  are  subject  to  a  Voting   Agreement.   See,
         "SHAREHOLDINGS  OF PRINCIPAL  SHAREHOLDERS  AND MANAGEMENT:  Changes in
         Control - Voting Agreement."

         MCI  Telecommunications  Corporation  had as of  the  Record  Date  the
         following  interests in the shares  beneficially  owned by it: (1) sole
         power to vote or to  direct  the vote - no shares of Class A or Class B
         common  stock;  (2)  shared  power  to vote  or to  direct  the  vote -
         6,251,509  shares of Class A common stock and 1,275,791 shares of Class
         B common stock;  (3) sole power to dispose or to direct the disposition
         - 6,251,509  shares of Class A and  1,275,791  shares of Class B common
         stock;  (4) shared power to dispose or to direct the  disposition  - no
         shares of Class A or Class B common stock.

4        Includes 534,616 shares of Class A and 301,049 shares of Class B common
         stock  of the  Company  owned  by Mr.  Walp  but  subject  to a  Voting
         Agreement.   See,   "SHAREHOLDINGS   OF  PRINCIPAL   SHAREHOLDERS   AND
         MANAGEMENT: Changes in Control - Voting Agreement."

         Mr.  Walp had as of the  Record  Date the  following  interests  in the
         shares  beneficially  owned by him: (1) sole power to vote or to direct
         the vote - no shares  of Class A or Class B common  stock;  (2)  shared
         power to vote or to  direct  the vote -  534,616  shares of Class A and
         301,049 shares of Class B common stock; (3) sole power to dispose or to
         direct the disposition- 534,616 shares of Class A and 301,049 shares of
         Class B common stock;  and (4) shared power to dispose or to direct the
         disposition  - 38,229  shares  of Class A and  2,408  shares of Class B
         common stock.

5        The Voting  Agreement is described  elsewhere in this Proxy  Statement.
         Does  not  include  shares  to be  issued  to the  Prime  Sellers.  See
         "SHAREHOLDINGS  OF PRINCIPAL  SHAREHOLDERS  AND MANAGEMENT:  Changes in
         Control - Voting Agreement."

6        Number of shares beneficially owned by the reporting person with shared
         dispositive power. Number of shares beneficially owned by the reporting
         person with shared voting power was 720,800 shares.

7        All  of  these  shares  are  subject  to  the  Voting  Agreement.  See,
         "SHAREHOLDINGS  OF PRINCIPAL  SHAREHOLDERS  AND MANAGEMENT:  Changes in
         Control - Voting Agreement."

         TCI GCI, Inc. had as of the Record Date the following  interests in the
         shares  beneficially  owned by it:  (1) sole power to vote or to direct
         the vote - no shares  of Class A or Class B common  stock;  (2)  shared
         power to vote or to direct the vote - no shares of Class A common stock
         and 590,043  shares of Class B common stock;  (3) sole power to dispose
         or to direct the  disposition  - no shares of Class A common  stock and
         590,043 shares of Class B common stock;  (4) shared power to dispose or
         to direct disposition - no shares of Class A or Class B common stock.
- ------------------
</FN>
</TABLE>
ASS008BD.WP5                                                            Page 23
<PAGE>
Management

         The  following  table  sets  forth  information  with  respect  to  the
beneficial ownership of shares of the Company's Class A and Class B common stock
as of the Record Date by each director and nominee of the Company,  by the Named
Executive Officers and by all directors and executive officers of the Company as
a group.  Shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding  options and warrants are
deemed  to be  outstanding  for the  purpose  of  computing  the  percentage  of
ownership  of the  individual  owning such options or warrants but have not been
deemed  to be  outstanding  for the  purpose  of  computing  the  percentage  of
ownership  of any  other  individual.  So far as is  known to the  Company,  the
individuals  identified in the table had sole voting and  investment  power with
respect to the shares  indicated as owned by them except as otherwise  stated in
the footnotes to the table.

ASS008BD.WP5                                                            Page 24
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
====================================================================================================================
                                    SHAREHOLDINGS OF MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY
<CAPTION>
                                                                     Amount and Nature
Title of                                                                    Beneficial                      Percent
 Class                         Name of Beneficial Owner                  Ownership (1),(2)                 of Class (3)
- ------------------------------ ---------------------------- --------------------------- ----------------------------
<S>                            <C>                                          <C>                                <C>
Class A                        William C. Behnke                               235,274                          1.2
Class B                                                                             -0-                           -

Class A                        Ronald A. Duncan                              1,281,971  (4)                     6.4
Class B                                                                        248,062  (4)                     5.9

Class A                        Donne F. Fisher                                 211,307  (5)                     1.0
Class B                                                                         27,688  (5)                       *

Class A                        John W. Gerdelman                                    -0- (6)                       -
Class B                                                                             -0- (6)                       -

Class A                        G. Wilson Hughes                                545,726  (7)                     2.7
Class B                                                                          2,642                            *

Class A                        John M. Lowber                                  413,488                          2.0
Class B                                                                          6,140                            *

Class A                        Carter F. Page                                  207,327                          1.0
Class B                                                                         25,246                            *

Class A                        Larry E. Romrell                                     -0- (5)                       *
Class B                                                                            328  (5)                       *

Class A                        James M. Schneider                                   -0- (6)                       -
Class B                                                                             -0- (6)                       -

Class A                        Dana L. Tindall                                 190,760                          1.0
Class B                                                                          3,647                            *

Class A                        Robert M. Walp                                  572,845  (8)                     2.9
Class B                                                                        303,457  (8)                     7.3

Class A                        All Directors and                            4,113,1755  (6)                    19.3
Class B                        Executive Officers as a                        699,3785  (6)                    16.8
                               Group
                               (13 Persons)
============================== ============================ =========================== ============================
<FN>

- ------------------------

1        Includes  interests  of executive  officers and  directors in shares of
         common  stock  of the  Company  held  as of  December  31,  1995 by the
         trustees the Company's  Stock Purchase Plan in that  allocations  under
         the plan are made  quarterly  on March 31, June 30,  September  30, and
         December   31.  These  shares  are  not   immediately   accessible   to
         participants  in that  plan.  See,  "MATTERS  TO BE  ACTED  UPON AT THE
         MEETING:   1.  DIRECTOR  ELECTIONS  -  Remuneration  of  Directors  and
         Executive Officers - Summary Compensation and Stock Purchase Plan."

2        Includes  options and  warrants  granted to  individual  directors  and
         executive officers as of the Record Date.

3        An asterisk (*) means the person is the  beneficial  owner of less than
         1% of the corresponding class of common stock.

4        Includes  18,560  shares of Class A and 8,242  shares of Class B common
         stock gifted by Mr. Duncan to the Amanda Miller Trust, where Ms. Miller
         is the daughter of Mr. Duncan's spouse Dani Bowman,  and Mr. Duncan has
         a  reversionary  interest in those shares.  Includes  105,111 shares of
         Class A common stock of the Company held by the Company in its name but
         for the benefit of Mr. Duncan pursuant to the terms of the First Duncan
         Deferred  Compensation  Agreement  and 13,750  shares of Class A common
         stock  of the  Company  held by the  Company  in its  name  but for the
         benefit  of Mr.  Duncan  pursuant  to the  terms of the  Second  Duncan
         Deferred Compensation Agreement.  See, "MATTERS TO BE ACTED UPON AT THE
         MEETING:   1.  DIRECTOR  ELECTIONS  -  Remuneration  of  Directors  and
         Executive Officers - Summary 

ASS008BD.WP5                                                            Page 25
<PAGE>
         Compensation." Includes 852,775 shares of Class A and 233,708 shares of
         Class B common stock of the Company  owned by Mr. Duncan but subject to
         a Voting Agreement.  See,  "SHAREHOLDINGS OF PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS AND
         MANAGEMENT:  Changes in Control - Voting  Agreement."  Does not include
         5,760  shares of Class A or 27,020  shares of Class B common stock held
         by Ms. Bowman, to which Mr. Duncan disavows any interest.

         Mr.  Duncan had as of the Record  Date the  following  interest  in the
         shares  beneficially  owned by him: (1) sole power to vote or to direct
         the vote - no shares  of Class A or Class B common  stock;  (2)  shared
         power to vote or to  direct  the vote  -852,775  shares  of Class A and
         233,708 shares of Class B common stock; (3) sole power to dispose or to
         direct  the  disposition  - 103,341  shares of Class A and no shares of
         Class B common stock;  and (4) shared power to dispose or to direct the
         disposition - 841,209  shares of Class A and 239,780  shares of Class B
         common stock.

5        Does not include  holdings of TCI GCI,  Inc. in the Company,  where TCI
         GCI, Inc. is a subsidiary of TCI and Mr. Fisher is a consultant for and
         Mr. Romrell is an officer of TCI.

6        Does not include holdings of MCI Telecommunications  Corporation in the
         Company,  where  Messrs.  Gerdelman  and Schneider are officers of that
         corporation.

7        Includes  3,750  shares of Class A common  stock of the Company held by
         the Company in its name but for the benefit of Mr.  Hughes  pursuant to
         the terms of the Hughes Deferred Compensation Agreement.  See, "MATTERS
         TO BE ACTED UPON AT THE MEETING:  1. DIRECTOR  ELECTIONS - Remuneration
         of Directors and Executive Officers - Summary Compensation."

8        Includes 534,616 shares of Class A and 301,049 shares of Class B common
         stock  of the  Company  owned  by Mr.  Walp  but  subject  to a  Voting
         Agreement.   See,   "SHAREHOLDINGS   OF  PRINCIPAL   SHAREHOLDERS   AND
         MANAGEMENT: Changes in Control - Voting Agreement."

         Mr.  Walp had as of the  Record  Date the  following  interests  in the
         shares  beneficially  owned by him: (1) sole power to vote or to direct
         the vote - no shares  of Class A or Class B common  stock;  (2)  shared
         power to vote or to  direct  the vote -  534,616  shares of Class A and
         301,049 shares of Class B common stock; (3) sole power to dispose or to
         direct the  disposition - 534,616  shares of Class A and 301,049 shares
         of Class B common  stock;  and (4) shared power to dispose or to direct
         the  disposition - 38,229 shares of Class A and 2,408 shares of Class B
         common stock.

- ----------------------
</FN>
</TABLE>

Changes in Control

         Acquisition  Plan.  On March 14,  1996 the  Company  entered  into four
non-binding  letters  of  intent  as an  initial  step in a plan of  acquisition
("Acquisition   Plan")  to  acquire  several  Alaskan  cable  companies  ("Cable
Companies")  that  offer  cable   television   services  to  more  than  101,000
subscribers  serving  approximately 74% of households  throughout the state. The
total  purchase price is  approximately  $280.7  million,  and, as a part of the
Acquisition  Plan, the Company is to issue  approximately  16.3 million share of
Class A common  stock to the  owners  of the  Cable  Companies  valued at $105.7
million.  The balance of the purchase  price is to be provided by  approximately
$175 million of bank financing.  As a part of the Acquisition  Plan, the Company
proposes to raise additional  capital  separate from the acquisitions  through a
sale of 2 million  shares of Class A common stock ("MCI Company  Shares") to MCI
Telecommunications  Corporation  ("MCI") valued at $13 million.  The Company has
entered into a non-binding letter of intent with MCI on that proposed sale. Both
the  shares to be issued to MCI and to the Cable  Company  owners  are valued at
$6.50 per share.  The letters of intent  provide that the  definitive  terms and
conditions for several proposed  transactions of the Acquisition Plan ("Proposed
Transactions")  are to be reduced to written  agreements  with final closings to
occur not later than December 31, 1996. As of April 29, 1996, the Company was in
the process of entering into those agreements ("Purchase  Agreements"),  subject
to,  among  other  conditions,  the prior  approval of the  shareholders  of the
Company.

         The  Cable  Companies  involved  in the  Proposed  Transactions  are as
follows: (1) Prime Cable of Alaska, L.P. ("Prime"); (2) Alaska Cablevision, Inc.
("Alaska Cablevision");  (3) McCaw/Rock Homer Cable System, a joint venture, and
McCaw/Rock Seward Cable System, a joint venture ("McCaw/Rock Homer 

ASS008BD.WP5                                                            Page 26
<PAGE>
Cable System" and "McCaw/Rock Seward Cable System," respectively,  collectively,
"McCaw/Rock  Cable  Systems");  and (4) Alaskan Cable  Network,  Inc.  ("Alaskan
Cable").

         Prime  owns  and  operates  cable  television   businesses  located  in
Anchorage,  Eagle River, Chugiak, Kenai, Soldotna,  Bethel, Fort Richardson, and
Elmendorf Air Force Base,  Alaska ("Prime Alaska  System").  Alaska  Cablevision
owns and operates  cable  television  businesses  and cable  television  systems
located in Petersburg,  Wrangell,  Cordova,  Valdez, Kodiak, Nome, and Kotzebue,
Alaska.  McCaw/Rock  Homer Cable System owns and  operates the cable  television
business and cable television system located in Homer, Alaska. McCaw/Rock Seward
Cable  System  owns  and  operates  the  cable  television  business  and  cable
television  system  located in Seward,  Alaska.  Alaskan Cable owns and operates
cable television  businesses and cable television  systems located in Fairbanks,
Juneau, Sitka and Ketchikan, Alaska.

         As a result of the final  closing on the Proposed  Transactions,  there
will be no material  differences in the rights of  shareholders  of the Company.
However,  a  substantial  number of new  shares of Class A common  stock will be
issued to certain of the Cable Companies or their principals,  thus diluting the
interest of existing shareholders.

         The Prime Purchase  Agreement centers on the Company's offer to acquire
all of the  partnership  and  participation  interests in Prime from the present
holders of those securities who are entities  affiliated with a Prime management
group  ("Prime  Sellers").  As a result of the Proposed  Transactions  involving
Prime,  the  Company  would  become the owner,  directly or  indirectly  through
wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  of 100% of the limited  partner and general partner
interests  in Prime.  Under the Prime  Purchase  Agreement,  the  Company  is to
deliver  to the Prime  Sellers  at closing  11.8  million  shares of its Class A
common  stock in payment and  exchange  for those  security  interests in Prime.
Under  that  agreement  the  Prime  Sellers  are to have the  right  to  require
registration  of those  shares  under the  federal  Securities  Act of 1933,  as
amended  ("Securities  Act"),  for the  initial  distribution  to them  and,  if
required, subsequent resales by them in the open market. Such rights are subject
to restrictions  on resales during the 149 day period  commencing with the final
closing date of the agreement.  The Prime Purchase Agreement provides that Prime
II  Management,  L.P.,  the manager of Prime as of the Record Date,  is to enter
into a management  agreement  ("Prime  Management  Agreement")  with the Company
whereby the limited  partnership would for a fee provide management  services to
Prime with respect to the Prime Alaska System.  The term of the Prime Management
Agreement  is to be nine  years,  but it is  terminable  after  two years at the
option of either party.

         The Prime  Purchase  Agreement  is  subject  to a number of  conditions
precedent to its final  closing  including  the obtaining of consents of various
persons  including  state and federal  regulators,  shareholders  of the parties
involved including the Company, the Prime owners, lenders, and partners, and the
Company's  lenders.  It is also subject to MCI purchasing the MCI Company Shares
as further described below.

         Under the Prime  letter of intent,  the Company is to take such actions
as are necessary to cause its Board to expand to include two additional members.
The Company is to cooperate with the Prime Sellers to amend the Voting Agreement
described  elsewhere in this Proxy Statement in order that the Prime Sellers may
become  parties to that agreement and appoint two members to the Board as of the
final closing on the Prime Purchase Agreement.  See, "SHAREHOLDINGS OF PRINCIPAL
SHAREHOLDERS AND MANAGEMENT:  Changes in Control - Voting  Agreement." The right
to  designate  one of those  members to be  elected to the Board is to  continue
until  the  Prime  Sellers  cease to own in the  aggregate  at least  10% of the
outstanding  Class A common  stock of the  Company.  The  other  one of such two
members is to continue until the Prime Management Agreement terminates.

         The Alaska  Cablevision  Purchase  Agreement  centers on the  Company's
offer  to  purchase  all  of  the  assets  (excluding  cash  assets)  of  Alaska
Cablevision.  Alaska  Cablevision has two affiliated  

ASS008BD.WP5                                                            Page 27
<PAGE>
companies,  the McCaw/Rock Cable Systems,  as described below.  Under the Alaska
Cablevision Purchase Agreement,  the Company is to deliver to Alaska Cablevision
on the  final  closing  date  as  payment  for  the  Alaska  Cablevision  assets
$26,650,000  plus an amount equal to Alaska  Cablevision's  current assets as of
that date  payable as follows:  (1)  $16,650,000  plus an amount equal to Alaska
Cablevision's  current assets as of that date, in cash;  and (2)  $10,000,000 in
subordinated notes of the Company convertible into shares of the Company's Class
A common stock at conversion rates as set forth in the agreement.  Should all of
the  notes be  converted  in  accordance  with the terms of the  agreement,  the
Company  would issue a total of 1,538,000  shares of Class A common  stock.  The
notes are to bear simple,  non-compounding interest at the lowest rate allowable
by the Internal Revenue Service under imputed interest rules in effect as of the
closing on the Alaska Cablevision  Purchase  Agreement.  Any indebtedness on the
notes not previously converted into common stock of the Company is to be due and
payable in full in a single,  lump sum payment on the tenth  anniversary  of the
initial date of issuance of the notes.  The notes are to be  subordinated to the
Company's presently existing and later incurred senior  indebtedness.  The notes
are to be  convertible  on an annual  basis into  shares of common  stock of the
Company  during a 15 day period each year for 10 years.  Under the agreement and
following the expiration of a 180 day period  commencing  with the final closing
date on the  agreement,  the  holders of those  shares are to be entitled to one
demand registration under the Securities Act per year for 10 years, and they are
to have other piggyback  registration  rights with respect to those shares.  The
Alaska  Cablevision  Purchase  Agreement  is subject  to a number of  conditions
precedent to its final  closing  including  the obtaining of consents of various
persons including state and federal regulators,  shareholders of the Company and
Alaska Cablevision, and the lenders of the Company and Alaska Cablevision.

         The McCaw/Rock  Purchase  Agreement  centers on the Company's  offer to
purchase  all of the assets  (excluding  cash  assets) of the  McCaw/Rock  Cable
Systems.  Under the  Agreement  the  Company is to deliver to  McCaw/Rock  Cable
Systems on the final  closing  date as payment  for the assets of those  systems
$4,350,000  plus an amount equal to the systems'  current assets as of that date
payable in cash. The agreement is subject to a number of conditions precedent to
its final  closing  including  the  obtaining  of  consents  of various  persons
including state and federal  regulators,  shareholders of the Company and of the
owners of the McCaw/Rock  Cable Systems,  and the lenders of the Company and the
systems.

         The Alaskan Cable Purchase  Agreement centers on the Company's offer to
purchase all of the assets of Alaskan Cable. Under the agreement, the Company is
to deliver to Alaskan  Cable on the final  closing  date,  as payment  for those
assets,  $70  million,  payable as  follows:  (1) $51  million in cash;  and (2)
2,923,077 shares of the Company's Class A common stock.  Under the agreement the
present Alaskan Cable  shareholder is to have the right to require  registration
of those shares under the  Securities  Act for the initial  distribution  to and
subsequent resales by that person and subject further to restrictions on resales
during  the 149  day  period  commencing  with  the  final  closing  date of the
agreement.  The  Alaskan  Cable  Purchase  Agreement  is  subject to a number of
conditions precedent to its final closing including the obtaining of consents of
various  persons  including  state and federal  regulators,  shareholders of the
Company and Alaskan Cable, and the lenders of the Company and Alaskan Cable.

         The MCI  Purchase  Agreement  centers on the purchase by MCI of the MCI
Company  Shares to be issued by the Company upon final  closing on the agreement
and the payment of the purchase  price by MCI. The  agreement  states that MCI's
obligation to purchase the shares is  contingent  upon the  consummation  of the
Prime  Purchase  Agreement.  The  agreement  is  further  subject to a number of
conditions  precedent  to its  final  closing  including  the  obtaining  of all
required federal, state, and local regulatory consents and approvals, as well as
any consents and approvals  required by the  shareholders  of the Company or any
material agreement of the Company. Under the agreement, MCI is to have the right
to require  registration  under the  Securities Act of a portion or all of those
shares.  These shares would be subject to the provisions of the Voting Agreement
discussed  elsewhere in this Proxy Statement,  See,  "SHAREHOLDINGS OF PRINCIPAL
SHAREHOLDERS AND MANAGEMENT: Changes in Control Voting Agreement."

ASS008BD.WP5                                                            Page 28
<PAGE>
         Should  the 18.3  million  shares of Class A common  stock to be issued
under  the  Acquisition  Plan be  issued  as of the  Record  Date,  the  percent
shareholdings  in the Company would become as follows:  (1) Prime Sellers - 28%;
(2) MCI -- 23% (down from  approximately 30% immediately prior to the closing on
the Proposed  Transactions  involved in the Acquisition Plan); (3) the Company's
employees  and  management  combined -- 9%; (4) Alaskan  Cable -- 7%; (5) Alaska
Cablevision  -- 4%; and (6) others -- 29%. The  shareholdings  of MCI, the Cable
Companies,  and  certain  other  persons  are  subject to the  Voting  Agreement
described  elsewhere in this Proxy Statement.  See,  "SHAREHOLDINGS OF PRINCIPAL
SHAREHOLDERS AND MANAGEMENT: Changes in Control - Voting Agreement."

         Voting  Agreement.  As a part  of the  agreement  for the  issuance  of
6,251,509  shares of Class A and 1,275,791 shares of Class B common stock of the
Company  to MCI in  1993  ("MCI  Stock"),  the  Company  agreed  to  assure  the
corporation  that it may  appoint  a minimum  of two  members  to the  Company's
expanded  seven member board of  directors.  On May 28,  1993,  three  principal
shareholders,  including  two  officers and  directors  of the Company  (Messrs.
Duncan and Walp and WSMC),  entered into a voting agreement ("Voting Agreement")
with MCI which provides in part,  that the voting stock of these persons will be
voted at  shareholder  meetings as a block in favor of no more than two nominees
by the  corporation  for no more than two positions on the board of directors at
any one time.  The Voting  Agreement  similarly  commits MCI and the other three
parties to vote their shares for four board  nominees  proposed by and allocated
between the other parties.

         As a part of the Acquisition  Plan, the parties to the Voting Agreement
allowed the Prime  Sellers,  through a  designated  representative,  to become a
party to and  participant  in the  agreement.  The agreement is to be amended to
accommodate  the increase of the board of directors from seven to nine positions
and to provide expressly that the voting stock of the participants in the Voting
Agreement will be voted at  shareholder  meetings as a block in favor of no more
than two  nominees  to be  presented  by the Prime  Sellers for no more than two
positions on the board at any one time. Such right to designate an individual to
one of those positions to be elected to the board is to continue until the Prime
Sellers  cease to own in the aggregate at least 10% of the  outstanding  Class A
common stock of the Company.  The right to select an individual to the other one
of such two  positions  is to  continue  until  the Prime  Management  Agreement
terminates.

         As of the Record Date, Mr. Gerdelman remained as one of the recommended
MCI  Telecommunications  Corporation selections for the Board. It is anticipated
that the  parties  to the  Voting  Agreement  will  cast all of their  votes for
Messrs.  Gerdelman,  Page, and Walp. It is  anticipated  that the parties to the
Voting  Agreement  will cast all of their votes for these two nominees,  and for
the nominees  proposed by the Prime Sellers,  provided the shareholders  approve
the Acquisition  Plan. As of the Record Date, the voting stock of the parties to
the Voting Agreement (in April,  1995 WSMC transferred its  shareholdings in the
Company  to TCI GCI,  Inc.,  and TCI GCI,  Inc.  became  subject  to the  Voting
Agreement)  constituted in excess of a simple majority of the outstanding voting
power of the  Company.  The term of the Voting  Agreement  will be  through  the
completion of the annual meeting of  shareholders of the Company taking place in
1997 or until  there  is only one  party to that  agreement,  which  ever  first
occurs. However, the parties may extend the term upon unanimous consent.

         Pledges of Stock of  Subsidiaries.  Should the  Company  default on its
obligations  under the Credit  Agreement with its present  Senior  Lender,  that
lender may exercise the pledge of stock provisions of that agreement  pertaining
to the  subsidiaries  of the  Company and  thereby  gain  direct  control of the
essential  operating  assets  through  which the  Company  and its  subsidiaries
provide  telecommunication  services.  See,  "CERTAIN  RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED
TRANSACTIONS:   Certain   Transactions  with  Management  and  Others  -  Credit
Agreement."

ASS008BD.WP5                                                            Page 29
<PAGE>
(4)      Item 13, Part III.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.

         The following text is extracted from the Proxy Statement:

                 CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Certain Transactions with Management and Others

         Acquisition Plan. The Acquisition Plan includes  Proposed  Transactions
providing that the Prime Sellers will have the right to select  individuals  for
nominees  to two  positions  on the  board  of  directors  of the  Company.  The
Acquisition Plan also provides  registration  rights to owners of certain of the
Cable  Companies.  The  Acquisition  Plan requires the Company to enter into the
Prime  Management  Agreement  with an  affiliate  of the  Prime  Sellers.  These
transactions  are further  described  elsewhere  in this Proxy  Statement.  See,
"Changes in Control - Acquisition Plan" elsewhere in this Proxy Statement.

         MCI Agreements.  In December,  1992, MCI and the Company entered into a
letter of intent  outlining the general terms and conditions of several proposed
arrangements  between  them to be  subsequently  reduced to separate  agreements
("MCI  Agreements").  Under the MCI  Agreements,  in addition to MCI acquiring a
substantial  portion of the outstanding common stock of the Company and entering
into  the  Voting  Agreement  to  ensure  that it would  be able to  appoint  or
otherwise  elect at least two  members to the Board,  MCI and the  Company  have
established or will establish various business  arrangements between them. These
arrangements include the following: (1) providing telecommunications services by
each party to the other;  (2)  licensing  of certain  MCI  service  marks to the
Company  for  use in  Alaska;  (3)  leasing  by MCI  from  the  Company  and the
subleasing  back by the Company of one-ninth  of the undersea  fiber optic cable
linking  Seward,  Alaska with Pacific  City,  Oregon;  (4)  purchasing by MCI of
certain service marks of the Company;  (5) other communication  network sharing;
and (6) sharing of various marketing,  engineering,  and operating resources. As
of the Record Date,  the Company had executed  access  service,  carrier,  1-800
collect service mark and product, and undersea fiber optic cable agreements with
MCI pertaining to items (1)-(3) and was in the process of negotiating agreements
pertaining  to items  (4)-(6).  These  arrangements  have  during the year ended
December  31,  1995  resulted  in  revenues  to  MCI  and  its  subsidiaries  of
approximately  $8.4  million and  revenues to the Company of  approximately  $24
million.

         In March,  1996,  the Company and MCI amended the  Contract  for Alaska
Access  Services and the MCI Carrier  Agreement,  both of which  agreements  the
parties  had  initially  entered  into  effective  January 1,  1993.  The access
agreement addresses transmission services provided by the Company to MCI for its
traffic and the  charges for such  services.  The  carrier  agreement  addresses
transmission  services  provided  by MCI to the  Company for its traffic and the
charges  for  such  services.  The  carrier  agreement  amendment  is the  fifth
effective  amendment to the  agreement  and extends the term of the agreement by
three  years.  The prior  amendments  provided  for new,  expanded,  or  revised
services by MCI to the Company and  adjustments  of charges for those  services.
The  access  agreement  amendment  is  the  first  effective  amendment  to  the
agreement.  It extends the term of the  agreement by three years and reduces the
rate in dollars to be charged by the  Company  for  certain  MCI traffic for the
time  period  April  1,  1996  through  July 1,  1999 and  thereafter.  The rate
reduction,  if applied to the number of minutes to be carried by the  Company in
1996 and 1997,  based upon minutes  carried by the Company  during  1995,  would
reduce  the  Company's  1996 and 1997  revenue  by  approximately  $322,000  and
$399,000,  respectively.  Those recent  amendments to the two  agreements do not
otherwise change the agreements.  The Company  considered the amendments of both
agreements together as in its best interest. With these amendments,  the Company
is assured that MCI, the Company's largest  customer,  will continue to make use
of the Company's services during the extended term.

ASS008BD.WP5                                                            Page 30
<PAGE>
         As a part of the  Acquisition  Plan,  MCI has  agreed  to  purchase  an
additional  2  million  shares  of Class A common  stock  of the  Company.  See,
"SHAREHOLDINGS  OF PRINCIPAL  SHAREHOLDERS AND MANAGEMENT:  Changes in Control -
Acquisition Plan."

         Credit  Agreement.  In May, 1993,  the Company  completed a refinancing
which  provided a new $15 million  senior  facility  ("Credit  Agreement")  with
NationsBank in Dallas, Texas ("Senior Lender"). The Credit Agreement continues a
number of conditions  imposed under previous credit  agreements  entered into by
the Company. In compliance with one of those conditions,  the Company previously
formed GCC, an Alaska corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. On
November 30, 1990 all of the Company's operating assets were transferred to GCC,
where all of the outstanding capital stock of GCC was pledged to the then senior
lenders  of the  Company.  This  reorganization  proposal  was  approved  by the
shareholders  of the  Company at the June 7, 1990 annual  shareholders  meeting.
That  pledge is now made to the Senior  Lender  and will  remain in place for so
long as the  Credit  Agreement  remains in effect.  As of the Record  Date,  the
outstanding  common  stock  of  GCC  remained  pledged  to  the  Senior  Lender.
Throughout  the year ended  December  31,  1995 and from that date  through  the
Record  Date,  the Company was in full  compliance  with all terms of the Credit
Agreement. See, "ANNUAL REPORT."

         WSMC  Agreements.   The  Company  purchased   services  and  used  some
facilities  of WSMC to  allow  the  Company  to  provide  its  telecommunication
services in other states in the country.  The total of such  purchases from WSMC
by the  Company  during  the year  ended  December  31,  1995 was  approximately
$245,000.

         Duncan  Lease.  The  Company  entered  into a long-term  capital  lease
agreement  in 1991  with a  partnership  of  which  Mr.  Duncan,  the  Company's
president,  was a 50% owner.  Mr. Duncan sold his interest in the partnership in
1992 but  remained a guarantor  on the note used to finance  acquisition  of the
property. During 1993, Mr. Duncan married Dani Bowman, the individual to whom he
sold his interest in the  partnership,  and as of the Record Date,  the property
was owned in its entirety by the  president's  spouse.  The property under lease
consists of a building presently occupied cupied by the Company.  The lease term
is 15 years with monthly  payments of $14,400,  increasing in $800 increments at
each two year anniversary of the lease. The first incremental  increase occurred
in 1993.  If the owner sells the premises  prior to the end of the tenth year of
the lease,  the owner will rebate to the Company one-half of the net sales price
received in excess of  $900,000.  If the property is not sold prior to the tenth
year of the lease, the owner will pay the Company the greater of one-half of the
appreciated value of the property over $900,000,  or $500,000.  The leased asset
was  capitalized  in  1991  at the  owner's  cost of  $900,000  and the  related
obligation was recorded in the financial statements for the Company as reflected
in the Annual Report. See, "ANNUAL REPORT."

Indebtedness of Management

         On August 13,  1993 Mr.  Duncan  obtained a loan of  $500,000  from the
Company  ("Duncan  Loan") and  executed a  non-recourse  promissory  note to the
Company  which bears an  interest  rate equal to the  variable  rate paid by the
Company on its Credit Agreement with its Senior Lender. Mr. Duncan is to pay off
the Duncan Loan in one payment of principal  and accrued  interest 90 days after
the termination of his employment  with the Company or July 30, 1998,  whichever
is earlier.  The money was used to pay down a portion of the indebtedness of Mr.
Duncan on the WSMC  Loans  allowing  for the  release  to Mr.  Duncan of 223,000
shares of Class A common  stock used as  collateral  on that loan.  Those shares
were then pledged as collateral to secure the Duncan Loan.  See,  "SHAREHOLDINGS
OF  PRINCIPAL  SHAREHOLDERS  AND  MANAGEMENT:  Changes in Control - Duncan Stock
Pledges."  The largest  outstanding  balance of  principal  and  interest on the
Duncan Loan during the year ended  December  31, 1995 was $585,966 on that date.
As of the Record Date the  outstanding  balance of principal and interest on the
Duncan Loan was $597,223.

ASS008BD.WP5                                                            Page 31
<PAGE>
         During  1995,  the  Company  made  payments  to others on behalf of Mr.
Duncan in the amount of $592. These payments, when added to advances made to Mr.
Duncan in prior  years  totalled  $15,594.  Mr.  Duncan  reimbursed  the Company
$14,144  during 1995,  which left a total of $1,450  outstanding at December 31,
1995.

         In May, 1994 Mr. Duncan received  additional  loans  totalling  $55,000
from the Company and executed two promissory  notes  totalling that amount.  The
terms were for  interest to accrue at 7% per annum with  principal to be paid in
August,  1994. The notes were  extended,  and the full principal and interest in
the amount of $55,686 was paid on March 6, 1995.

         In  September,  1995,  Mr. Duncan  received an  additional  loan in the
amount of $70,000.  The terms were for interest to accrue at the  variable  rate
paid by the Company on its Credit  Agreement  with its Senior  Lender.  The full
principal  and  interest  owed in the  amount  of  $71,486  were paid in full on
December 29, 1995.

         In April,  1993 Mr.  Behnke  obtained  a loan from the  Company  in the
amount of $48,000 and executed a promissory  note. The note bears interest at 9%
per annum,  is secured by options to  purchase  85,190  shares of Class A common
stock of the Company, and was due on December 31, 1995. The Company extended the
due date on the note to June 30,  1997.  Accrued  interest on the note  totalled
$11,540 at December 31, 1995 and $12,782 on the Record Date. In September,  1995
Mr. Behnke  obtained  another loan from the Company in the amount of $50,000 and
executed a promissory note. The note bears interest at a rate equal to that paid
by the Company to its Senior  Lender  pursuant to the  Company's  senior  credit
facility.  The note is secured  by the same  options to  purchase  those  85,190
shares of Class A common stock and is due on June 30, 1997.  Accrued interest on
the note totalled $1,150 at December 31, 1995 and $2,276 on the Record Date.

         In August,  1994 and April,  1995 Mr.  Dowling  received loans from the
Company of $224,359  and $86,000  respectively,  and executed  promissory  notes
secured by 160,297 shares of Company Class A and 74,028 shares of Class B common
stock.  The notes bear  interest  at 10% per annum and are  payable in ten equal
installments  of principal  and interest  with the first  payment on each due in
August,  1996.  Payment has not been made on the notes. The Company has extended
the term of the notes with ten equal installments of principal and interest over
a period of ten years due in August of each year with the first  payment on each
note due in August, 1996. Accrued interest totalled $36,476 at December 31, 1995
and $45,405 on the Record Date.

         Except as  disclosed  in this Proxy  Statement,  neither as a group nor
individually  did any  director,  executive  officer,  nominee for election as a
director,  any  member  of  the  immediate  family  of  these  persons,  or  any
corporation  or  organization  of which such  director,  executive  officer,  or
nominee is an  executive  officer or partner and is directly or  indirectly  the
beneficial  owner  of 10% or more of any  class  of  equity  securities  of that
corporation,  or any trust or other  estate in which  such  director,  executive
officer,  or nominee of the Company has a substantial  beneficial interest or as
to which such person  serves as a trustee or in a similar  capacity  have during
the year ended  December  31, 1995 nor during the portion of calendar  year 1996
ended on the Record Date, an  indebtedness to the Company in an amount in excess
of $60,000.

ASS008BD.WP5                                                            Page 32
<PAGE>
                                     PART IV

(5)  Item 14, Part IV.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON
     FORM 8-K.

         (c)      Exhibits.

                  (1)      Exhibit A: Transponder  Purchase Agreement for Galaxy
                           X between Hughes Communications  Galaxy, Inc. and GCI
                           Communication    Corp.;

                  (2)      Exhibit B:  Galaxy X  Transponder  Service  Agreement
                           between  Hughes  Communications  Satellite  Services,
                           Inc. and GCI Communication Corp.;

                  (3)      Exhibit C: Framework  Agreement between National Bank
                           of Alaska and General Communication, Inc.; and

                  (4)      Exhibit D: 1996 Call-Off  Contract  between  National
                           Bank of Alaska and General Communication, Inc.


These four  commercial  agreements  have been  included as exhibits to this Form
10-K/A in that they were  executed in the year ended  December 31, 1995 but were
not  included  in the  Company's  Form  10-K  for  that  year.  Portions  of the
agreements  identified  as Exhibits A, C, and D have been  redacted in that they
are considered  confidential by the Company. The unredacted agreements have been
separately  filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission  pursuant to Rule
101(c)(1)(i) of Regulation S-T.

ASS008BD.WP5                                                            Page 33
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

Pursuant  to the  requirements  of  Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  and
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

                                            GENERAL COMMUNICATION, INC.


                                         By: /s/ Ronald A. Duncan
                                            Ronald A. Duncan, President
                                            (Chief Executive Officer)

Date:  April 25, 1996

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed below by the following  persons on behalf of the  registrant and
in the capacities and on the date indicated.

Signature                                   Title                     Date


/s/ Carter F. Page                  Chairman of the Board        April 25, 1996
Carter F. Page                      and Director

/s/ Robert M. Walp                  Vice Chairman of the Board   April 23, 1996
Robert M. Walp                      and Director

/s/ Ronald A. Duncan                President and Director,      April 25, 1996
Ronald A. Duncan                    (Chief Executive Officer)

/s/ Donne F. Fisher                 Director                     April 25, 1996
Donne F. Fisher

/s/ John W. Gerdelman               Director                     April 25, 1996
John W. Gerdelman

/s/ Larry E. Romrell                Director                     April 25, 1996
Larry E. Romrell

/s/ James M. Schneider              Director                     April 25, 1996
James M. Schneider

/s/ John M. Lowber                  Senior Vice President,       April 25, 1996
John M. Lowber                      Chief Financial Officer, 
                                    Secretary and Treasurer

/s/ Alfred J. Walker                Vice President and Chief     April 25, 1996
Alfred J. Walker                    Accounting Officer

ASS008BD.WP5                                                            Page 34
<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                         TRANSPONDER PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                                  FOR GALAXY X

                                     BETWEEN

                       HUGHES COMMUNICATIONS GALAXY, INC.

                                       AND

                            GCI COMMUNICATION CORP. (1)









- -----------------
1 In this document "********" are used in place of redacted information.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                                                         TABLE OF CONTENTS
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              Page
<S>                                                                                                           <C>
1.The Satellite                                                                                                1

         1.01 Satellite                                                                                        1
         1.02 Orbital Position                                                                                 1
         1.03 C-Band Transponders                                                                              1
         1.04 Ku-Band Transponders                                                                             2
         1.05 Specifications and Components                                                                    2
         1.06 Rights To Reserves or Spares                                                                     2

2.Purchase and Sale of Transponders; Option to Purchase                                                        2

         2.01 Purchase                                                                                         2
         2.02 Lease with Option to Purchase                                                                    2

3.Purchase Price and Payment Schedule                                                                          4

         3.01 Purchase Price Components Description                                                            4
         3.02 Purchase Price Component Amount                                                                  4
         3.03 Place of Payment                                                                                 7

4.Delivery and Related Matters                                                                                 7

         4.01 Delivery                                                                                         7
         4.02 Ownership, Title and Assumption of Risk                                                          8
         4.03 Acceptance                                                                                       8

5. Representations and Warranties                                                                              8

         5.01 Authority, No Breach                                                                             8
         5.02 Corporate Action                                                                                 8
         5.03 Consents                                                                                         8
         5.04 Litigation                                                                                       9
         5.05 No Broker                                                                                        9

6. Additional Representations, Warranties and Obligations
      of HCG                                                                                                   9

         6.01 Authorization Description                                                                        9
         6.02 Transponder Performance Specifications                                                           9
         6.03 Title                                                                                           10
         6.04 Government Regulations                                                                          10
         6.05 Not a Common Carrier                                                                            10
         6.06 TT&C                                                                                            10

ACK/shs: GCI.GX TPA.Final          i           Monday, August 21, 1995 - 8:00 am
<PAGE>
7. Additional Representations, Warranties and Obligations
     of Buyer                                                                                                 10

         7.01 [Reserved]                                                                                      10
         7.02 Non-Interference                                                                                10
         7.03 Laws                                                                                            11
         7.04 Additional Usage Representations and Obligations                                                11

8. Preemptive Rights and Inspection of Facilities                                                             11

9. Transponder Spares, Reserve Transponders and Retained
      Primary Transponders                                                                                    12

         9.01 Use of Transponder Spares                                                                       12
         9.02 Use of Reserve Transponders                                                                     12
         9.03 Simultaneous ******** -- Priority with Respect
                  to the Use of Transponder Spares                                                            13
         9.04 Simultaneous ******** -- Priority with Respect
                  to the Use of Reserve Transponders                                                          13
         9.05 HCG's Ownership of Primary Transponders                                                         13
         9.06 Notice of Intent to Substitute a Reserve
                  Transponder                                                                                 14

10. Termination Rights                                                                                        14

         10.01 Termination by Buyer                                                                           14
         10.02 Termination by H CG                                                                            14
         10.03 H HCG's Right to Sell if Non-Payment                                                           14
         10.04 Prompt Repayment                                                                               15
         10.05 Termination by Buyer or HCG                                                                    15
         10.06 Right to Deny Access                                                                           15
         10.07 Return of Transponders                                                                         18
         10.08 Cancellation of Buyer's Ku-Band Transponder                                                    18
         10.09 Buyer's Special Option to Terminate                                                            18

11. Force Majeure                                                                                             18

         11.01 Failure to Deliver                                                                             18
         11.02 Failure of Performance                                                                         19

12.Limitation of Liability/********                                                                           19

         12.01 Liability of H CG                                                                              19
         12.02 Confirmed ********                                                                             19
         12.03 Repayment for ******** Transponder or ********
                    Transponder                                                                               20
         12.04 Limitation of Liability                                                                        20
         12.05 Obligations of Buyer to Cooperate                                                              21

ACK/shs: GCI.GX TPA.Final          ii          Monday, August 21, 1995 - 8:00 am
<PAGE>
13. Limitations on Transfer by Buyer                                                                          21

         13.01 Transfers by Buyer                                                                             21
         13.02 Transfers by HCG                                                                               22
         13.03 Affiliate                                                                                      22
         13.04 Assignment                                                                                     22

14.[Reserved]                                                                                                 22

15. Progress Reports, Inspections and Access to Work
       in Progress                                                                                            22

         15.01 Progress Reports                                                                               22
         15.02 Inspection Rights of Buyer                                                                     23
         15.03 Access to Work in Progress and Selection of
                    Transponders                                                                              23
         15.04 After Delivery Reports                                                                         23

16. Confidentiality and Press Releases                                                                        23

         16.01 Confidential Information                                                                       23
         16.02 Press Releases                                                                                 24

17. Disposition of Satellite                                                                                  24

         17.01 ********                                                                                       24
         17.02 Disposition of Satellite                                                                       24

18. Documents                                                                                                 25

19. Conflicts                                                                                                 25

20. Miscellaneous                                                                                             25

         20.01 Interest                                                                                       25
         20.02 Applicable Law and Entire Agreement                                                            25
         20.03 Notices                                                                                        25
         20.04 Severability                                                                                   27
         20.05 Taxes                                                                                          27
         20.06 Successors                                                                                     27
         20.07 Rules of Construction                                                                          27
         20.08 Survival of Representations and Warranties                                                     27
         20.09 No Third-Party Beneficiary                                                                     27
         20.10 Non-Waiver of Breach                                                                           28
         20.11 Counterparts                                                                                   28

21. Option for ********                                                                                       28
</TABLE>
ACK/shs: GCI.GX TPA.Final          iii         Monday, August 21, 1995 - 8:00 am
<PAGE>
EXHIBITS:

A        Galaxy Satellite Description

B        Galaxy X Transponder Performance Specifications

ADDENDUM



ACK/shs: GCI.GX TPA.Final          iv          Monday, August 21, 1995 - 8:00 am
<PAGE>
                     GALAXY X TRANSPONDER PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                THIS AGREEMENT (the  "Agreement") is made and entered into as of
this 24th day of August,  1995 (the  "Execution  Date"),  by and between  Hughes
Communications  Galaxy, Inc. (HCG"), a corporation  organized and existing under
the laws of the state of California,  and GCI Communications Corp. ("Buyer"),  a
corporation organized and existing under the laws of the state of Alaska.

                                    RECITALS

                WHEREAS,  HCG  intends  to  construct,  launch,  and  operate  a
satellite to be designated as Galaxy X,  containing  C-Band  capacity an Ku-Band
capacity and desires to sell transponders on such a satellite; and

                WHEREAS,  Buyer  desires  to  purchase  and HCG  desires to sell
certain  transponders  on Galaxy  X,  subject  to the  approval  of the  Federal
Communications Commission.

                                    AGREEMENT

                NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the mutual  promises set
forth below, HCG and Buyer hereby mutually agree as follows:

1.  The Satellite

                1.01   Satellite.   Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Federal
Communications  Commission (FCC), HCG plans to construct and launch a satellite,
referred to hereinafter as "Galaxy X" (the "Satellite" or "G-X"). Galaxy X shall
be  a  hybrid   satellite  (i.e.,  it  contains  both  C-Band  capacity  (C-Band
Transponders") and Ku-Band capacity ("Ku-Band Transponders").  Collectively, the
C-Band Transponders are referred to hereinafter as the "Transponders".

                1.02  Orbital  Position.  Based  on FCC  approval,  the  orbital
position of Galaxy X shall be 123(degree) West Longitude. HCG currently plans to
launch  Galaxy X in the fourth  quarter of 1997,  subject to the approval of the
FCC.

                1.03 C-Band  Transponders.  Galaxy X shall have twenty-four (24)
C-Band  Transponders.  Twenty-two  (22) of the C-Band  Transponders  on Galaxy X
shall be designated  "Primary".  The remaining  two (2) C-Band  transponders  on
Galaxy X shall be  designated as "Reserve".  "Primary  Transponders"  shall mean
Transponders  which  are not  preemptible  and as to which the  "Owners"  of the
Transponders,  if a "Confirmed  ********" (as hereafter  defined) occurs,  shall
have the right to preempt a Reserve Transponder in accordance with section 9.02.
"Reserve  Transponders"  shall mean Transponders  which shall be preemtable,  in
accordance with Section 9.02 by


ACK/shs: GCI.GX TPA.Final          1           Monday, August 21, 1995 - 8:00 am
<PAGE>
Owners of Primary  Transponders  located on the  Satellite  that have suffered a
Confirmed  ********.  Galaxy  X also  shall  have  six (6)  C-Band  "Transponder
Spares," as defined in Section  9.01. As used in this  Agreement,  "Owner" shall
include the actual  owner of a  Transponder,  including  HCG if there remain any
unsold Transponders,  or any permitted assignee of such owner's Transponder,  or
any lessee or licensee of HCG. The term  "purchase"  shall include the execution
of an agreement with HCG for a long term lease.

                1.04 Ku-Band Transponders.  Galaxy X shall have twenty-four (24)
Ku-Band Transponders. All twenty-four Ku-Band Transponders are currently planned
to  be   designated   as   "Primary"   (collectively,   the   "Primary   Ku-Band
Transponders").  HCG may,  at  HCG's  sole  option,  designate  certain  Ku-Band
Transponders  as  "Reserve".  Galaxy X shall  have six (6)  Ku-Band  Transponder
Spares.

                1.05  Specifications  and  Components.  Exhibit A sets forth the
design  summary  of  the  Satellite.  Exhibit  B  sets  forth  the  "Transponder
Performance Specifications", defined as certain technical specifications for the
Transponders on Galaxy X, including values for each Transponder for polarization
isolation,  interference between Transponders,  frequency response, group delay,
amplitude  non-linearity,  spurious outputs, phase shift, cross talk, stability,
transmit EIRP, uplink saturation flux density, and G/T. HCG shall make copies of
the antenna range gain contour test data available to Buyer.

                1.06  Rights to Reserves  or Spares.  Ownership  or the lease of
C-Band  Transponders  shall not give an Owner the  right to  preempt  or use any
Primary  Ku Band  Transponders  or  Ku-Band  Transponder  Spares  on  Galaxy  X.
Ownership or the lease of Ku-Band Transponders shall not give an Owner the right
to  preempt  or use  any  Primary  or  Reserve  C-Band  Transponders  or  C-Band
Transponder Spares on Galaxy X.

2.  Purchase and Sale of Transponders; Option to Purchase

               2.01 Purchase.  HCG shall sell, and Buyer shall purchase ********
Primary C Band  Transponders on Galaxy X ("Buyer's G-X Transponders" or "Buyer's
Transponders"), all of which are on a "Delivered" basis (as such term is defined
in Sections 4.01).

               2.02 Lease with  Option to  Purchase.  Subject to Section  10.08,
below,  HCG  shall  lease to Buyer  ********  Ku-Band  Transponder  on  Galaxy X
("Buyer's   Ku-Band   Transponder"   and   sometimes   collectively,    "Buyer's
Transponders")  for a Lease Term of ********,  commencing upon Delivery (Section
4.01) to Buyer, at the ******** Lease Rate of ********.  Buyer shall comply with
all standard lease terms and conditions  covering leases of Ku-Band  Capacity on
Galaxy X.

ACK/shs: GCI.GX TPA.Final          2          Monday, August 21, 1995 - 8:00 am
<PAGE>
           (a) Buyer shall have an Option to Purchase  ("Purchase  Option")  the
     ******** Ku-Band Transponder that is the subject of the Lease referenced in
     this  Section  2.02  excercisable  in  the  manner  and on  the  terms  and
     conditions as follows:

              (i) Buyer may exercise its Purchase  Option within  ******** after
         the Notice as defined in Section  3.02(a)(i)(1),  below,  by delivering
         written  notice of its  intent to  exercise  the  Purchase  Option  and
         payment  to HCG of the  Downpayment  required  by Section 3 below on or
         before the Execution  Date,  the Base Price to Buyer shall be ********,
         both as defined in Section 3.02(a), for Buyer's Ku-Band Transponder; or

              (ii) Buyer may exercise its Purchase  Option on or before the date
         on which a satellite  designated as Galaxy IX ("Galaxy  IX")  commences
         service at the  123(degree)  West  Longitude  orbital  location  ("G-IX
         Delivery  Date, by delivering  written notice of its intent to exercise
         the Purchase Option and payment to HCG of the  downpayment  required by
         Section 3 below on or before the G-IX  Delivery  Date,  and  thereafter
         making such payments as required for Buyer's Transponders  generally in
         this Agreement. If Buyer exercises its Purchase Option on or before the
         G-IX Delivery date, the Base Price to Buyer shall be ********,  both as
         defined in Section 3.02(a), for Buyer's Ku-Band Transponder; or

              (iii) Buyer may exercise is Purchase  option on or before ********
         the Delivery of Galaxy X ("G-X  Delivery  date") by delivering  written
         notice of its intent to exercise the Purchase Option and payment to HCG
         of the  Downpayment  required by Section 3 below ******** after the G-X
         Delivery  Date,  and  thereafter  making such  payments as required for
         Buyer's  transponders  generally in this Agreement.  If buyer exercises
         its Purchase  Option on or before the G-X Delivery Date, the Base Price
         to Buyer shall be  ********,  both as defined in Section  3.02(a),  for
         Buyer's Ku-Band Transponder.

     If Buyer exercises any of the above choices with respect to Purchase Option
of the Buyer's Ku-Band Transponder, Buyer's Ku-Band Transponder shall thereafter
be subject to all the terms and conditions as the Buyer's Transponders which are
the subject of Purchase in Section 2.01 above.

ACK/shs: GCI.GX TPA.Final          3          Monday, August 21, 1995 - 8:00 am
<PAGE>
3. Purchase Price and Payment Schedule

                3.01 Purchase  Price  Component  Amount.  The purchase price for
each of Buyer's  Transponders shall consist of a "******** Price" and a ********
and, an ********  (collectively,  the "Purchase Price Components").  The payment
for each of these Purchase Price Components by Buyer is mandatory.  The services
to be  provided  by HCG in return  for  Buyer's  payment of the  Purchase  Price
Components  are described in other  sections of this  Agreement.  All prices set
forth are on a per Transponder basis.

                3.02  Purchase  Price  Component  Amount.   The  Purchase  Price
Components,  payment  terms,  certain  refunds  and an Option  covering  each of
Buyer's Transponders shall be as follows:

          (a) The ******** Price shall be defined and payable in accordance with
    the following:

               (i) Buyer  understands  and agrees  that at the  Execution  Date,
         ********,  may have an expected  useful life of ********.  The Purchase
         contemplated  by this  Agreement  is based  upon a  purchase  period of
         ********.  To  accommodate  Buyer's  desire  for  flexibility  and some
         assurance  of the ********  Price per  Transponder,  HCG hereby  grants
         Buyer an Option to purchase  all, but not less than all, of its Buyer's
         G-X Transponders  for a period of either  ********,  upon the following
         conditions:


                  (1)  Within  ********  of the  date of HCG's  notice  to Buyer
              identifying  the  design   configuration  of  the  satellite  (the
              "Notice"), Buyer shall respond in writing and affirmatively accept
              or reject HCG's offer of Transponders for a ******** Purchase.  In
              the event that Buyer fails to respond to any such Notice,  it will
              be deemed agreed  between the parties to this  Agreement  that the
              Buyer's  Purchase  of the  Transponders  shall  be for a  ********
              Purchase.

                  (2) If Buyer  exercises  its  Option  for  Transponders  for a
              ********  Purchase,   all  references  to  Transponders,   Buyer's
              Transponders, Reserves or Spares in this Agreement shall be deemed
              to apply to Transponders  having a ********  purchase period,  and
              likewise the terms of the entire Agreement shall apply thereto.

ACK/shs: GCI.GX TPA.Final          4          Monday, August 21, 1995 - 8:00 am
<PAGE>
                  (3) The  "********  Price"  for each of  Buyer's  Transponders
              shall be as follows:

              (i) for  ********  Purchase:  a  range  between  ********  for all
         Transponders  Delivered  within  ******** of Satellite  operation,  and
         ******** for any of Buyer's Transponders Delivered in the ********, all
         of  Buyer's   Transponders  being  Delivered  within  ********  of  the
         commencement of operations of the Satellite.


              (ii) for  ********  Purchase:  a range  between  ********  for all
         Transponders  Delivered  within  ******** of Satellite  operation,  and
         ******** for any of Buyer's Transponders Delivered in the ********, all
         of  Buyer's   Transponders  being  Delivered  within  ********  of  the
         commencement of operations of the Satellite.

              (iii) the ******** Price for either ********  Purchase or ********
         Purchase   Transponders  shall  be  paid  as  follows;   ********  (the
         "Downpayment")  on the Execution Date, such amount to cover ******** of
         the  Purchase  Price  of all  of  the  Buyer's  transponders;  and  the
         remaining ******** as of the date of each Buyer's Transponder  Delivery
         (as defined in Section  4.01).  Any change  hereafter in the  scheduled
         launch date shall not affect this payment schedule.

                      (A)  At  Buyer's   election,   and  subject  to  the  full
                  satisfaction  of HCG,  Buyer may, on the Execution  Date,  pay
                  all, but not less than all, of the  Downpayment in the form of
                  an  irrevocable  letter of credit,  in form and  substance and
                  drawn on a bank or other financial  institution  acceptable to
                  HCG in its sole  discretion (the "LC"). If Buyer elects to pay
                  the Downpayment in the form of LC, then Buyer shall pay to HCG
                  ******** in immediately available funds on the Execution Date.
                  Such  ********  shall be  returned  to Buyer,  if and when HCG
                  receives the LC to HCG's satisfaction. If buyer

ACK/shs: GCI.GX TPA.Final          5          Monday, August 21, 1995 - 8:00 am
<PAGE>
                  is given  Notice  and  exercises  its  Option  for a  ********
                  Purchase  for  Transponders,  the  amount  of the LC  shall be
                  increased accordingly.

                      (B) At the  time  Buyer  makes  the  election  to pay  the
                  Downpayment  in the  form  of LC,  Buyer  must  also  make  an
                  election  as to the date  upon  which it wishes to have the LC
                  drawn down ("Draw Down Date"), but in any event not later than
                  the  Delivery  of  Galaxy  X,  and  Buyer  shall   present  LC
                  reflecting an  appropriate  increase if interest is to be paid
                  on the Downpayment:

                           (i) if Buyer elects a Draw Down Date on or concurrent
                      with   Delivery   of  Galaxy  IX,  HCG  will   accept  the
                      Downpayment  without  accrued  interest  as payment of the
                      full amount of the Downpayment;

                           (ii)  if  Buyer   elects  a  Draw  Down  Date  on  or
                      concurrent  with the delivery of Galaxy X, Buyer shall pay
                      HCG an additional amount as interest on the full amount of
                      the  Downpayment,  at the rate of ********,  computed from
                      the Execution  Date to the G-X Delivery Date (as estimated
                      by HCG at the Execution Date).

                  To the  extent  that  the  amount  available  under  the LC is
                  insufficient  on the Draw  Down  Date,  the  Buyer  agrees  to
                  immediately pay the difference to HCG without the necessity of
                  notice or  demand  by HCG to Buyer.  In any event the LC shall
                  remain  irrevocable  and  non-cancelable  by Buyer  unless and
                  until Buyer has paid the Downpayment for Buyer's  Transponders
                  in full.

          (b) The ******** for each of Buyer's Transponders shall be a per month
    fee of ********,  payable in advance on the day of Delivery and on the first
    day of  each  month  thereafter.  Payments  for a  partial  month  shall  be
    prorated.  If one of Buyer's Transponders becomes a ******** Transponder (as
    defined in Section  12.01) or  ********  Transponder  (as defined in Section
    21),  then the  ********  shall  cease as to such  ********  Transponder  or
    ******** Transponder. ********

ACK/shs: GCI.GX TPA.Final          6          Monday, August 21, 1995 - 8:00 am
<PAGE>
    ********  for a ********  Purchase  or  ********  for a  ********  Purchase,
    respectively.  ******** was made for such ********  Transponder  or ********
    Transponder,  then the  ********  (as  defined  in  Section  6.02)  for such
    ******** Transponder or ******** Transponder ********.

          (c) The ******** for each of Buyer's  Transponders shall be a lump sum
    payment  to  HCG  of  ********  of  the  ********  Price,   payable  to  HCG
    concurrently with Delivery with respect to each of Buyer's Transponders.  If
    one  of  Buyer's   Transponders  becomes  a  ********  Transponder  ********
    Transponder,  then  the  payment  shall  be  ********  Transponder  ********
    Transponder in accordance with Section 12.03.


                3.03 Place of  Payment.  All  payments by Buyer shall be made to
HCG at its principal  place of business,  as designated  in Section  20.03,  and
shall be deemed to be made only upon actual  receipt by HCG.  All refunds by HCG
shall be made to Buyer at its  principal  place of  business  as  designated  in
Section 20.03, and shall be deemed to be made only upon actual receipt by Buyer.

4. Delivery and Related Matters

                4.01  Delivery.  "Galaxy  X  Delivery"  shall  occur  upon,  and
"Delivery",  "Delivered" and "Deliver", as to Galaxy X shall mean the placing of
the Satellite,  containing all of Buyer's Transponders,  in its assigned orbital
position with ******** meeting the relevant  performance  specifications (all of
which  requirements  may be met  through  the  use of  Reserve  Transponders  or
Transponder  Spares).  "Buyer's  Transponder(s)  Delivery" shall occur upon, and
"Delivery", "Delivered", and "Deliver" as to each Buyer's Transponder shall mean
(i) the  occurrence  of  Galaxy  X  Delivery,  (ii)  Buyer's  acceptance  of its
Transponders  as provided for in Section 4.03 and (iii) full payment by Buyer as
provided  in  Section  4.02.   With  respect  to  ********  the  C-Band  Buyer's
Transponders (which shall be hereinafter referred to as the "Delayed ********"),
Buyer may  ********  of such  Transponders  as set forth  below.  Buyer may,  at
Buyer's sole option,  ******** Delivery of ******** Delayed ******** (the "First
Delayed ********") to a date occurring after Galaxy X Delivery but no later than
********  by  delivery of written  notice to HCG  ********  prior to the initial
scheduled  launch date,  as  determined  by HCG in HCG;s sole  discretion.  With
respect to ******** Delayed  ********,  (the "Second Delayed  ********"),  Buyer
may, at Buyer's sole option, ******** Delivery of the Second Delayed ******** to
a date occurring  after Galaxy X Delivery but no later than ******** by delivery
of  written  notice to HCG on or before  the  earlier  of (i)  ********  or (ii)
********

ACK/shs: GCI.GX TPA.Final          7          Monday, August 21, 1995 - 8:00 am
<PAGE>
********.  Such notice of election to ******** the Delivery with respect to such
Delayed Transponders shall be irrevocable.

                4.02 Ownership Title and Assumption of Risk. Ownership and title
to Buyer's  Transponders shall pass to Buyer at the time of Delivery to Buyer. A
condition  to HCG's  obligation  to  deliver  title  to  Buyer,  and of  Buyer's
obtaining ownership,  shall be the payment by Buyer of all amounts due to HCG on
or prior to Delivery for such Transponder or Transponders. Any loss of or damage
to Buyer's  Transponders prior to Delivery shall be at the risk of HCG. Any loss
of or damage to Buyer's Transponders after Delivery to Buyer will be at the risk
of Buyer;  provided  however,  that the foregoing shall not impair Buyer's other
rights under Sections 4, 9 and 12 of this Agreement.

                4.03 Acceptance. HCG shall test each of the Buyer's Transponders
with an  acceptance  test plan to be prepared by HCG in advance of the launch of
the Satellite and delivered to Buyer. This Agreement  contemplates that ********
of Buyer's Transponders shall be designated to meet ********  specifications and
********   shall  meet  the   "********"   specifications   as  defined  by  the
specifications  sheet  attached  hereto as Exhibit  "B",  entitled  "Transponder
Performance  Specifications".  Acceptance of Buyer's Transponders by Buyer shall
be deemed  to have  occurred  upon  completion  of the  following:  (a)  Buyer's
Transponders  have passed all tests set forth in the  aforementioned  acceptance
test plan and meet the Transponder Performance  Specifications;  and (b) HCG has
notified Buyer in writing that it has  successfully  completed  testing  Buyer's
Transponders and that Buyer's Transponders are available for service.

  5. Representations and Warranties

       HCG and Buyer each represent and warrant to the other that:

                5.01 Authority. No Breach. It has the right, power and authority
to enter into, and perform its obligations under, this Agreement. The execution,
delivery and  performance  of this  Agreement  shall not result in the breach or
nonperformance of any agreements it has with third parties.

                5.02  Corporate  Action.  It has taken all  requisite  corporate
action to approve  execution,  delivery and performance of this  Agreement,  and
this Agreement  constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation upon itself in
accordance with its terms.

                5.03 Consents. The fulfillment of its obligations hereunder will
not  constitute  a material  violation  of any existing  applicable  law,  rule,
regulation or order of any  governmental  authority.  All material  necessary or
appropriate public or private consents,  permissions,  agreements,  licenses, or
authorizations  to which it or any  Transponder  or the Satellite may be subject
have been or shall be obtained in a timely manner;  provided,  however,  that it
shall be HCG's sole responsibility to

ACK/shs: GCI.GX TPA.Final          8          Monday, August 21, 1995 - 8:00 am
<PAGE>
obtain any  regulatory  approvals  needed to enable it to sell  Transponders  as
provided  for in this  Agreement.  Notwithstanding  the  above,  HCG  and  Buyer
acknowledge  that the transactions set forth in this Agreement may be challenged
before the FCC or a court of competent jurisdiction by other persons or entities
not parties  hereto.  In such event,  HCG and Buyer agree that HCG shall use its
best efforts,  and Buyer shall use reasonable  efforts,  before the FCC, and the
courts if an appeal from an FCC order is taken,  to support  HCG's right to sell
and Buyer's right to purchase  Buyer's  Transponders  and shall fully  cooperate
with  each  other  in these  endeavors.  Buyer  alone  shall  have the  right to
determine how much and to whom it will incur legal  expenses in connection  with
any  proceeding  arising out of its  obligations  under this Section  5.03.  If,
however,  by written order, the FCC or a court of competent  jurisdiction  shall
determine that HCG may not sell and Buyer may not purchase Buyer's  Transponders
under the terms and conditions  set forth herein,  then HCG and Buyer shall seek
immediate review of such order before the FCC or an appellate court or shall, if
possible,  reconstitute the transaction to comply with such order and to provide
Buyer with use of "equivalent capacity" on another HCG-operated satellite and to
provide HCG with the "price  provided for  herein." As used herein,  "equivalent
capacity" shall mean the same number of Transponders purchased by Buyer pursuant
to this  Agreement and there is no material  adverse change in the provisions of
this Agreement  regarding purchase price taking into account payment terms using
a present value analysis, tax benefits from the form of the transactions, use of
Transponder  Spares  and  Reserve  Transponders,   and  Transponder  Performance
Specifications. As used herein, "price provided for herein" shall mean the total
price payable to (HCG, taking into account payment terms,  using a present value
analysis with a ********, and tax benefits from the form of the transactions. If
an appellate court issues a written order, which is no longer subject to further
judicial rehearing or review,  upholding the determination of the FCC or a court
or  competent  jurisdiction  that HCG may not sell and  Buyer  may not  purchase
Buyer's  Transponders,  then HCG and Buyer shall, if possible,  reconstitute the
transaction as set out herein.

                5.04  Litigation.  To the  best of its  knowledge,  there  is no
outstanding or threatened judgment, pending litigation or proceeding,  involving
or affecting the transactions provided for in this Agreement, except as has been
previously or concurrently disclosed in writing by either party to the other.

                5.05 No  Broker.  It does not  know of any  broker,  finder,  or
intermediary  involved  in  connection  with the  negotiations  and  discussions
incident  to the  execution  of this  Agreement,  or of any  broker,  finder  or
intermediary  who might be entitled to a fee or commission upon the consummation
of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

6. Additional Representations, Warranties and Obligations of HCG

                6.01  Authorization  Description.  HCG has filed with the FCC an
application  to  construct,  launch and  operate  Galaxy X at  123(degree)  West
Longitude.

ACK/shs: GCI.GX TPA.Final          9          Monday, August 21, 1995 - 8:00 am
<PAGE>
                6.02  Transponder  Performance  Specifications.  Each of Buyer's
Transponders,   upon   Delivery,   shall   meet  the   Transponder   Performance
Specifications throughout the duration of the ********. ******** shall mean that
period of time  ********.  ********  as to Buyer's G-X  Transponders  shall mean
that, if any of Buyer's G-X Transponders become ******** Transponders during the
********,  then Buyer shall be entitled  to the  repayment  set forth in Section
12.03.

                6.03 Title. Upon Delivery and subject to Section 4,02, HCG shall
deliver to Buyer good title to each of Buyer's Transponders free from all liens,
charges, claims or encumbrances,  except for any encumbrances resulting from any
action taken by Buyer.

                6.04  Government  Regulations.  HCG has or  shall  use its  best
efforts  throughout the ********,  and until disposition of Galaxy X pursuant to
Section 17, to obtain and maintain,  in all material  respects,  all  applicable
federal, state and municipal authorizations or permissions to construct,  launch
and operate Galaxy X, applicable to it; and to comply, in all material respects,
with all such  government  regulations  regarding  the  construction,  launch an
operation of the Satellite and Transponders applicable to it.

                6.05 Not a Common Carrier.  Unless required to do so by the FCC,
HCG shall not hold itself out,  publicly or  privately,  as a provider of common
carrier  communications  services  on Galaxy X and is not  purporting  herein to
provide to Buyer or to any other party any such  services with respect to Galaxy
X.

                6.06 TT&C.  Tracking,  telemetry and control  ("TT&C")  shall be
provided by Hughes Communications Satellite Services, Inc. ("HCG"), an affiliate
of HCG,  for the life of the  Satellite,  pursuant to a separate  "TT&C  Service
Agreement"  which  has been  executed  by HCG and Buyer  concurrently  herewith.
********.

7. Additional Representations. Warranties and Obligations of Buyer

                7.01 [Reserved]

                7.02 Non-Interference. Buyer's radio transmissions (and those of
its uplinking agents) to the Satellite shall comply,  in all material  respects,
with all FCC and all other governmental (whether international,  federal, state,
municipal, or otherwise) statutes, laws, rules, regulations,  ordinances, codes,
directives  and  orders,  of  any  such  governmental  agency,  body,  or  court
(collectively, "Laws") applicable to it regarding the operation of the Satellite
and Buyer's Transponders. Buyer shall not utilize (or permit or allow any of its
uplinking agents to utilize) any of Buyer's  Transponders in a manner which will
or may interfere with the use of any other

ACK/shs: GCI.GX TPA.Final          10         Monday, August 21, 1995 - 8:00 am
<PAGE>
Transponder  or cause  physical harm to any of Buyer's  Transponders,  any other
Transponders,  or to the Satellite.  Further,  Buyer will  coordinate  (and will
require  its  uplinking  agents to  coordinate)  with HCG,  in  accordance  with
procedures  reasonably  established by HCG and uniformly applied to all users of
Transponders  on the Satellite,  its  transmissions  to the Satellite,  so as to
minimize adjacent channel and adjacent satellite  interference.  For purposes of
this Section 7.02,  interference shall also mean acts or omissions which cause a
Transponder to fail to meet its Transponder Performance Specifications.  Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, Buyer (and its uplinking agents) shall
comply with all FCC rules and regulations regarding use of automatic transmitter
identification systems (ATIS).

                7.03 Laws.  Buyer shall comply (and shall  require its uplinking
agents to comply),  in all material  respects,  with all Laws  applicable  to it
regarding the operation or use of the Satellite and Buyer's Transponders.

                7.04 Additional Usage Representations and Obligations.

                    (a) Buyer has not been convicted for the criminal  violation
                of, and has not been found by the FCC or other federal, state or
                local  governmental  authority  with  appropriate   jurisdiction
                (collectively,  the "Governmental  Authority") to have violated,
                any  federal,  state or local law or  regulation  as  applicable
                concerning   illegal  or  obscene   program   material   or  the
                transmission  thereof (the "Obscenity  Laws"),  and Buyer is not
                aware  of  any   pending   investigation   (including,   without
                limitation,   a  grand  jury  investigation)  involving  Buyer's
                programming  or any  pending  proceeding  against  Buyer for the
                violation of any Obscenity Laws.

                    (b)  Buyer  will   notify   HCG  as  soon  as  it   receives
                notification of, or becomes aware of, any pending  investigation
                by  any   Governmental   Authority,   or  any  pending  criminal
                proceeding  against  Buyer,  which  investigation  or proceeding
                concerns  transmissions by Buyer potentially in violation of any
                law, including without limitation, Obscenity Laws.

                    (c) Any use of Buyer's  Transponders  shall  comply,  in all
                material  respects,  with  all  applicable  laws  regarding  the
                operation  or use  of the  Satellite  and  Buyer's  Transponders
                (including, but not limited to, any Obscenity Laws).

8.Preemptive Rights and Inspection of Facilities

                Buyer recognizes that it may be necessary in unusual or abnormal
situations or conditions for HCG  deliberately  to preempt or interrupt  Buyer's
use of each of its Transponders,  in order to protect the overall performance of
the  Satellite.  Such  decisions  shall be made by HCG in its  sole  discretion;
provided,  however,  that, to the extent it is technically  feasible,  HCG shall
preempt or interrupt the use of  Transponders  in the inverse order in which the
Owners (or such Owner's  predecessors  in interest) on such  Satellite  executed
transponder purchase agreements

ACK/shs: GCI.GX TPA.Final          11         Monday, August 21, 1995 - 8:00 am
<PAGE>
for its Transponders on such Satellite.  To the extent technically feasible, HCG
shall give Buyer at least  forty-eight  (48) hours' notice of such preemption or
interruption  and HCG shall use its  reasonable  best  efforts to  schedule  and
conduct its activities  during periods of such  preemption or interruption so as
to minimize the disruption to the use of Transponders on such Satellite.  To the
extent  that such  preemption  results  in a loss to Buyer of the use of Buyer's
Transponders  sufficient to constitute a breach of HCG's warranty obligations as
set forth in Section 12,  then Buyer  shall have all of the rights and  remedies
set forth in Sections 9 and 12.

9. Transponder Spares. Reserve Transponders and Retained Primary Transponders

    9.01 Use of Transponder  Spares. HCG shall cause Galaxy X to contain certain
redundant  equipment  units  (individually,  a "Transponder  Spare"),  which are
designed as substitutes  for equipment  units the failure of which could cause a
Transponder to fail to meet the Transponder Performance Specifications.  HCG, as
soon  as  possible  and to the  extent  technically  feasible,  shall  employ  a
Transponder  Spare in such  Satellite  as a substitute  for Buyer's  Transponder
equipment  unit  which has caused  Buyer's  Transponders  to suffer a  Confirmed
******** (as defined in Section 12.02) in order to enable  Buyer's  Transponders
to meet the Transponder  Performance  Specifications.  To the extent technically
feasible,  a Transponder Spare will be substituted for the faulty equipment unit
on a first-needed,  first-served basis to satisfy HCG's ********  obligations to
Buyer and to other Owners of users of  Transponders  on the same Satellite which
have suffered Confirmed ********;  provided,  however, that HCG's obligations to
provide  Transponder  Spares  shall  continue  until  such  time  as  all of the
Transponder  Spares are committed to use as substitutes for  Transponders  which
have suffered Confirmed ********.  If HCG furnishes a Transponder Spare to Buyer
as a substitute for an equipment  unit which has caused  Buyer's  Transponder to
suffer a Confirmed  ********,  the HCG shall transfer title and ownership of the
Transponder  Spare to Buyer  and  Buyer  concurrently,  shall  return  title and
ownership  of  its  substituted  Transponder  equipment  unit  to  HCG.  Buyer's
Transponder  equipment  unit which has been returned  shall be made available by
HCG, to the extent technically feasible, to satisfy its obligations to Owners or
users  on the  same  Satellite.  HCG  also  shall  have  the  right,  until  the
Transponder  Spares are needed, to utilize such Transponder Spares in any manner
HCG determines.

                9.02 Use of Reserve  Transponders.  If no  Transponder  Spare is
available at the time that Buyer's  Transponder  suffers a Confirmed ******** or
if the use of such  Transponder  Spare would not correct the  failure,  then HCG
shall employ, as soon as possible and to the extent  technically  feasible,  and
unless any delay is requested by Buyer,  a Reserve  Transponder on Galaxy X as a
substitute  for such  Transponder  which  has  suffered  a  Confirmed  ********;
provided,  however,  that HCG's  obligation to provide  Reserve  Transponders to
Buyer shall continue only until such time as all of the Reserve Transponders are
committed to use as substitutes for Primary  Transponders  which have suffered a
Confirmed ********. HCG shall include in the

ACK/shs: GCI.GX TPA.Final          12         Monday, August 21, 1995 - 8:00 am
<PAGE>
transponder  purchase  agreement  of any  Owner  who  has  purchased  a  Reserve
Transponder (or in any other  agreement  providing for the Transfer of a Reserve
Transponder)  a  requirement  that HCG may preempt such  Reserve  Transponder(s)
after  two  (2)  hours'  notice  from  HCG.  Reserve  Transponders  utilized  as
substitutes  shall  meet the  Transponder  Performance  Specifications.  Reserve
Transponders,  or any  one of  them,  will  be  substituted  and  utilized  on a
first-needed,  first-served  basis to satisfy HCG's  obligations to Buyer and to
other Owners with respect to the performance of their Primary Transponders.  HCG
shall have the right,  in its sole  discretion,  to utilize  first a Transponder
Spare prior to  furnishing a Reserve  Transponder  to Buyer.  If HCG furnishes a
Reserve  Transponder  to Buyer,  then HCG shall  transfer title and ownership of
such Reserve  Transponder to Buyer and Buyer concurrently shall return title and
ownership of its substituted  Transponder to HCG. Buyer's  Transponder which has
been returned to HCG shall  thereafter  be made  available by HCG, to the extent
technically feasible, to satisfy its obligations to other Owners. HCG also shall
have the right,  until the Reserve  Transponders are needed,  to utilize them in
any manner HCG determines.

                9.03 Simultaneous ******** -- Priority with
Respect to the Use of Transponder Spares. In the event that Primary Transponders
of more than one Owner  simultaneously  suffer a  Confirmed  ********,  then the
Owner (or such Owner's predecessor in interest) who first executed a transponder
purchase  agreement with HCG shall have priority as to use of Transponder Spares
with respect to said Owner's  Primary  Transponder  or  Transponders  which have
suffered a Confirmed ********, to the extent technical feasible. As used in this
Section 9, the term "simultaneously"  shall be deemed to mean occurring within a
24-hour period.

                9.04 Simultaneous ******** - Priority with Respect to the Use of
Reserve  Transponders.  In the event that Primary  Transponders of more than one
Owner  simultaneously  suffer a Confirmed ********,  and no Transponder Spare is
available  or if the  use of  such  Transponder  Spare  would  not  correct  the
********,  then the Owner (or such Owner's  predecessor  in interest)  who first
executed a transponder purchase agreement with HCG for the purchase of a Primary
Transponder  on  such  Satellite  shall  have  priority  as to use of a  Reserve
Transponder  with respect to said Owner's  Primary  Transponder or  Transponders
which have suffered a Confirmed ********.

                9.05 HCG's Ownership of Primary  Transponders.  If HCG is unable
to sell all of the Primary  Transponders,  then HCG may retain ownership of such
unsold Primary  Transponders ("HCG's  Transponders").  (The same provision shall
apply with respect to Reserve  Transponders.)  In such event, HCG shall have the
same rights to use HCG's Transponders as any other Owner would have,  including,
without  limitation,  the  right  to  utilize  Transponder  Spares  and  Reserve
Transponders  in the  event  HCG's  Transponders  do not  meet  the  Transponder
Performance  Specifications.  HCG  also  shall  have  the  right,  but  not  the
obligation,  to utilize HCG's Transponders to satisfy HCG's warranty obligations
to Buyer and to other  Owners.  HCG shall be deemed to have been the last entity
to execute a

ACK/shs: GCI.GX TPA.Final          13         Monday, August 21, 1995 - 8:00 am
<PAGE>
Transponder  Purchase  Agreement for purposes of determining  its priority under
the provisions of this Section 9 and other Sections of this Agreement; provided,
however,  that if HCG long term leases any unsold Primary Transponder to a third
party,  such third party shall,  for purposes of determining  its priority under
the provisions of this Section 9, or elsewhere in this  Agreement,  be deemed to
have "purchased"  such  Transponder and to have executed a transponder  purchase
agreement on the date it executed such long term lease.

                9.06 Notice of Intent to Substitute a Reserve  Transponder Prior
to the  substitution of a Reserve  Transponder for Buyer in accordance with this
Section 9, HCG shall notify Buyer in.  advance of its intention to so substitute
the Reserve  Transponder and the substitution  shall be made at such time as the
parties mutually agree.

10. Termination Rights

                10.01 Termination by Buyer.

                    (a) If HCG does not Deliver any of Buyer's  Transponders  on
                ********,  Buyer shall have the right to cancel its  obligations
                to  purchase  all of its  undelivered  Transponders,  by  giving
                written notice to HCG on or before ********.

                    (b)  If  Buyer  terminates  its  obligations  as to  Buyer's
                Transponders due to the failure to make Delivery as set forth in
                this  Section  10 (the  "Terminated  Transponders"),  then Buyer
                shall be entitled to a full  refund,  without  interest,  of all
                payments  made for each such  Terminated  Transponder,  less any
                payments  made  by  HCG  to it on  account  of  such  Terminated
                Transponders pursuant to other provisions of this Agreement, and
                Buyer and HCG shall have no further obligations to each other as
                to each such Terminated Transponder.

                    (c) Buyer shall  notify HCG of its intent to  terminate  its
                obligations   pursuant  to  this  Section  10.01  on  or  before
                ********.

            10.02 Termination by HCG. Notwithstanding anything else set forth in
this  Agreement,  HCG may terminate this Agreement if Buyer shall have failed to
pay any amount due and  payable  pursuant  to the  provisions  of Section 3, and
Buyer has been given written  notice by HCG of said failure and Buyer shall have
failed to pay the amount due and payable  within thirty (30) business days after
HCG has given such notice to Buyer.  Any late  payments by Buyer to HCG shall be
with interest  calculated at the rate set forth in Section  20.01,  payable with
the amount due and calculated from the date payment was due until the date it is
received by HCG.

ACK/shs: GCI.GX TPA.Final          14         Monday, August 21, 1995 - 8:00 am
<PAGE>
                10.03  HCG's  Right to Sell if  Non-Payment.  If, for any reason
whatsoever, Buyer does not make the payments in the amounts and on the dates set
forth in Section 3 and Buyer fails to cure such  default as set forth in Section
10.02,  then, in addition to all of its other remedies at law or in equity,  HCG
shall be entitled to Transfer (as defined in Section 13.01) Buyer's Transponders
immediately  to  whomever  HCG sees  fit,  Buyer  shall not be  entitled  to any
equitable  relief as a result  thereof,  and Buyer's  exclusive  remedy shall be
limited to recovery of any payments made to it by HCG,  without  interest,  less
any claim HCG has against Buyer by reason of such Buyer's default.

                10.04 Prompt Repayment. All refunds provided for in this Section
10 to be made by HCG shall be made  within  ******** of receipt by HCG of notice
of  termination  by Buyer,  and any late  payment by HCG to Buyer  shall be with
interest  calculated  at the rate set forth in Section  20.01,  payable with the
amount due and  calculated  from the date  payment  was due until the date it is
received by Buyer.

                10.05 Termination by Buyer or HCG. Notwithstanding anything else
set forth in this  Agreement,  either Buyer or HCG may terminate its obligations
under this Agreement as to Transponders  on Galaxy X if, prior to Delivery,  the
FCC shall  have  ordered  the  placement  of Galaxy X into an  orbital  position
further east than ******** or further west than  ********,  and such order shall
have  become a Final  Order,  and the parties  are unable to  reconstitute  this
Agreement  pursuant to Section 5.03. As used herein, an order of the FCC becomes
a "Final Order" when the FCC's action is no longer subject to  administrative or
judicial  reconsideration,  rehearing,  review,  stay,  appeal or other  similar
actions which could be filed with the FCC or with any court having  jurisdiction
to review said action.

            10.06 Right to Deny Access.

                (a) If, in connection with using Buyer's Transponders,

                         (i)"User"   (as  defined   below)  is  indicted  or  is
                    otherwise  charged as a defendant  in a criminal  proceeding
                    based upon, or is convicted  under, any Obscenity Law or has
                    been found by any  Governmental  Authority to have  violated
                    any such law;

                         (ii) based on any  User's use of Buyer's  Transponders,
                    HCG  is  indicted  or   otherwise   charged  as  a  criminal
                    defendant, becomes the subject of a criminal proceeding or a
                    governmental  action seeking a fine,  license  revocation or
                    other sanctions, or any Governmental Authority seeks a cease
                    and desist or other similar order or filing;

                         (iii)  the  FCC  has  issued  an  order   initiating  a
                    proceeding  to revoke  HCG's  authorization  to operate  the
                    Satellite;

ACK/shs: GCI.GX TPA.Final          15         Monday, August 21, 1995 - 8:00 am
<PAGE>
                         (iv) HCG  obtains a court  order  pursuant  to  Section
                    10.06(c)  below,  or a court or  Governmental  Authority  of
                    competent  jurisdiction orders HCG to deny access to User or
                    orders User to cease transmission; or

                         (v)  HCG  receives  notice  (the  "Illegal  Programming
                    Notice"),  written or oral,  from a  Governmental  Authority
                    that such authority  considers Buyer and/or any other User's
                    programming  to be  in  violation  of  Obscenity  Laws  (the
                    "Illegal  Programming"),  and  that if HCG  does  not  cease
                    transmitting such Illegal  Programming,  then HCG and/or its
                    Affiliates  and/or any of their  executives will be indicted
                    or otherwise  charged as a criminal  defendant,  will become
                    the  subject  of a  criminal  proceeding  or a  governmental
                    action   seeking  a  fine,   license   revocation  or  other
                    sanctions,  or that such Governmental  Authority will seek a
                    cease and desist or other  similar order or filing (with HCG
                    being obligated,  to the extent permitted by law, to provide
                    Buyer with a copy of such  Illegal  Programming  Notice,  if
                    written, or with other  verification,  including the details
                    thereof, if oral);

                then,  upon  notice  from HCG to Buyer  (the  "Denial  of Access
                Notice"),   User  shall   cease   using   Buyer's   Transponders
                immediately,  in the  case of a denial  of  access  pursuant  to
                subparagraphs (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above, or within 24 hours
                following  receipt  of such  notice,  in the case of a denial of
                access pursuant to subparagraph (v), above; and if User does not
                voluntarily  cease using such capacity at the appropriate  time,
                then HCG shall  have the  right to take such  steps as HCG deems
                necessary to prevent User from accessing  Buyer's  Transponders.
                Provided,  however,  that if User has more than one  programming
                service,  then the  denial of access by HCG shall  apply only to
                the Transponder used to provide the Illegal Programming service;
                and  provided  further,  however,  that if, upon  receipt of the
                Denial of Access  Notice  from  HCG,  User does not  immediately
                cease transmission of such Illegal Programming service, then HCG
                shall have the right to take such  steps as HCG deems  necessary
                to prevent User from accessing the Transponder  used to transmit
                such  Illegal  Programming  service (and if,  thereafter,  Buyer
                transmits such Illegal  Programming service using any of Buyer's
                Transponders,  then HCG shall have the immediate right,  without
                further notification,  to take such steps as HCG deems necessary
                to prevent Buyer from accessing any of Buyer's Transponders). As
                used  herein,  "User"  shall  mean  Buyer and any person to whom
                Buyer  Transfers  all or  part  of  its  right  to  use  Buyer's
                Transponders, including without limitation, a Buyer, licensee or
                assignee.   Buyer  agrees  to  maintain  a  properly   operating
                facsimile  machine at all times to receive  the Denial of Access
                Notice from HCG.

                    (b) If HCG denies,  or has given Buyer  notice of its intent
                to  deny,  access  to  Buyer's  Transponders   pursuant  to  the
                provisions of this Section 10.06,  and if Buyer does not believe
                the conditions set forth in this Agreement

ACK/shs: GCI.GX TPA.Final          16         Monday, August 21, 1995 - 8:00 am
<PAGE>
                to HCG's  denial of access have been met,  then Buyer shall have
                the  immediate  right to seek  injunctive  relief,  including  a
                temporary  restraining order on notice of four (4) hours or more
                to HCG,  to  prevent  the  denial or  continuing  denial of such
                access by HCG.

                    (c) HCG shall  also  have the  right to seek (i)  injunctive
                relief,  including  a temporary  restraining  order on notice of
                four  (4)  hours  or more  to  Buyer,  to  prevent,  suspend  or
                otherwise limit User's continued access to Buyer's  Transponders
                where HCG  believes  such use has  resulted  or will result in a
                violation of any Obscenity  Law; or (ii)  declaratory  relief to
                establish   its  right  to  deny   User's   access  to   Buyer's
                Transponders under this Agreement.

                    (d) Either  party  shall be  entitled  to oppose the other's
                attempt to obtain equitable relief.  However, in order to enable
                either  party to  obtain a  resolution  of any such  dispute  as
                expeditiously  as possible,  both parties hereby agree that: (i)
                neither party will contest the jurisdiction of, or the venue of,
                any action for  equitable  relief  brought by the other party in
                the following  courts:  U.S.  District Court for the District of
                Columbia and the U.S. District Court for the Central District of
                California;  (ii)  the  party  opposing  equitable  relief  (the
                "Opposing  Party") will make itself  available to accept service
                by telecopy or personal  delivery on a 24  hour-a-day  basis for
                five (5)  consecutive  days  following  receipt by the  Opposing
                Party of the other  party's  notice  of its  intent to seek such
                equitable  relief;  and (iii) if either  party seeks a temporary
                restraining  order and provides  notice to the Opposing Party at
                least four (4) hours before the scheduled  court  hearing,  then
                the Opposing  Party will not  challenge  the  timeliness of such
                notice.

                    (e) If it is  determined  by final  judicial  order  the HCG
                prevented   Buyer   from   accessing   any  or  all  of  Buyer's
                Transponders  at a time when it did not have the right to do so,
                pursuant to this Section 10.06,  then Buyer's sole and exclusive
                remedy  shall be HCG's  payment to Buyer of  liquidated  damages
                equal to ********, per Transponder, for the terminated capacity,
                such ******** based on the period of time of loss of use of such
                capacity.

                    (f) All  remedies  of HCG set  forth in this  Section  10.06
                shall be  cumulative  and in addition to, and not in lieu of any
                other remedies  available to HCG at law, in equity or otherwise,
                and may be enforced by HCG concurrently or from time to time.

                    (g) In  addition  to any  other  identification  obligations
                found  elsewhere in this  Agreement,  Buyer shall  indemnify and
                save HCG, its directors, officers, employees, and its Affiliates
                from any  liability  or  expense  arising  out of or  related to
                User's use of Buyer's  Transponders  under this  Section  10.06.
                Buyer shall pay all expenses  (including  reasonable  attorneys'
                fees)  incurred  by HCG in  connection  with all  legal or other
                formal or informal proceedings,  instituted by any private third
                party or any Governmental

ACK/shs: GCI.GX TPA.Final          17         Monday, August 21, 1995 - 8:00 am
<PAGE>
                Authority,  and  arising  out of or  related  to  User's  use of
                Buyer's  Transponders  under this Section 10.06, and Buyer shall
                satisfy all judgments,  fines, penalties, costs, or other awards
                which may be  incurred  by or  rendered  against HCG as a result
                thereof, as and to the extent permitted by law.

                10.07 Return of Transponders. Upon the expiration,  termination,
or  cancellation  of  this  Agreement  as to  any  Transponder  for  any  reason
whatsoever  (including,  without  limitation,  expiration  of this  Agreement in
accordance  with its  terms),  such  Transponder  shall be deemed,  without  any
further action by any party,  to be redelivered to HCG and HCG shall be entitled
to immediate  possession thereof. HCG shall thereafter have the right to utilize
such redelivered Transponder in any manner it determines.

                10.08  Cancellation  of Buyer's Ku-Band  Transponder.  HCG shall
provide  Buyer with a written  notice of its final  decision on the ******** and
the ********. Within ******** after receipt of HCG's written notice, Buyer shall
have the right to cancel  the lease (or,  if Buyer has  exercised  the  Purchase
Option  as  set  forth  in  Section  2.02,  the  purchase)  of  Buyer's  Ku-Band
Transponder by delivery of a written notice to do so to HCG. Such exercise shall
be  irrevocable.  The effective  date of the  cancellation  shall be the date on
which HCG receives the notice of such cancellation.  As of the effective date of
such  cancellation,  HCG shall have no  obligation  to Buyer  arising out of the
lease or purchase of the Buyer's Ku-Band  Transponder,  except for the refund of
any pre-paid charges with respect to such Buyer's Ku-Band Transponders.

                10.09  Buyer's  Special  Option  to  Terminate.  Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary stated  elsewhere in this  Agreement,  Buyer shall have
the right,  at its sole option,  to terminate  this Agreement in its entirety by
delivering a written notice to do so ********.  The condition  precedent to such
termination   shall  be  the  payment  by  Buyer  of  ********  payable  to  HCG
concurrently  with the written  notice of  termination.  Upon such  termination,
neither  HCG nor Buyer shall have any rights or  obligations  to the other under
this Agreement.

11. Force Majeure

                11.01   Failure  to  Deliver.   Any  failure  or  delay  in  the
performance by HCG of its obligations to Deliver any Transponders shall not be a
breach of this  Agreement if such failure or delay results from any acts of God,
governmental  action  (whether in its sovereign or contractual  capacity) or any
other  circumstances  reasonably beyond the control of HCG,  including,  but not
limited  to,  weather  or  acts or  omissions  of  Buyer  or any  third  parties
(excluding  the Hughes  Aircraft  Company  and all of its  direct  and  indirect
subsidiaries and any other affiliates of HCG or the Hughes Aircraft Company with
whom HCG or the Hughes  Aircraft  Company  contracts  for any  components of the
Satellite or any services with respect thereto). Nothing in this

ACK/shs: GCI.GX TPA.Final          18         Monday, August 21, 1995 - 8:00 am
<PAGE>
Section,  however, shall be deemed to alter Buyer's absolute rights to terminate
this Agreement as set forth in Section 10.01.

                11.02 Failure of Performance.  Any failure in the performance of
the  Transponders,  once  Delivered,  shall not be a breach of this Agreement if
such  failure  results  from acts of God,  governmental  action  (whether in its
sovereign or contractual capacity) or any other circumstances  reasonably beyond
the control of HCG,  including,  but not limited to,  receive  earth station sun
outage,  weather,  or acts or omissions of Buyer or any third parties (excluding
the Hughes Aircraft Company and all of its direct and indirect subsidiaries, and
all parties with whom HCG or Hughes  Aircraft  Company and all of its direct and
indirect  subsidiaries  contract for the manufacture,  construction,  launch and
operation of the Satellite or any components thereof),  provided,  however, that
this provision shall not excuse HCG's obligations to provide  Transponder Spares
or Reserve  Transponders,  to the extent available and technically  feasible, to
satisfy its obligations as set forth in Section 9.

12. Limitation of Liability/********

                12.01  Liability  of HCG.  If (i)  any  one or  more of  Buyer's
Transponders  fails to meet the Transponder  Performance  Specifications  during
******** (ii) such ******** is deemed to be a Confirmed  ******** (as defined in
Section  12.02),  and (iii) HCG is unable to furnish the  necessary  Transponder
Spare or Reserve Transponder as a substitute for Buyer's  Transponder,  pursuant
to  Section  9,  then  such  Transponder  shall  be  deemed  to  be a  "********
Transponder".  Buyer,  unless  excused by an event set forth in  Section  11.02,
shall be  entitled  to  repayment  as set forth in Section  12.03 for a ********
Transponder  ********  Transponder  (as defined in Section  21).  The  condition
precedent to HCG's  obligation  to repayment as set forth in this Section  12.03
shall be the full payment by Buyer of the ******** as set forth in Section 3.

                12.02 Confirmed ********.  A Buyer's Transponder shall be deemed
to  have  suffered  a  "Confirmed  ********"  if (a) it  ********  to  meet  the
Transponder  Performance  Specifications  for a  cumulative  period of more than
********,  (b) ******** (as defined  below)  ******** or (c) it ******** to meet
the  Transponder  Performance  Specifications  for  any  period  of  time  under
circumstances that make it clearly ascertainable or predictable technically that
the  ********  set forth in either (a) or (b) of this  Section  will  occur.  An
"outage  unit"  shall mean the  ******** of Buyer's  Transponder(s)  to meet the
Transponder  Performance  Specifications  for  ********.  Buyer  shall  give HCG
immediate  not)notification of any such ********,  as soon after commencement of
any  such  ********  as is  reasonably  possible,  and  of  the  relevant  facts
concerning such ********.  Upon HCG's  verification  that a  Transponder(s)  has
suffered a Confirmed  ********,  such ******** shall be deemed to have commenced
upon  receipt by HCG of  notification  from Buyer,  or HCG's  actual  knowledge,
whichever first occurs, of the Confirmed ********. As used herein,

ACK/shs: GCI.GX TPA.Final          19         Monday, August 21, 1995 - 8:00 am
<PAGE>
the term "day" shall mean a 24-hour period of time  commencing on 12:00 midnight
Eastern Time.

                12.03   Repayment   for   ********   Transponder   or   ********
Transponder.  Subject to the last sentence of Section 12.01, for each of Buyer's
Transponders  for which  repayment is owing  hereunder,  HCG shall pay to Buyer,
without interest, an amount equal to the product of a fraction, the numerator of
which is the number of days from the date of such ********  until the end of the
********  and the  denominator  of  which  is the  total  number  of days in the
********,  multiplied by the ******** Price for such Transponder as set forth in
Section 3.  Concurrently  with payment to Buyer of such  repayment,  Buyer shall
return title and  ownership  of said  Transponder  to HCG. In  addition,  if the
performance of Buyer's  Transponder is such that,  while it ******** to meet the
Transponder Performance  Specifications,  its performance is nonetheless of some
value to Buyer, then prior to accepting repayment calculated as aforesaid, Buyer
shall have the right to  negotiate  with HCG to determine if there is a mutually
agreeable reduced price upon which Buyer is willing to keep its Transponder. Any
such  agreement  reached  by Buyer and HCG  shall  constitute  a new  agreement,
independent of this Agreement.

                12.04 Limitation of Liability.

                    (a) ANY AND ALL EXPRESS AND IMPLIED  WARRANTIES,  INCLUDING,
                BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR
                ANY PURPOSE OR USE, ARE EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED AND DISCLAIMED EXCEPT
                TO THE EXTENT SPECIFICALLY  PROVIDED FOR IN SECTION 6.02, ABOVE.
                IT EXPRESSLY IS AGREED THAT HCG'S SOLE  OBLIGATIONS  AND BUYER'S
                EXCLUSIVE  REMEDIES FOR ANY CAUSE  WHATSOEVER  ARISING OUT OF OR
                RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND/OR THE TRANSACTIONS  CONTEMPLATED
                HEREBY ARE  LIMITED TO THOSE SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 9, 10 AND 12,
                HEREOF,  AND  ALL  OTHER  REMEDIES  OF ANY  KIND  ARE  EXPRESSLY
                EXCLUDED.

                    (b) IN NO EVENT  SHALL HCG BE LIABLE FOR ANY  INCIDENTAL  OR
                CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, WHETHER FORESEEABLE OR NOT, OCCASIONED BY
                ANY  DEFECT  IN  THE  TRANSPONDERS,  DELAY  IN  DELIVERY  OF THE
                TRANSPONDERS,  FAILURE  OF THE  TRANSPONDERS  TO  PERFORM OR ANY
                OTHER  CAUSE  WHATSOEVER.  HCG  MAKES NO  WARRANTY,  EXPRESS  OR
                IMPLIED,   TO  ANY  OTHER  PERSON  OR  ENTITY   CONCERNING   THE
                TRANSPONDERS  AND BUYER SHALL DEFEND AND  INDEMNIFY HCG FROM ANY
                CLAIMS MADE UNDER ANY WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION BY BUYER TO ANY
                THIRD PARTY. THE LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY SET FORTH HEREIN SHALL
                ALSO APPLY TO THE HUGHES AIRCRAFT  COMPANY (THE  MANUFACTURER OF
                THE SATELLITE AND THE TRANSPONDERS) AND ALL AFFILIATES THEREOF.

ACK/shs: GCI.GX TPA.Final          20         Monday, August 21, 1995 - 8:00 am
<PAGE>
                    (c)  Buyer  and HCG  each  shall  have the  right to  obtain
                injunctive  relief, if necessary,  in order to prevent the other
                party  from  willfully  breaching  its  obligations  under  this
                Agreement   or  to  compel  the  other   party  to  perform  its
                obligations under this Agreement.

                12.05  Obligations  of Buyer  to  Cooperate.  If any of  Buyer's
Transponders  fails to meet the  Transponder  Performance  Specifications,  then
Buyer  shall use  reasonable  efforts to  cooperate  and aid HCG in curing  such
failure, provided that such efforts can be done at minimal or no cost to Buyer.

              (a) These  obligations of Buyer shall include,  but not be limited
         to the following:

                    (i) If there is a problem  which can be  compensated  for by
                increasing  the  power  of  its   transmission  to  the  Buyer's
                Transponder,  then Buyer shall do so, at HCG's cost and expense,
                to the extent it can with existing equipment, provided, however,
                that HCG  shall not be able to  require  Buyer to  increase  the
                power of its  transmission  if,  by  doing  so,  it would  cause
                interference with other  Transponders on such Satellite which is
                prohibited by Section 7.02 of this  Agreement,  or  interference
                with any other satellite; and

                    (ii) Permitting  HCG, at HCG's cost and expense,  to upgrade
                Buyer's  equipment,  provided  that Buyer  shall be  entitled to
                select  and   install   such   equipment   and   determine   its
                configuration  in  accordance  with its own  existing  operating
                procedures and technical  requirements,  and in accordance  with
                applicable laws and regulations.

              (b) HCG shall  give  notice to Buyer if and when it  requires  the
         increase of power of the  transmission  of any other Owner  pursuant to
         such Owner's  obligation  equivalent to this Section  12.05.  HCG shall
         also  give  notice to Buyer  when it  acquires  knowledge  of any other
         Transponder   user   uplinking   at  power  levels  which  might  cause
         interference  with Buyer's  Transponders.  If,  after such  increase in
         power,  a  Buyer's  Transponder(s)  no  longer  meets  its  Transponder
         Performance  Specifications,  HCG shall  promptly  take steps to reduce
         interference, if any, prohibited by Section 7.02.

              (c) Buyer's priority for the use of transponder  Spares or Reserve
         Transponders  under  Section 9 shall be determined at the time that its
         Transponder would otherwise have become a ********  Transponder without
         Buyer's cooperation under this Section 12.05.

13. Limitations on Transfer by Buyer

ACK/shs: GCI.GX TPA.Final          21         Monday, August 21, 1995 - 8:00 am
<PAGE>
                13.01  Transfers by Buyer.  Buyer shall not Transfer (as defined
below) its rights under this Agreement to any entity other than its  affiliates,
except with the written  consent of HCG, which may be given or withheld in HCG's
sole discretion.  "Transfer" shall mean to grant, sell, assign, encumber, permit
the utilization of, license,  lease,  sublease or otherwise convey,  directly or
indirectly, in whole or in part.

                13.02  Transfers  by HCG.  HCG may  Transfer  its rights  and/or
obligations  hereunder,  in whole or in part, to any corporation or other entity
wholly-owned,  directly or indirectly,  by HCG or to the Hughes Aircraft Company
or any  corporation  or other entity  wholly-owned,  directly or  indirectly  by
Hughes Aircraft Company, including,  without limitation,  Hughes Communications,
Inc.,  HCG's immediate  parent  corporation,  or any corporation or other entity
wholly-owned,  directly  or  indirectly,  by  Hughes  Communications,  Inc.  Any
Transfer by HCG set forth herein shall not  interfere  with or impact the use of
Buyer's Transponders hereunder.

                13.03 Affiliate.  As used in this Agreement,  "affiliate"  shall
mean any  corporation  or other entity  controlling  or  controlled  by or under
common control with Buyer or HCG, as the case may be.

                13.04  Assignment.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary in
Section 13.01 above, Customer may assign its rights or obligations,  in whole or
in part,  under this  Agreement to a third party (the  "Third-Party  Assignee"),
subject to HCG's prior written consent,  which may not be unreasonably withheld;
provided,  however, that HCG may withhold its consent if HCG determines that the
ThirdParty  Assignee is not Financially  Qualified,  or will not be able to meet
HCG's  legal,  technical  and  operational  requirements  as set  forth  in this
Agreement.  A condition  precedent to the  effectiveness of any such third-party
assignment  shall  be  the  prior  execution  by  the  Third-Party  Assignee  of
assignment and assumption agreements with respect to this Agreement, in form and
substance as required by HCG. As used herein, "Financially Qualified" shall mean
the Third-Party  Assignee's ability to financially  support it's obligations and
responsibilities  under the Agreement covering Customer's  Transponder Capacity,
as determined by HCG in its sole discretion. The foregoing  notwithstanding,  no
assignment of this Agreement  shall relieve  Customer of its  obligations to HCG
hereunder.

14. [Reserved]

15. Progress Reports, Inspections and Access to Work in Progress

                15.01 Progress  Reports.  Commencing  ninety (90) days after the
Execution Date and continuing until Delivery,  HCG shall furnish to the Buyer on
a monthly basis a written  progress report on the status of the  construction of
the Satellite and a statement  containing an  explanation  of material  details,
including  HCG's  projected  Scheduled  Launch  Dates  and  projected  dates  of
Delivery,  variances from  performance  specifications  and any remedial actions
taken.  HCG shall take reasonable  steps to keep Buyer informed  periodically of
communications to HCG

ACK/shs: GCI.GX TPA.Final          22         Monday, August 21, 1995 - 8:00 am
<PAGE>
from the FCC or any other  governmental  authority which materially affect Buyer
and concern  HCG, the  Satellite  and the  Transponders  or their use, and shall
promptly deliver copies to Buyer of any such written communications.

                15.02 Inspection Rights of Buyer.  Buyer shall have the right to
inspect Galaxy X and its Transponders  during  construction and prior to launch,
upon reasonable  notice to HCG and during normal business hours,  and shall have
the right to be present during ground and in-orbit testing. HCG shall give Buyer
reasonable  notice of the  commencement  of  acceptance  testing as set forth in
Section  4.03,  above.  Buyer  shall be  supplied  with the test  data from such
acceptance tests.

                15.03 Access to Work in Progress and Selection of  Transponders.
Prior to Delivery,  except for documentation and information  regarded by HCG as
proprietary or trade secrets, relevant and material work in progress,  including
test data and  documentation  generated  through  HCG's effort  pursuant to this
Agreement,  shall be subject to  examination  and  inspection  by Buyer.  To the
extent that the data and  documentation to be provided by Buyer hereunder are of
a type normally retained by HCG, and are not to be delivered to Buyer under this
Agreement, HCG shall make them available to Buyer at its request for examination
at a location  designated by HCG.  Subject to the provision set forth above, HCG
shall also deliver copies of test data and other data generated from the testing
and  performance of the Satellite and the Buyer's  Transponders  to Buyer at any
time on Buyer's  request and at Buyer's  expense.  HCG will also conduct  ground
tests  of the  G-X  Transponders.  From  the  Transponder  ground  test  results
furnished to Buyer and other Owners, Buyer and HCG jointly shall promptly select
its particular Transponder(s) for Delivery;  provided,  however, that HCG shall,
prior to Buyer's selection of its  Transponder(s),  designate which Transponders
shall be Reserve  Transponders.  Such  selection  shall be made within three (3)
days  of  HCG's   not)notification  to  Buyer  of  such  test  results  and  the
identification of those Transponders which have not yet been selected. HCG shall
furnish data necessary to determine  whether the Transponders  satisfy or exceed
the applicable  Transponder  Performance  Specifications  in order to facilitate
Buyer's selection of its Transponder(s).  If the in-orbit test results vary from
the  ground  test  results,  then  Buyer  shall  have the  right  to  substitute
Transponders at Buyer's discretion, but only for uncommitted Transponders on the
same Satellite (i.e.,  Transponders that have not been sold, leased or otherwise
committed by HCG to a third party).

                15.04  After  Delivery  Reports.  After  delivery,  Buyer  shall
receive  monthly  reports on the overall  performance of Galaxy X in the form of
the Galaxy satellite status reports similar to the Galaxy VII satellite services
monthly report,  plus information  furnished to insurers.  Anomalous  operations
shall be reported to Buyer as soon as possible.

16. Confidentiality and Press Releases


ACK/shs: GCI.GX TPA.Final          23         Monday, August 21, 1995 - 8:00 am
<PAGE>
                16.01  Confidential  Information.  HCG and Buyer  shall  hold in
confidence  the Agreement and all  Exhibits,  including the financial  terms and
provisions  hereof and all information  received pursuant to Section 15, and HCG
and Buyer  hereby  acknowledge  and agree that all  information  related to this
Agreement,  not otherwise known to the public,  is confidential  and proprietary
and is not to be disclosed to third persons without the prior written consent of
both HCG and Buyer.  Neither HCG, nor Buyer,  shall disclose such information to
any third party (other than to officers, directors,  employees and agents of HCG
and Buyer, each of whom is bound by this Section 16.01) except:

              (a) to the extent  necessary to comply with law or the valid order
         of a  governmental  agency or court of  competent  jurisdiction,  or to
         satisfy its  obligations  to other  Owners of  Transponders;  provided,
         however,  that the party making such disclosure shall seek confidential
         treatment of said information;

              (b) as  part  of its  normal  reporting  or  review  procedure  to
         regulatory   agencies,   its  parent  company,  its  auditors  and  its
         attorneys;

              (c) in order to enforce  its rights and  perform  its  obligations
         pursuant to this Agreement;

              (d) to the extent necessary to obtain  appropriate  insurance,  to
         its   insurance   agent,   provided  that  such  agent  agrees  to  the
         confidential treatment of such information; and

              (e) to the extent  necessary  to  negotiate  clauses  that will be
common to all Transponder Purchase Agreements.

                16.02 Press  Releases.  The parties  agree that no press release
relating to this Agreement shall be issued without the approval of both parties.

17. Disposition of Satellite

                17.01 ******** After the ******** and until the earliest of such
time as (i) the  ********  Galaxy X is  ********,  (ii)  Galaxy  X has  ********
capable of meeting  its  Transponder  Performance  Specifications,  or (iii) the
********  as the case may be)  anniversary  of  Delivery  of Galaxy X, HCG shall
continue  to make  available  to Buyer,  on the terms and  conditions  contained
herein, Transponder Spares and Reserve Transponders.

                17.02  Disposition of Satellite.  At the earliest of the time as
(i) the  ********  Galaxy X is ********,  (ii) there are  ********  Transponders
capable of meeting  its  Transponder  Performance  Specifications,  or (iii) the
******** as the case may be)

ACK/shs: GCI.GX TPA.Final          24         Monday, August 21, 1995 - 8:00 am
<PAGE>
anniversary of Delivery of Galaxy X, this Agreement shall  terminate,  HCG shall
have  no  further  obligation  to  Buyer  under  this  Agreement,   and  Buyer's
Transponders  shall be deemed,  without any further  action by any party,  to be
redelivered  to HCG and HCG shall be entitled to immediate  possession  thereof.
HCG shall thereafter have the right to utilize such redelivered  Transponders in
any manner it determines.  HCG will, to the extent possible,  provide Buyer with
ninety (90) days notice  prior to the  disposition  of Galaxy X pursuant to this
Section 17.02.  Upon the  disposition  of Galaxy X as set forth herein,  Buyer's
right, title and interest in all of Buyer's Transponders shall revert to HCG.

18. Documents

Each  party  hereto  agrees  to  execute,  and if  necessary,  to file  with the
appropriate  governmental  entities,  such  documents  as the other party hereto
shall reasonably request in order to carry out the purpose of this Agreement.

19. Conflicts

In the case of a conflict  between  the  provisions  of this  Agreement  and any
Exhibit, the provisions of this Agreement will prevail.

20. Miscellaneous

                20.01  Interest.  The rate of interest  referred herein shall be
********,  or the highest  legally  permissible  rate of interest,  whichever is
lower,  and all interest or  discounting  shall be compounded on a yearly basis.
"Pro-rata"  shall mean an allocation on a straight line basis based on number of
days. All present value analyses shall use a ********.

                20.02  Applicable  Law  and  Entire  Agreement.  The  existence,
validity, construction,  operation and effect of this Agreement and the Exhibits
and Schedules hereto,  shall be determined in accordance with and be governed by
the laws of the State of  California.  This  Agreement and the Exhibits  hereto,
along  with  the  TT&C  Service  Agreement,  dated  as of  even  date  herewith,
constitutes  the entire  agreement  between  the  parties,  and  supersedes  all
previous understandings,  commitments or representations  concerning the subject
matter.  The  parties  each  acknowledge  that the other  party has not made any
representations  other than those which are contained herein. This Agreement may
not be amended or modified in any way, and none of its provisions may be waived,
except by a writing  signed by an  authorized  officer or the party against whom
the amendment, modification or waiver is sought to been enforced.

                20.03 Notices All notices and other  communications  from either
party to the other  hereunder  shall be in writing and shall be deemed  received
upon actual receipt when  personally  delivered,  upon actual receipt if sent by
facsimile or upon the

ACK/shs: GCI.GX TPA.Final          25         Monday, August 21, 1995 - 8:00 am
<PAGE>
expiration of the third business day after being  deposited in the United States
mails,  postage prepaid,  certified or registered  mail,  addressed to the other
party as follows:


TO HCG:

If by mail:                         Hughes Communications Galaxy, Inc.
                                    Post Office Box 92424
                                    Los Angeles, California  90009
                                    Attention: Senior Vice President-
                                               Galaxy Satellite Services

                                    cc:        Associate General Counsel


If by FAX:                          Hughes Communications Galaxy, Inc.
                                    Attention: Senior Vice President-
                                               Galaxy Satellite Services
                                               (310) 607-4255

                                    cc:        Associate General Counsel
                                               (310) 607-4258

If by personal 
delivery to its 
principal place 
of business at:
                                    Hughes Communications Galaxy, Inc.
                                    1990 East Grand Avenue
                                    El Segundo, California 90245
                                    Attention: Senior Vice President-
                                               Galaxy Satellite Services

                                    cc:        Associate General Counsel


TO BUYER:

If by mail:                         GCI Communication Corp.
                                    2550 Denali Street, Suite 1000
                                    Anchorage, AK  99503
                                    Attention: Richard P. Dowling
                                               Senior Vice President

If by FAX:                          GCI Communication Corp.
                                    Attention: Richard P. Dowling
                                               Senior Vice President
                                               (907) 265-5676

If by personal
delivery to its

ACK/shs: GCI.GX TPA.Final          26         Monday, August 21, 1995 - 8:00 am
<PAGE>
principal place
of business at:                     General Communication Corp.
                                    2550 Denali Street, Suite 1000
                                    Anchorage, AK  99503
                                    Attention: Richard P. Dowling
                                               Senior Vice President

All payments to be made under this Agreement,  if made by mail,  shall be deemed
to have been made on the date of receipt thereof.  The parties hereto may change
their addresses by giving notice thereof in conformity with this Section 20.03.

                20.04 Severability. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be
construed  so as to require  the  commission  of any act  contrary  to law,  and
wherever  there is any conflict  between any provision of this Agreement and any
statute,  law,  ordinance,  order or regulation,  such statute,  law, ordinance,
order or regulation  shall prevail;  provided,  however,  that in such event the
provisions of this  Agreement so affected shall be curtailed and limited only to
the extent  necessary to permit  compliance with the minimum legal  requirement,
and no other provisions of this Agreement shall be affected thereby and all such
other provisions shall continue in full force and effect.

                20.05 Taxes. If any property or sales taxes are asserted against
HCG  after,  or as a result  of,  Delivery,  by any local,  state,  national  or
international, public or quasi public governmental entity, in respect of Buyer's
Transponders or the sale thereof to Buyer, Buyer shall be solely responsible for
such taxes. If any taxes,  charges or other levies are asserted by reason of the
use of the point in space or the  frequency  spectrum  at that point in space in
which the Satellite  containing Buyer's  Transponders is located,  or the use or
ownership  of such  Satellite  (excluding  any FCC  license  fee  imposed on the
Satellite itself,  as compared to the  Transponders,  which license fee shall be
paid by HCG), and such taxes are not  specifically  allocated  among the various
components  of such  Satellite,  then HCG,  Buyer  and the other  Owners of such
Transponders  shall each pay a  proportionate  amount of such taxes based on the
number of Transponders each of them owns.

                20.06 Successors. Subject to Section 13, this Agreement shall be
binding on and shall inure to the benefit of any  successors  and assigns of the
parties,  provided  that no assignment of this  Agreement  shall relieve  either
party hereto of its obligations to the other party. Any purported  assignment by
either party not in compliance  with the provisions of this  Agreement  shall be
null and void and of no force and effect.

                20.07 Rules of Construction.
Any  ambiguities  shall be resolved  without  reference  to which party may have
drafted this  Agreement.  The descriptive  headings of the several  sections and
paragraphs  of this  Agreement  are  inserted  for  convenience  only and do not
constitute a part of this Agreement.


ACK/shs: GCI.GX TPA.Final          27         Monday, August 21, 1995 - 8:00 am
<PAGE>
                20.08   Survival  of   Representations   and   Warranties.   All
representations  and  warranties  contained  herein  or made by HCG or  Buyer in
connection  herewith shall survive any independent  investigation made by HCG or
Buyer.

                20.09  No  Third-Party  Beneficiary.   The  provisions  of  this
Agreement are for the benefit only of the parties hereto, and no third party may
seek to enforce,  or benefit from,  these  provisions,  except that both parties
acknowledge and agree that the provisions of Sections 7.02, 8, 9.01,  9.02, 9.03
and 9.04,  are intended for the benefit of both HCG and all other  Owners.  Both
parties  agree that any other such Owner shall have the right to  enforce,  as a
third-party  beneficiary,  the provisions of Sections 7.02, 8, 9.01,  9.02, 9.03
and 9.04,  against Buyer  directly,  in an action  brought  solely by such other
Owner,  or may join with HCG or any other Owner,  in bringing an action  against
Buyer for violation of such Sections.

                20.10 Non-Waiver of Breach. Either party hereto may specifically
wave any breach of this  Agreement  by the other  party,  provided  that no such
waiver shall be binding or effective  unless in writing and no such waiver shall
constitute a continuing waiver of similar or other breaches. A waiving party, at
any time,  and upon notice given in writing to the breaching  party,  may direct
future  compliance  with the waived  term or terms of this  Agreement,  in which
event the breaching party shall comply as directed from such time forward.

                20.11  Counterparts.  This  Agreement may be executed in several
counterparts,  each  of  which  shall  be  deemed  an  original,  and  all  such
counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

21. Option for ********

     Buyer  shall  have the  option to  purchase  the  ********  on a  satellite
designated as Galaxy IX by delivery of a written  notice of Buyer's  election to
purchase such ******** (the  ********) as of the Execution  Date.  Provided that
Buyer has elected to purchase  the ******** as set forth herein and has paid the
******** (as defined below) on a monthly basis, HCG shall provide, on a ********
with other HCG customers also  purchasing such ********,  alternate  capacity on
Galaxy IX equivalent to the number of the ********  Transponders  at Galaxy IX's
then-existing  orbital  location,  in the event of an ******** of Galaxy X or in
the  event  that  any  of  Buyer's  C-Band  Transponders  have  become  ********
Transponders.  ******** for ******** shall be provided by ********.  If no other
customers have preempted Buyer's ********,  and upon ********, HCG shall provide
Buyer with  ********.  Upon  providing  to Buyer  ******** as  discussed  in the
foregoing  sentence,  HCG will switch  ********.  In the event that HCG provides
Buyer with

ACK/shs: GCI.GX TPA.Final          28         Monday, August 21, 1995 - 8:00 am
<PAGE>
******** shall be returned to HCG ("******** Transponders") for ********.

     ********.  If HCG  provides  Buyer with the number of the  transponders  on
Galaxy  IX  equivalent  to the  number  of  ********  Transponders  or  ********
Transponders,  then Buyers obligation to pay the ******** shall ********.  Buyer
agrees to use such  capacity  in  accordance  with  HCG's  then-effective  terms
applicable to the lease of Galaxy IX transponders and Buyer agrees to pay to HCG
a ********  lease  payment  of  ********  per each  Galaxy IX  transponder.  The
conditions  precedent to Buyer's  right to ******** as set forth herein shall be
the  ********  payment by Buyer of  ********  per each of  Buyer's  Transponders
payable  concurrently  with  Delivery  of each of  Buyer's  Transponders  and on
********   (the   ********),   the   availability/non-preemption   of   ********
Transponders and Buyer's full  compliance,  in all material  respects,  with the
terms of this Agreement. The ******** shall be ********.


HUGHES COMMUNICATIONS                            GCI COMMUNICATION
GALAXY, INC.                                     CORP.

By: /s/ Carl A. Brown                            By: /s/ Richard P. Dowling
Its:Senior Vice President                        Its:Senior Vice President

ACK/shs: GCI.GX TPA.Final          29         Monday, August 21, 1995 - 8:00 am
<PAGE>
Exhibit A                                               Galaxy Fleet Satellites

                                    EXHIBIT A
                          GALAXY SATELLITE DESCRIPTION


********






                                      --1--


<PAGE>


Exhibit A                                               Galaxy Fleet Satellites

                                    EXHIBIT A
                          GALAXY SATELLITE DESCRIPTION


********






                                      --1--


<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT B

                     TRANSPONDER PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS:
                               GALAXY IX/Galaxy X


********






                                      --1--


<PAGE>


Exhibit B                               Transponder Performance Specifications:
                                                            Galaxy IX,Galaxy X

                     TABLE I - SPECIFIED PERFORMANCE VALUES
                               GALAXY IX/GALAXY X


********






                                      --2--


<PAGE>


Exhibit B                               Transponder Performance Specifications:
                                                            Galaxy IX/Galaxy X

                      TABLE I, GALAXY IX/GALAXY X (Cont'd)


********






                                      --3--


<PAGE>


Exhibit B                               Transponder Performance Specifications:
                                                            Galaxy IX,Galaxy X

                      TABLE I, GALAXY IX/GALAXY X (Cont'd)


********






                                      --4--


<PAGE>


Exhibit B                               Transponder Performance Specifications:
                                                            Galaxy IX,Galaxy X

                      TABLE I, GALAXY IX/GALAXY X (Cont'd)


********






                                      --5--


<PAGE>


Exhibit B                               Transponder Performance Specifications:
                                                            Galaxy IX Galaxy X


                                    Table B-1
                               Galaxy IX ********


********






                                       -6-


<PAGE>


Exhibit B                               Transponder Performance Specifications:
                                                            Galaxy IX/Galaxy X


                                   Table B-2a
                                Galaxy X ********


********






                                       -7-


<PAGE>


Exhibit B                               Transponder Performance Specifications:
                                                            Galaxy IX/Galaxy X


                                   Table B-2b
                                Galaxy X ********


********






                                       -8-


<PAGE>


                              ADDENDUM TO GALAXY X
                         TRANSPONDER PURCHASE AGREEMENT
                                     BETWEEN
                             GCI COMMUNICATION CORP.
                                       AND
                       HUGHES COMMUNICATIONS GALAXY, INC.

     This  document  shall  constitute  an  Addendum  to that  certain  Galaxy X
Transponder  Purchase  Agreement between GCI COMMUNICATION  CORP.  ("Buyer") and
HUGHES  COMMUNICATIONS  GALAXY, INC. ("HCG"),  dated as of August 24, 1995 ("the
Agreement"). This Addendum amends the Agreement as indicated herein. If there is
any  inconsistency  between this Addendum and the Agreement,  then this Addendum
shall prevail.  This Addendum is being executed  concurrently and is dated as of
even date with, and is an integral part of, the Agreement.  Any reference to the
"Agreement" shall refer  collectively to the Agreement and this Addendum.  Terms
not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

1. A NEW SECTION 22 IS ADDED HEREBY:

                22. Interim Capacity.  Buyer shall lease from HCG, and HCG shall
lease to Buyer,  ********  transponders on a satellite commonly known as "Galaxy
IX", which shall be located at 123(degree) West Longitude orbital location, from
the date on which transponder service on Galaxy IX shall commence (as determined
by HCG in its sole  discretion)  through the Delivery of Galaxy X, at a ********
Lease Rate of ********.  Provided that the Galaxy X Delivery has not occurred on
or before  September  1, 1998,  then HCG shall  lease to Buyer,  and Buyer shall
lease  from HCG,  another  ********  transponder  on Galaxy IX  (thereby a total
number of ********) from  ********.  Provided that the Galaxy X Delivery has not
occurred  ********,  HCG shall  lease to Buyer,  and Buyer shall lease from HCG,
another  ********  transponder on Galaxy IX (thereby a total number of ********)
from ********, at Buyer's sole option, through the Galaxy X Delivery.  Buyer may
elect to take  Transponder  ********  to HCG.  The  ********  Lease Rate for the
********  Galaxy IX  transponders  shall be ********.  Buyer shall notify HCG in
writing of its decision to elect ******** as the start date for the lease of the
******** transponder  ********.  If Buyer does not provide HCG with such written
notice, then Buyer shall be deemed to have elected the ********. If Buyer elects
or is deemed to have  elected  the  ********  date,  then Buyer shall pay to HCG
********.  However,  the  parties  agree that the  ********  Lease Rate per each
transponder shall ******** as

ACK/shs: GX GCI Addendum.Final        1      Monday, August 21, 1995 - 11:45 am
<PAGE>
of the date on which Galaxy X ********, whichever occurs first. The lease of the
Galaxy IX  transponders  shall be  governed by the terms and  conditions  of the
Agreement regarding use of the Transponders,  including Sections 7, 8, 9, and 10
and any other then-effective  HCG's standard provisions  applicable to the lease
or use of capacity on Galaxy IX. The condition precedent to the interim capacity
on Galaxy IX as set forth in this section 22 shall be the successful  launch and
operation of Galaxy IX.

     In the event that  Galaxy X is not  Delivered  into orbit  ********,  Buyer
shall  ********,  at the ******** Lease Rate of ********.  In that event,  Buyer
agrees to execute any and all  necessary  documents  to convert the  Purchase of
Transponders  on galaxy X to a Lease of the same  amount and  Capacity of Galaxy
IX.  Alternatively,  Buyer  shall  have the right to  convert  the lease of such
Galaxy IX  transponders  to a purchase.  The  purchase  price shall be an amount
representing  ********.  The  purchase  of the Galaxy IX  transponders  shall be
governed by HCG's then-effective standard Galaxy IX purchase agreement.

     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  each of the  parties  hereto has duly  executed  and
delivered this Addendum.

GCI COMMUNICATION                           HUGHES COMMUNICATIONS
CORP.                                       GALAXY, INC.

By: /s/ Richard P. Dowling                  By: /s/ Carl A. Brown
Its:Senior Vice President                   Its:Senior Vice President
Date: August 24, 1995                       Date: August 24, 1995

ACK/shs: GX GCI Addendum.Final        2      Monday, August 21, 1995 - 11:45 am
<PAGE>


                                                     November 3, 1995


Mr. John Lowber
GCI Communication Corp.



        Re:       Section 13.04 of the Galaxy X Transponder Purchase
                  Agreement

Dear Mr. Lowber:

        Reference is made to Section 13.04 of that certain  Galaxy X Transponder
Purchase  Agreement  along  with all  Addendum,  Appendices  and  Exhibits  (the
"Agreement") dated August 24, 1995 by and between Hughes Communications  Galaxy,
Inc. ("HCG") and GCI Communication Corp. ("GCI").  With respect to Section 13.04
of the Agreement,  the parties hereby agree to replace the word  "Customer" with
the word "Buyer" throughout Section 13.04. Except as specifically provided above
in the preceding  sentence,  all terms and  provisions  of the  Agreement  shall
remain the same.


Accepted and agreed to:

GCI COMMUNICATION CORP.                     HUGHES COMMUNICATIONS
                                            GALAXY, INC.

By: /s/ John M. Lowber                      By: /s/ A.C. Kahng
Name: John M. Lowber                        Name: A. C. Kahng
Title: SVP & CFO                            Title: Asst. Secretary





ACK/shs

                                                                       EXHIBIT B

                     GALAXY X TRANSPONDER SERVICE AGREEMENT
                                     BETWEEN
                 HUGHES COMMUNICATIONS SATELLITE SERVICES, INC.
                                       AND
                             GCI COMMUNICATION CORP.


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                                                           TABLE OF CONTENTS
<CAPTION>
Article                                                                                                Page
<S>                                                                                                     <C>
 1       SERVICES AND TERM                                                                               2
         1.01 Terms of Agreement                                                                         2
         1.02 Services                                                                                   2

 2       SERVICE FEE AND PAYMENTS                                                                        2
 
 3       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES                                                                  3
         3.01 Authority, No Breach                                                                       3
         3.02 Corporate Action                                                                           3
         3.03 Common Clauses in Service Agreements                                                       3
         3.04 Consents                                                                                   3
         3.05 Litigation                                                                                 3
         3.06 Non-Interference                                                                           3

 4       OBLIGATIONS OF CONTRACTOR                                                                       4
         4.01 Satellite                                                                                  4
         4.02 Use of the Transponder Spares                                                              4
         4.03 Reserve Transponders                                                                       4
         4.04 Government Regulations                                                                     4
         4.05 Tracking, Telemetry and Control                                                            4

 5       FORCE MAJEURE                                                                                   5
 
 6       LIMITATION OF LIABILITY                                                                         5
         6.01 General Limitation                                                                         5
         6.02 Equitable Relief                                                                           6

 7       REPORTS                                                                                         6
         7.01 Operational Reports                                                                        6
         7.02 Anomalous Operation Notification                                                           6
         7.03 Maneuver Notification                                                                      7
         7.04 Inspection Rights of Owner                                                                 7

 8       CONFIDENTIALITY                                                                                 7

 9       APPLICABLE LAW                                                                                  8

 10      FURTHER NOTIFICATIONS                                                                           8

 11      MODIFICATION                                                                                    8



ACK/shs:  GCI.GX TSA.Orig         i         Thursday August 17, 1995 -- 3:30 pm
<PAGE>
12       TERMINATION                                                                                     8
         12.01 Contractor's Termination Rights                                                           8
         12.02 Contractor's Right to Deny Access                                                         9
         12.03 Automatic Termination                                                                     9

13       MISCELLANEOUS                                                                                   9
         13.01 Entire Agreement and Amendment                                                            9
         13.02 Non-Waiver of Breach                                                                      9
         13.03 Notices                                                                                   9
         13.04 Severability                                                                             11
         13.05 Counterparts                                                                             11
         13.06 Successors                                                                               11
         13.07 Headings                                                                                 11
         13.08 No Third-Party Beneficiary                                                               11
         13.09 Survival of Representations and Warranties                                               12
         13.10 Transfer                                                                                 12
         13.11 Applicability to Galaxy Backup                                                           12

 ADDENDUM

     I      Defined Terms
</TABLE>

ACK/shs:  GCI.GX TSA.Orig         ii        Thursday August 17, 1995 -- 3:30 pm
<PAGE>
                     GALAXY X TRANSPONDER SERVICE AGREEMENT

    This Transponder Service Agreement (the "Agreement") (all such defined terms
herein are so capitalized and referenced in Addendum I) is made and entered into
as  of  August  25,  1995  (the   "Execution   Date")  by  and  between   Hughes
Communications   Satellite   Services,   Inc.   ("Contractor"),   a   California
corporation, and GCI Communication Corp. ("Owner"), an Alaskan corporation.

                                    RECITALS

    WHEREAS,  subject to the approval of the Federal Communications  Commission,
Hughes  Communications  Galaxy, Inc. ("HCG"), an Affiliate of Contractor,  shall
cause a domestic  communications  satellite,  Galaxy X (the "Satellite"),  to be
built containing both Ku-Band capacity (the "Ku-Band  Transponders")  and C-Band
capacity (the "C-Band Transponders"). Collectively, the Ku-Band Transponders and
the C-Band Transponders are referred to hereafter as "Transponders";

    WHEREAS,  Owner has agreed,  pursuant to a purchase  agreement between Owner
and HCG of even date herewith (the "Transponder Purchase Agreement") to purchase
******** of the Primary C-Band  Transponders on Galaxy X and (either purchase or
lease  ********  Ku-Band  Transponder  on Galaxy X  (collectively,  the "Owner's
Transponder"). Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms are as set
forth in the Transponder Purchase Agreement;

    WHEREAS, HCG has caused certain redundant equipment units (collectively, the
"Transponder  Spares" and individually,  a "Transponder  Spare") to be placed on
the  Satellite to be used to replace  Transponder  equipment  units that fail to
meet the Transponder  Performance  Specifications  as defined in the Transponder
Purchase Agreement (the "Transponder Performance  Specifications"),  and HCG has
agreed  to make  said  equipment  units  available  for use as set  forth in the
Transponder Purchase Agreement;

    WHEREAS,  HCG and Owner  have  agreed  that  Contractor  shall  perform  the
satellite  operational  services  (the  "Services")  for  Owner on the terms and
conditions specified in this agreement and Contractor is willing to perform such
Services;

    WHEREAS, Owner has, concurrently  herewith,  agreed to pay for such Services
pursuant to the Transponder  Purchase Agreement,  and HCG has assigned its right
to  payment  for such  Services  under the  Transponder  Purchase  Agreement  to
Contractor, and Owner is agreeable to such assignment; and

    WHEREAS, Owner and Contractor desire this Agreement to become effective only
upon Delivery (as defined in the Transponder Purchase Agreement) of


ACK/shs:  GCI.GX TSA.Orig         1         Thursday August 17, 1995 -- 3:30 pm
<PAGE>
Owner's  Transponder  by HCG to Owner as set forth in the  Transponder  Purchase
Agreement.

                                    AGREEMENT

    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises set forth below, and
for other good and valuable  consideration the receipt and adequacy of which are
hereby acknowledged, HCG and Owner hereby mutually agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1.        SERVICES AND TERM

         1.01 Terms of  Agreement.  Contractor  shall  provide the  Services set
forth in Section  1.02 hereof for a continuous  period from  Delivery of Owner's
Transponder  until the Transponder  Purchase  Agreement is either  terminated or
canceled, or expires, in its entirety (the "Service Term").

 1.02  Services.  The  Services to be rendered by  Contractor  hereunder  are as
follows:

         (a)  Monitoring and managing the use of electric power on the Satellite
 to operate Owner's Transponder;

         (b)  Monitoring and managing the use of the  Satellite's  propellant so
 that the attitude and orbital position are maintained;

         (c) Monitoring and managing all other  functions of the Satellite which
 support  Owner's  Transponder so as to enable  Owner's  Transponder to meet the
 C-Band Transponder Performance Specifications;

         (d) Monitoring and analyzing the Satellite's telemetry data; and

         (e) Other services provided for in this Agreement.

ARTICLE 2.        SERVICE FEE AND PAYMENTS

 The fee for the Services  provided by Contractor  hereunder (the  "********" or
"Service Fee") shall be as set forth in the Transponder Purchase Agreement, and,
pursuant   thereto,   payment  of  the  ********  to  Contractor  shall  be  the
responsibility of HCG.

ARTICLE 3.        REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 Contractor and Owner each, except as expressly indicated herein,  represent and
warrant to, and agree with, the other that:


ACK/shs:  GCI.GX TSA.Orig         2         Thursday August 17, 1995 -- 3:30 pm
<PAGE>
         3.01  Authority.  No Breach.  It has the right,  power and authority to
enter into, and perform its obligations  under,  this Agreement.  The execution,
delivery and  performance  of this  Agreement  shall not result in the breach or
nonperformance of any agreements it has with third parties.

         3.02  Corporate  Action.  It has  taken  all  requisite  corporate  (or
partnership,  as  appropriate)  action to approve the  execution,  delivery  and
performance of this Agreement, and this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and
binding obligation upon itself in accordance with its terms.

         3.03 Common Clauses in Service Agreements. Contractor alone represents,
warrants  and agrees that it will  require,  in all service  agreements  between
itself and all other Transponder owners on the Satellite,  clauses substantially
identical to, or terms the effect of which shall be as or more  restrictive with
respect to such owners than,  the  provisions of Sections  3.06,12.01  and 13.08
hereof,  and Contractor will require,  in all service  agreements between itself
and other  Transponder  owners on the Satellite,  a clause  consistent  with the
provisions of Sections 4.02 and 4.03 hereof.

         3.04  Consents.  The  execution  and  delivery of this  Agreement,  the
performance  of  its  obligations   hereunder,   and  the  consummation  of  the
transactions contemplated hereby, will not result in a material violation of, or
material default under, or the occurrence of an event which with notice or lapse
of  time or  both  would  constitute  a  material  default  under,  or  material
noncompliance with, any applicable Law, any indenture,  mortgage, deed of trust,
loan  agreement,  purchase  agreement,  option  agreement or other  agreement or
instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any material  portion of its
property  is bound,  its  articles  of  incorporation  or  by-laws,  partnership
agreement,  or other  charter  documents,  as the case may be. All  necessary or
material  appropriate  public  or  private  consents,  permissions,  agreements,
licenses,  or  authorizations  to which it is  subject  in  connection  with the
transactions  contemplated  hereby,  or which it must  obtain  by  virtue of its
ownership or use of or operation of any  Transponder  or the Satellite have been
or shall be obtained in a timely manner.

         3.05 Litigation. To the best of its knowledge,  there is no outstanding
or  threatened  judgment,   threatened  or  pending  litigation  or  proceeding,
involving or affecting the  transactions  provided for in, or  contemplated  by,
this Agreement,  except as is concurrently  being disclosed in writing by either
party to the other.

         3.06 Non-Interference. Owner alone represents, warrants and agrees that
its radio  transmissions  (and those of its  uplinking  agents) to the Satellite
shall  comply,  in  all  material  respects,  with  all  Federal  Communications
Commission or any successor  agency  thereto  (collectively,  the "FCC") and all
other  governmental  (whether   international,   federal,  state,  municipal  or
otherwise) statutes, laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, directives and
orders, of any such governmental agency,  body, or court (collectively,  "Laws")
applicable   to  it  regarding  the  operation  of  the  Satellite  and  Owner's
Transponder and shall not interfere with the use of any

ACK/shs:  GCI.GX TSA.Orig         3         Thursday August 17, 1995 -- 3:30 pm
<PAGE>
other  Transponder.  Owner  shall  not  utilize  (or  permit or allow any of its
uplinking  agents to utilize) any of Owner's  Transponder in a manner which will
or may interfere with the use of any other Transponder or cause physical harm to
any of  Owner's  Transponder,  any  other  Transponders,  or to  the  Satellite.
Further,  Owner  will  coordinate  (and will  require  its  uplinking  agents to
coordinate)  with HCG, in accordance with procedures  reasonably  established by
HCG and  uniformly  applied  to all  owners  and  users of  Transponders  on the
Satellite,  its  transmissions  to the  Satellite,  so as to  minimize  adjacent
channel and adjacent satellite interference.  For purposes of this Section 3.06,
interference shall also mean acts or omissions which cause a Transponder to fail
to  meet  its  transponder  performance  specifications.  Without  limiting  the
generality of the foregoing,  Owner (and its uplinking agents) shall comply with
all  FCC  rules  and  regulations  regarding  the use of  automatic  transmitter
identification systems (ATIS).

ARTICLE 4.        OBLIGATIONS OF CONTRACTOR

         4.01  Satellite.  Contractor will maintain the Satellite in the orbital
position which the FCC has designated or shall hereafter designate for it.

         4.02  Use of the  Transponder  Spares.  Throughout  the  Service  Term,
Contractor  may employ,  in  conjunction  with HCG, and pursuant to the specific
terms and  conditions  in Section 9 of the  Transponder  Purchase  Agreement,  a
Transponder Spare or Spares.

         4.03 Reserve Transponders.  Throughout the Service Term, Contractor may
substitute,  in  conjunction  with HCG, and  pursuant to the specific  terms and
conditions  in  Section  9 of the  Transponder  Purchase  Agreement,  a  Reserve
Transponder  or Reserve  Transponders.  Upon such  substitution,  such a Reserve
Transponder shall be deemed to be a Owner's Transponder for the purposes of this
Agreement.

         4.04  Government  Regulations.  Contractor  has or  shall  use its best
efforts  throughout  the Service  Term to obtain and  maintain,  in all material
respects,  all federal,  state and municipal  authorizations  or  permissions to
operate the Satellite  applicable to Contractor  with respect to the  Satellite,
and to comply, in all material respects, with all such governmental  regulations
regarding the  operation of Owner's  Transponder  applicable to Contractor  with
respect to the Satellite.

         4.05 Tracking.  Telemetry and Control. Contractor shall employ at least
two earth stations  which between them shall provide in  conjunction  with HCG's
Operations Control Center in El Segundo, California, for all of the functions of
tracking,  telemetry and control  ("TT&C") of the  Satellite.  Contractor  shall
notify Owner as to the operator (if other than  Contractor)  and the location of
the two earth stations, and any changes thereto.


ACK/shs:  GCI.GX TSA.Orig         4         Thursday August 17, 1995 -- 3:30 pm
<PAGE>
ARTICLE 5.        FORCE MAJEURE

         Any failure or delay of Contractor to provide  Services  shall not be a
breach of this  Agreement if such failure or delay results from any acts of God,
governmental  action or Law (whether in its sovereign or contractual  capacity),
or  any  other  circumstances  reasonably  beyond  the  control  of  Contractor,
including,  but not limited to, earth  station sun outage,  weather,  or acts or
omissions of Owner or any third parties  (excluding the Hughes Aircraft  Company
and all of its direct and indirect  subsidiaries,  and any other  Affiliates  of
Contractor  or the Hughes  Aircraft  Company with whom  Contractor or the Hughes
Aircraft Company contracts to provide the Services).

ARTICLE 6.        LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

         6.01 General Limitation. ANY AND ALL EXPRESS AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARE
EXPRESSLY  EXCLUDED  AND  DISCLAIMED  EXCEPT  TO  THE  EXTENT  SPECIFICALLY  AND
EXPRESSLY  PROVIDED  FOR  IN  THIS  AGREEMENT.   IT  IS  EXPRESSLY  AGREED  THAT
CONTRACTOR'S  SOLE  OBLIGATIONS AND LIABILITIES  RESULTING FROM A BREACH OF THIS
AGREEMENT,  AND OWNER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES FOR ANY CAUSE WHATSOEVER  (INCLUDING,
WITHOUT  LIMITATION,  LIABILITY  ARISING  FROM  NEGLIGENCE)  ARISING  OUT  OF OR
RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT  AND/OR THE  TRANSACTIONS  CONTEMPLATED  HEREBY,  ARE
LIMITED TO THOSE SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 2 AND 6.02 HEREOF, AND ALL OTHER REMEDIES
OF ANY KIND ARE EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL RIGHTS AND
REMEDIES  OF  OWNER  UNDER  DIVISION  10,  CHAPTER  5,  ARTICLE  2 AND  SECTIONS
10209,10406  AND 10504 OF THE CALIFORNIA  UNIFORM  COMMERCIAL  CODE. IN NO EVENT
SHALL CONTRACTOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES,  WHETHER
FORESEEABLE OR NOT,  OCCASIONED BY  CONTRACTOR'S  FAILURE TO PERFORM  HEREUNDER,
DELAY IN ITS PERFORMANCE,  FAILURE OF THE OWNER'S  TRANSPONDER TO PERFORM OR ANY
OTHER CAUSE WHATSOEVER. CONTRACTOR MAKES NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, TO ANY
OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY  CONCERNING  THE OWNER'S  TRANSPONDER OR THE SATELLITE OR
THE SERVICES,  AND OWNER SHALL DEFEND AND INDEMNIFY  CONTRACTOR  FROM ANY CLAIMS
MADE UNDER ANY  WARRANTY  OR  REPRESENTATION  BY OWNER TO ANY THIRD  PARTY.  THE
LIMITATIONS  OF LIABILITY  SET FORTH HEREIN SHALL ALSO APPLY TO HUGHES  AIRCRAFT
COMPANY (THE  MANUFACTURER  OF THE  SATELLITE AND OWNER'S  TRANSPONDER)  AND ALL
AFFILIATES   THEREOF.   "Affiliate"   means  any  corporation  or  other  entity
controlling,  controlled by, or under common control with, Owner, Contractor, or
the Hughes Aircraft Company, as the case may be.


ACK/shs:  GCI.GX TSA.Orig         5         Thursday August 17, 1995 -- 3:30 pm
<PAGE>
         6.02 Equitable  Relief.  Owner and Contractor shall each have the right
to obtain injunctive  relief, if necessary,  in order to prevent the other party
from willfully  breaching its obligations  under this Agreement or to compel the
other party to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 7. REPORTS

         7.01 Operational Reports. After commencement of the Services hereunder,
Contractor shall provide Owner a monthly written  operational  report concerning
the  Satellite  and  Owner's  Transponder  which  shall  contain  the  following
information:

         (a)  Projected   solar  array  life  based  on  total  Satellite  power
     performance and communications payload requirements;

         (b) Projected  battery life based on total Satellite power  performance
     and communications payload requirements;

         (c) Projected  Satellite life based on fuel remaining and its predicted
     utilization;

         (d) Configuration of Owner's  Transponder and the associated  Satellite
     supporting subsystems;

         (e) A statement on the expected  operating life of Owner's  Transponder
     and the basis for such a  projection,  taking  into  account  the health of
     Owner's Transponder and its associated support subsystems;

         (f)      The Satellite's orbital parameters;

         (g) Information  concerning  whether any Transponder  Spares or Reserve
     C-Band Transponders have been employed on behalf of any owner or user;

         (h)      Information concerning predicted eclipses and sun outages; and

         (i) Other information pertinent to the operation of Owner's Transponder
     and the Satellite that Owner may reasonably request.

         7.02 Anomalous Operation Notification. Contractor shall notify Owner as
soon as possible by telephone,  with prompt written confirmation thereafter,  of
any  significant   anomalous  condition  which  Contractor  detects  in  Owner's
Transponder  or  associated  Satellite  supporting  subsystems  and which have a
material effect or potential material effect on the Satellite.  Contractor shall
also  notify  Owner  promptly  of  any   circumstances   that  make  it  clearly
ascertainable or predictable that any of the incidents described in this Section
7.02 will occur. Any notice given to


ACK/shs:  GCI.GX TSA.Orig         6         Thursday August 17, 1995 -- 3:30 pm
<PAGE>
Owner under this Section 7.02 shall not relieve  Contractor  of any liability or
obligation hereunder relating to such anomalous operation.

         7.03  Maneuver  Notification.  To the  extent  operationally  feasible,
Contractor  shall notify Owner of all  Satellite  maneuvers,  except for routine
stationkeeping,  at least  three days in advance of their  scheduled  initiation
and, if such maneuver will result in a change of its assigned orbital  position,
promptly upon HCG's receipt of FCC authorization or direction of such maneuver.

         7.04 lnspection Rights of Owner.  Owner shall have the right to inspect
the TT&C  stations  upon  reasonable  notice to  Contractor  and  during  normal
business hours  accompanied  by an employee or agent of Contractor.  Owner shall
not have the right to inspect any TT&C station at any time or in any manner that
could cause  disruption to the operation of such TT&C station.  Owner shall have
the  right to  examine  all test  results  and data  relating  to TT&C of or for
Owner's Transponder on the Satellite.

ARTICLE 8.        CONFIDENTIALITY

         Contractor and Owner shall hold in confidence this Agreement, including
the financial terms and provisions hereof, and all information provided to Owner
hereby,  and  Contractor  and  Owner  hereby  acknowledge  and  agree  that  all
information  received in connection with or otherwise related to this Agreement,
not otherwise known to the public, is confidential and proprietary and is not to
be  disclosed  to third  persons  (other  than to  Affiliates,  or to  officers,
directors, employees and agents of Contractor or Owner, each of whom is bound by
this Article 8) without the prior written  consent of both Contractor and Owner,
except as follows:

         (a) to the extent  necessary to comply with applicable  Law,  provided,
     that the party making such disclosure shall seek confidential  treatment of
     such information;

         (b) as part of its normal  reporting or review  procedure to regulatory
     agencies, its parent company, its auditors and its attorneys, provided, the
     party  making such  disclosure  to any such  regulatory  agency  shall seek
     confidential treatment of such information,  and, provided,  that any other
     third party to whom disclosure is made agrees to the confidential treatment
     of such information;

         (c) in order to  enforce  its rights  and/or  perform  its  obligations
     pursuant to this Agreement;

         (d) to the extent  necessary to obtain  appropriate  insurance,  to its
     insurance  agent,  provided,  that such  agent  agrees to the  confidential
     treatment of such information; and

ACK/shs:  GCI.GX TSA.Orig         7         Thursday August 17, 1995 -- 3:30 pm
<PAGE>
         (e) to the extent  necessary to satisfy its obligations to other owners
     or users of the Transponders or to negotiate clauses that will be common to
     all transponder service agreements.


ARTICLE 9.        APPLICABLE LAW

         The  existence,  validity,  construction,  operation and effect of this
Agreement  shall be determined in accordance with and be governed by the laws of
the State of California.

ARTICLE 10.       FURTHER NOTIFICATIONS

         Each party shall  promptly  notify the other  party of any  information
delivered to or obtained by such party which would prevent the  consummation  of
the  transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement or would indicate a breach of
the  representations  or  warranties  of any of the  parties to this  Agreement;
provided  that the  failure so to notify  will not  constitute  a waiver of such
party's rights.

ARTICLE 11.       MODIFICATION

         In the event that the  Transponder  Purchase  Agreement  is modified or
reconstituted  in such manner as to affect  provisions in this  Agreement,  then
this Agreement shall be modified accordingly.

ARTICLE 12.       TERMINATION

         12.01 Contractor's  Termination  Rights. If Owner's radio transmissions
or  those of its  uplinking  agent to or from  the  Satellite  interfere,  under
standard  engineering  practice,  with the use of any  Transponder  not owned by
Owner  located on the  Satellite,  or if Owner or its uplinking  agent  utilizes
Owner's  Transponder in a manner which  interferes,  under standard  engineering
practice,  with the use of, or causes  physical  harm to, any other  Transponder
located on the Satellite,  and such radio  transmission  or utilization by Owner
does not cease  immediately  after the receipt of notice thereof from Contractor
(which notice may,  notwithstanding  Section 13.03 hereof,  be given to Owner by
telephone to a telephone  number  provided to Contractor and maintained by Owner
for the purpose of receiving such notices by Contractor,  which  telephone shall
be  continuously  staffed by Owner so as to enable Owner to receive such notices
at all  times),  Contractor  shall  have the  right  to take  any and all  steps
necessary to terminate  such radio  transmission  or utilization by Owner or its
uplinking agent.  Contractor shall have the further right to continue such steps
so  taken  until  such  time as  Owner's  radio  transmissions  or  those of its
uplinking  agent  to or  from  the  Satellite  or  Owner's  utilization  of  its
Transponder, as the case may be, shall not interfere, under standard engineering
practice,  with the use of any  Transponder  not owned by Owner  located  on the
Satellite  and shall not cause  physical  harm to any  Transponder  not owned by
Owner on the Satellite or to the Satellite.


ACK/shs:  GCI.GX TSA.Orig         8         Thursday August 17, 1995 -- 3:30 pm
<PAGE>
         12.02  Contractor's Right to Deny Access. If HCG is entitled to prevent
Owner from  accessing  any part or all of the  Owner's  Transponder  pursuant to
Section  10.06  of the  Transponder  Purchase  Agreement,  Contractor  shall  be
entitled  to take any and all  steps  necessary  to  terminate  Owner's  (or its
uplinking agent's) radio transmission to or utilization of such Transponder.


         12.03  Automatic   Termination.   This  Agreement  shall  automatically
terminate with respect to the Owner's  Transponder if the  Transponder  Purchase
Agreement is terminated,  is canceled,  or expires, with respect to such Owner's
Transponder.

ARTICLE 13.       MISCELLANEOUS

         13.01  Entire   Agreement  and   Amendment.   This  Agreement  and  the
Transponder  Purchase  Agreement  constitute  the entire  agreement  between the
parties,   and   supersede   all   previous   understandings,   commitments   or
representations concerning the subject matter. This Agreement may not be amended
or modified in any way, and none of its  provisions  may be waived,  except by a
writing signed by an authorized officer of the party against whom the amendment,
modification  or waiver is sought to be enforced.  The parties each  acknowledge
that the other party has not made any representations other than those which are
contained herein.

         13.02 Non-Waiver of Breach.  Either party hereto may specifically waive
any breach of this  Agreement by the other party,  provided  that no such waiver
shall be  binding  or  effective  unless in  writing  and no such  waiver  shall
constitute a continuing waiver of similar or other breaches. A waiving party, at
any time and upon notice  given in writing to the  breaching  party,  may direct
future  compliance  with the waived  term or terms of this  Agreement,  in which
event the breaching party shall comply as directed from such time forward.

         13.03 Notices.

         (a) Each party shall provide the other party with a telephone number to
     be  used  for  routine  and  emergency  operational  notifications,   which
     telephone shall be continuously staffed so as to enable the receipt of such
     notices  at all  times.  For  routine  notifications,  any such  telephonic
     notification shall be followed up with written  notification as outlined in
     subparagraph (b) below.

         (b) All notices and other communications from either party to the other
     hereunder  shall be in writing and shall be deemed  received  when actually
     received if personally delivered, upon acknowledgment of receipt if sent by
     facsimile, or upon the expiration of the third business day after being


ACK/shs:  GCI.GX TSA.Orig         9         Thursday August 17, 1995 -- 3:30 pm
<PAGE>
     deposited  in the  United  States  mails,  postage  prepaid,  certified  or
     registered, addressed to the other party as follows.

TO CONTRACTOR:

         If by mail:             Hughes Communications Satellite Services, Inc.
                                 Post Office Box 92424
                                 Worldway Postal Center
                                 Los Angeles, Califonia 90009
                                 Attention: Senior Vice President - Galaxy
                                            Services
                                 cc: Assistant General Counsel

         If by FAX:              Hughes Communications Satellite Services, Inc.
                                 Attention: Senior Vice President - Galaxy
                                            Services;
                                            (310) 607-4255
                                 cc: Associate General Counsel
                                     (310) 607-4258

 If by personal
 delivery to its
 principal place
 of business at:                 Hughes Communocations Satellite Services, Inc.:
                                 1990 East Grand Avenue
                                 El Segundo, California 90245
                                 Attention: Senior Vice President - Galaxy
                                            Services
                                 cc: Associate General Counsel

 TO OWNER:
         If by mail:             
GCI Communication Corp.
                                 2550 Denali Street
                                 Suite 1000
                                 Anchorage, AK  99503
                                 Attention:  Richard P. Dowling
                                             Senior Vice President

         If by FAX:              GC1 Communication Corp.
                                 Attention:  Richard P. Dowling
                                             Senior Vice President
                              
ACK/shs:  GCI.GX TSA.Orig         10        Thursday August 17, 1995 -- 3:30 pm
<PAGE>
         If by personal
         delivery to its
         principal place
         of business at:         GCI Communication Corp.
                                 2550 Denali Street
                                 Suite 1000
                                 Anchorage, AK  99503
                                 Attention:  Richard P. Dowling
                                             Senior Vice President

All payments to be made under this Agreement,  if made by mail,  shall be deemed
to have been made on the date of actual receipt thereof.  The parties hereto may
change their  addresses by giving notice thereof in conformity with this Section
13.03.

         l3.04  Severability.  Nothing  contained  in this  Agreement  shall  be
construed  so as to require  the  commission  of any act  contrary to any of the
Laws, and wherever there is any conflict between any provision of this Agreement
and any Law, such law shall prevail;  provided,  however, that in such event the
provisions of this  Agreement so affected shall be curtailed and limited only to
the extent  necessary to permit  compliance with the minimum legal  requirement,
and no other  provisions of this Agreement  shall be affected  thereby,  and all
such other provisions shall continue in full force and effect. Nothing contained
herein  shall  affect  the  reconstitution  provisions  contained  in Section 11
hereof.

         l3.05   Counterparts.   This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  several
counterparts,  each of which  shall be  deemed to be an  original,  and all such
counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

         13.06  Successors.  Subject to the limitations on Transfer set forth in
Section 13.10, this Agreement shall be binding on and shall inure to the benefit
of any and all successors and assigns of the parties.

         13.07 Rules of  Construction  and Headings.  Any  ambiguities  shall be
resolved without  reference to which party may have drafted this Agreement.  The
description  headings of the several  sections and  paragraphs of this Agreement
are  inserted  for  convenience  only  and do not  constitute  a  part  of  this
Agreement.

         13.08 No Third Party Beneficiary.  The provisions of this Agreement are
for the  benefit  only of the parties  hereto and HCG,  and no third party other
than HCG may seek to enforce, or benefit from these provisions,  except the both
parties  acknowledge  and agree that the  provisions  of Section 3.06 hereof are
intended for the benefit of both Contractor and all other Transponder owners and
both parties agree that any other such Transponder owner shall have the right to
enforce,  as a third-party  beneficiary,  the provisions of Section 3.06 hereof,
against Owner  directly,  in an action brought solely by such other  Transponder
owner,  or may join with  Contractor or any other  Transponder  owner or user in
bringing an action against Owner for violation of such Sections.

ACK/shs:  GCI.GX TSA.Orig         11        Thursday August 17, 1995 -- 3:30 pm
<PAGE>
         13.09 Survival of Representations  and Warranties.  All representations
and  warranties  contained  herein or made by  Contractor or Owner in connection
herewith  shall  survive any  independent  investigation  made by  Contractor or
Owner.


         13.10 Transfer.

         (a) Except as otherwise  permitted  under the terms of the  Transponder
    Purchase Agreement,  Owner shall not Transfer (as defined in the Transponder
    Purchase  Agreement)  any  of  its  rights  and/or  obligations  under  this
    Agreement except with the prior written consent of Contractor, which consent
    may be given or withheld in Contractor's  sole and absolute  discretion.  In
    the event of any such  Transfer by Owner,  Owner shall  remain  fully liable
    along with its transferee for all its  obligations  under this Agreement and
    the Transponder Purchase Agreement.

         (b) Contractor may Transfer any or all of its rights and/or obligations
    under this Agreement to any Affiliate or any third party, provided,  that no
    such  Transfer  by  Contractor  shall  adversely  affect  Owner's  rights or
    obligations hereunder, provided, further, that Contractor shall not Transfer
    any of its obligations  under this Agreement to a non-Affiliate  except with
    the prior written consent of Owner,  which consent shall not unreasonably be
    withheld  or  delayed.  In the  event of any such  Transfer  by  Contractor,
    Contractor  shall  remain fully  liable for all its  obligations  under this
    Agreement.

         (c) Any purported  Transfer by either party not in compliance  with the
    provisions  of this  Agreement  shall be null  and void and of no force  and
    effect.

         13.11 Applicability to Galaxy IX. Pursuant to the provisions of Section
21 of the Transponder Purchase Agreement,  Owner has the right to lease capacity
on  Galaxy  IX (as  defined  in the  Transponder  Purchase  Agreement)  (or  its
replacement)  under certain  circumstances.  Owner is still obligated to pay the
******** to the extent  required under the  Transponder  Purchase  Agreement for
each such used transponder on Galaxy IX (the "Replacement  Transponder") and the
parties  agree  that  the  provisions  of  this  Agreement  shall  apply  to the
Replacement Transponder, the phrase "Owner's Transponder", as used herein, shall
be deemed to include  Replacement  Transponder,  the term  "Satellite"  shall be
deemed to  include  Galaxy IX,  and the term  "Transponders"  shall mean all the
transponders on any such satellite.


ACK/shs:  GCI.GX TSA.Orig         12        Thursday August 17, 1995 -- 3:30 pm
<PAGE>
         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  each of the parties  hereto has duly executed and
delivered this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

                                                 "Contractor"
                                                 HUGHES COMMUNICATIONS
                                                 SATELLITE SERVICES, INC.


                                                 By:/s/ Carl A. Brown
                                                 Title:SVP



                                                 "Owner"
                                                 GCI COMMUNICATION CORP.


                                                 By: /s/  Richard P. Dowling
                                                 Title:Sr. Vice President









ACK/shs:  GCI.GX TSA.Orig                   Thursday August 17, 1995 -- 3:30 pm
<PAGE>


                                   ADDENDUM I

                                  DEFINED TERMS
TERM                                                                     SECTION

Affiliate...................................................................6.01
Agreement..........................................................Intro. Clause
C-Band Transponders.....................................................Recitals
Contractor.........................................................Intro. Clause
Execution Date ....................................................Intro. Clause
FCC ........................................................................3.06
HCG ....................................................................Recitals
Ku-Band Transponders ...................................................Recitals
Laws .......................................................................3.06
Owner .............................................................Intro. Clause
Owner's Transponder .......................................................13.11
Replacement Transponder ...................................................13.11
Satellite ..............................................................Recitals
Service Term ...............................................................1.01
Service Fee ...................................................................2
Services ...............................................................Recitals
Transfer ..................................................................13.10
Transponders ...........................................................Recitals
Transponder Performance Specifications ..................................1.02(c)
Transponder Purchase Agreement .........................................Recitals
Transponder Spares .....................................................Recitals
Transponder Spare ......................................................Recitals
******** ......................................................................2
TT&C .......................................................................4.05

                                       14


<PAGE>
                                                            , 1995


 Mr. Richard Dowling
 Senior Vice President
 GCI Communication Corp.
 2550 Denali Street, Suite 1000
 Anchorage, AK  99503

         Re:      Galaxy X Transponder Purchase Agreement
                  Galaxy X Transponder Service Agreement

 Dear Mr. Dowling:

         Simultaneously  with the  execution of this letter,  GCI  Communication
 Corp.,  ("Buyer") has executed a Galaxy X Transponder  Purchase  Agreement (the
 "Agreement")  with Hughes  Communications  Galaxy,  Inc. ("HCG") and a Galaxy X
 Transponder   Service   Agreement   (the  "Service   Agreement")   with  Hughes
 Communications   Satellite  Services,  Inc.  ("HCSS").  This  letter  does  not
 supersede or amend the Agreement or the Service  Agreement,  but is intended to
 clarify  the  understanding  of HCG and  HCSS and  Buyer  with  respect  to the
 following   provisions  of  the  Agreement  and  the  Service  Agreement.   All
 capitalized  items not defined herein are as set forth in the Agreement and the
 Service Agreement.

         With respect to Section 7.02 of the  Agreement  and Section 3.06 of the
 Service  Agreement,  Buyer  advises  HCG and HCSS that Buyer has filed a waiver
 request with the FCC and that Buyer is awaiting the decision of the FCC.  Buyer
 also  advises  HCG and HCSS that  Buyer may file  with the FCC  various  waiver
 request from time to time. Buyer's filing of such application and the operation
 by Buyer  under the  assumption  that the waivers  would be approved  shall not
 constitute,  or shall be deemed to constitute,  a breach of the requirements as
 set forth in Section  7.02 of the  Agreement  and  Section  3.06 of the Service
 Agreement for so long as (i) Buyer is otherwise in compliance with all Laws and
 (ii) Buyer does not utilize Buyer's  Transponders in a manner which will or may
 cause interference with the use of any other Transponder or cause physical harm
 to any Transponder on the Satellite, the Satellite, or any other satellites.


<PAGE>


 Mr. Richard Dowling
              , 1995
 Page Two...........



         Buyer agrees to provide a copy of the waiver requests currently pending
 and any  additional  requests to be filed before the FCC that affect the use of
 Buyer's Transponders on the Satellite.

                                              Very truly yours,

                                              HUGHES COMMUNICATIONS GALAXY, INC.

                                              By:/s/ Carl A. Brown
                                              Title:SVP

 AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:                      GCI COMMUNICATION CORP.
                                              By: /s/  Richard P. Dowling
                                              Title:Sr. Vice President
                               
                                                                       EXHIBIT C

                              FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT
                                     between
                          National Bank of Alaska (NBA)
                                       and
                        General Communication, Inc. (GCI)(1)





- -------------------
(1)  In this document "********" are used in place of redacted information.


General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 1 -                FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
                                                 TABLE OF CONTENTS
<CAPTION>
SECTION                                                                                                        PAGE
<S>                                                                                                              <C>
1.   DEFINITIONS..................................................................................................5

2.   STATUS.......................................................................................................6

3.   STANDARDS....................................................................................................6

4.   COMMENCEMENT, DURATION AND TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT.....................................................7

5.   SCOPE AND OBJECTIVES.........................................................................................8

6.   STRATEGIC DIRECTION, TECHNICAL ARCHITECTURE AND  SELECTION OF PRODUCTS.......................................9

7.   ESTABLISHMENT OF A TELECOMMUNICATIONS REVIEW BOARD...........................................................9

8.   SCOPE CHANGES...............................................................................................11

9.   USE OF SERVICES.............................................................................................15

10.  APPROVALS AND LICENSES......................................................................................15

11.  WARRANTY AND BENCHMARKING...................................................................................16

12.  ACQUISITION OF NEW TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESSES.................................................................16

13.  ASSET AND LEASE TRANSFERS...................................................................................17

14.  REMUNERATION................................................................................................18

15.  TARGETS.....................................................................................................18

16.  COSTS DEFINITIONS...........................................................................................19

17.  MARGIN......................................................................................................21

18.  RISK/REWARD INCENTIVES......................................................................................21

19.  INVOICING AND SETTLEMENT....................................................................................23

20.  TAX.........................................................................................................24

21.  FINANCIAL AUDIT.............................................................................................26

22.  SUB-CONTRACTORS.............................................................................................27

23.  ASSIGNMENTS AND SUB-LETTING.................................................................................28

24.  EMPLOYMENT OF FORMER NBA EMPLOYEES..........................................................................28

25.  EMPLOYEE RELATIONS AND TRAINING.............................................................................28

26.  CONTRACTOR'S PERSONNEL......................................................................................29

27.  FATAL ACCIDENT, INJURY AND DAMAGE TO PROPERTY...............................................................29

28.  INSURANCE...................................................................................................30

29.  LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.....................................................................................30

30.  INDEMNIFICATION.............................................................................................31

31.  INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR......................................................................................32

32.  INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS................................................................................32

33.  MINIMUM CONDITIONS OF SATISFACTION..........................................................................34

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 2 -                FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
34.  SECURITY....................................................................................................34

35.  ACCESS......................................................................................................36

36.  CONFIDENTIALITY.............................................................................................36

37.  DATA PROTECTION.............................................................................................38

38.  SECURITY AUDIT..............................................................................................38

39.  COMMENCEMENT, DURATION AND TERMINATION OF  CALL-OFF CONTRACTS...............................................39

40.  REMEDIES....................................................................................................43

41.  AUTHORITIES AND GUARANTEES..................................................................................44

42.  FORCE MAJEURE...............................................................................................45

43.  HEALTH AND SAFETY...........................................................................................45

44.  PUBLICITY...................................................................................................45

45.  NOTICES.....................................................................................................46

46.  VARIATIONS..................................................................................................46

47.  COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, REGULATIONS AND ETHICS................................................................46

48.  PROFESSIONAL FEES...........................................................................................47

49.  SEVERABILITY................................................................................................47

50.  APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION.............................................................................47

         ANNEX A:  GLOSSARY OF DEFINITIONS.......................................................................49

         ANNEX B:  SPECIMENS.....................................................................................54

         ANNEX C:  MINIMUM CONDITIONS OF SATISFACTION............................................................59

                  1.  GENERAL....................................................................................60

                  2.  BASIC SERVICE ELEMENTS.....................................................................61

                  3.  QUALITY....................................................................................63

                  4.  FLEXIBILITY FOR CHANGE.....................................................................64

                  5.  PROCUREMENT................................................................................64

                  6.  HUMAN RELATIONS AND PERSONNEL..............................................................64

                  7.  COSTS......................................................................................65

         ANNEX D:  MODEL CALL-OFF CONTRACT AND SCHEDULES.........................................................67

                  1.  DEFINITIONS................................................................................69

                  2.  STATUS.....................................................................................69

                  3.  PROVISION OF SERVICES......................................................................70

                  4.  DURATION...................................................................................70

                  5.  INVOICES AND PAYMENT.......................................................................70

                  6.  MANAGEMENT ORGANIZATION....................................................................71

                  7.  NO WAIVER..................................................................................71

                  8.  SERVICE OF NOTICE..........................................................................71

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 3 -                FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95

<PAGE>
                  9.  FURTHER ASSURANCES.........................................................................72

                  10. GOVERNING LAW..............................................................................72

                  11. INVALIDITY.................................................................................72

                  12. ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS............................................................72

                  13. CONDITION PRECEDENT........................................................................72

                           SCHEDULE 1:  SCOPE OF WORK............................................................74

                           SCHEDULE 2:  SERVICE LEVELS...........................................................75

                           SCHEDULE 3:  CHARGES AND BILLING INFORMATION..........................................76

                           SCHEDULE 4:  NBA AND CONTRACTOR PREMISES..............................................77

                           SCHEDULE 5:  INFORMATION RECORDS......................................................78

                           SCHEDULE 6:  CONFIDENTIALITY LETTER...................................................79

                           SCHEDULE 7:  ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS..........................................80

                           SCHEDULE 8:  NBA OBLIGATIONS..........................................................81

                           SCHEDULE 9:  LONG TERM CONTRACTS......................................................83

         ANNEX E:  MODEL TRANSFER AGREEMENT......................................................................83

                  1.  INTERPRETATION.............................................................................85

                  2.  CONDITION PRECEDENT........................................................................86

                  3.  AGREEMENT FOR SALE AND TRANSFER............................................................86

                  4.  TRANSFER CONSIDERATION.....................................................................87

                  5.  COMPLETION.................................................................................87

                  6.  CONTINUING CONTRACTS.......................................................................88

                  7.  WARRANTIES.................................................................................89

                  8.  NOTICES....................................................................................89

                  9.  MISCELLANEOUS..............................................................................90

                  10. GOVERNING LAW..............................................................................90

                           SCHEDULE 1:  THE TRANSFER EQUIPMENT...................................................91

                           SCHEDULE 2:  THE TRANSFERRED SOFTWARE.................................................92

                           SCHEDULE 3:  CONTINUING CONTRACTS.....................................................93

         ANNEX F:  GCI AND M&I SHARED RESPONSIBILITIES...........................................................94
</TABLE>
General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 4 -                FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95

<PAGE>


THIS AGREEMENT is made the 31st day of October 1995.

BETWEEN

National  Bank of  Alaska  whose  registered  offices  are  located  at 301 West
Northern Lights Blvd.,  Anchorage,  Alaska 99503 (hereafter,  "NBA") and General
Communication,  Inc. (GCI) whose  registered  offices are located at 2550 Denali
St., Suite 1000, Anchorage, Alaska 99503 (hereafter, "The Contractor")

WHEREAS

         A.       NBA has  determined  that its  interests  might be best served
                  commercially  by the  outsourcing  of certain of its  non-core
                  Information     Services    (IS)     activities,     including
                  telecommunications services.


         B.       In  pursuit  of the  objectives  stated  in A  above,  NBA has
                  carried out extensive  market  research to assess  objectively
                  the  capabilities  of certain  contractor  companies.  NBA now
                  wishes  to  enter  into  individual  agreements  with  several
                  companies for the  outsourcing of certain of the IS activities
                  currently maintained within NBA.


         C.       The  Contractor  and M&I  Data  Services,  a  division  of the
                  Marshall & Ilsley  Corporation  whose  registered  offices are
                  located  at 4900 W.  Brown  Deer Rd.,  Brown  Deer,  Wisconsin
                  (hereafter,   "M&I")  have   separately   proposed  to  assume
                  responsibility  for certain of NBA's IS activities,  including
                  telecommunications services.


         D.       The  Contractor is prepared to provide the  telecommunications
                  services  required by NBA in accordance with the terms of this
                  Agreement.


         E.       It is the intention of both NBA and the Contractor to agree to
                  and record a detailed  general basis of agreement in the terms
                  set out below for  incorporation  into  subsequent  agreements
                  between NBA and the  Contractor as may be varied or altered as
                  allowed pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

IT IS THEREFORE AGREED as follows:


1.       DEFINITIONS

         1.1.     A glossary  of  definitions  relating  to this  Agreement  and
                  attachments is appended hereto as Annex A.

         1.2.     "Party" shall mean either NBA or the Contractor.

         1.3.     "Parties" shall mean both NBA and the Contractor.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 5 -                FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
2.       STATUS

         2.1.     This Agreement shall operate as a framework  agreement entered
                  into between the Parties and shall specify the general  terms,
                  conditions  and criteria that will apply in the event that NBA
                  and the  Contractor  agree that the  Contractor  shall  supply
                  Services to NBA. Any subsequent  agreement between NBA and the
                  Contractor for the provision of Services shall be on the basis
                  of the Model Call-Off  Contract attached hereto in the form of
                  Annex D together with, where appropriate, a transfer agreement
                  in the form of the Model Transfer Agreement attached hereto as
                  Annex E (together with a Call-Off  Contract and as appropriate
                  referred to as "Call-Off Contract") incorporating the terms of
                  this Agreement subject to such change,  addition,  alteration,
                  amendment  and  revision  as might then be agreed  between the
                  Parties to a Call-Off Contract.

         2.2.     Pending and  notwithstanding  the  execution  of any  Call-Off
                  Contract,   this  Agreement  and  its  associated  rights  and
                  obligations  takes  effect upon  signing by both  Parties.  In
                  particular  and for the  avoidance  of doubt,  this  Agreement
                  shall cover a term of seventy-two  (72) months plus an interim
                  period  extending  from the date of signing of this  Agreement
                  through the commencement of the first Call-Off Contract.  This
                  Agreement is subject to the provisions of  Sub-section  39.3.4
                  after 1996. The terms of this  Agreement  shall have effect as
                  between  the  Parties to the extent  that any of its terms are
                  also  incorporated in a Call-Off Contract and then only in the
                  context of a Call-Off Contract.

         2.3.     At any given  time  during the term of this  agreement,  there
                  shall  only  be  one  Call-Off   Contract   incorporating  the
                  telecommunications  services to be  delivered  to all of NBA's
                  sites in effect.


3.       STANDARDS

         3.1.     It is  intended  by the  Parties  that  the  provision  of the
                  Services by the  Contractor  under a Call-off  Contract to the
                  levels  specified  in the Scope of Work and the Service  Level
                  Agreement  requires superior  performance and be to a standard
                  which shall be interpreted  and maintained in accordance  with
                  the following principles:

                  3.1.1.   The Minimum  Conditions of Satisfaction as set out in
                           Annex C.

                  3.1.2.   The  application  of high levels of  professionalism,
                           expertise  and  experience  as are from  time to time
                           available within the telecommunications industry both
                           within and outside of Alaska.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 6 -                FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                  3.1.3.   Continuous  improvement,  innovation and  development
                           with regard to the quality and  cost-effectiveness of
                           the  Services  commensurate  with  the  objective  of
                           delivering  materially  superior   telecommunications
                           services to NBA.

                  3.1.4.   The delivery of  "best-in-class"  Services as defined
                           in Annex C,  Sub-section  3.3.  Services will also be
                           delivered   consistent   with  Most  Favored  Nations
                           pricing as outlined in Annex C, Sub-section 7.3.

                  3.1.5.   The exercise of sound technical  judgment on the part
                           of the Contractor and the acquisition and exchange of
                           technical  information  and  best  working  practices
                           among the  Parties and other  contractors  engaged in
                           the provision of the Services.

                  3.1.6.   The maintenance of exemplary employee relations.

         3.2.     In recognition of the commitment on the part of the Contractor
                  as  expressed  in  Sub-section  3.1 above and,  subject to the
                  requirement  that  the  Contractor  can  demonstrate  to NBA's
                  satisfaction  that NBA is receiving good value for money,  NBA
                  for  its  part  recognizes  the  need  for the  Contractor  to
                  maintain a reasonable rate of return.

         3.3.     In the  event  that the  Incentive  processes  referred  to in
                  Section 18 do not result in a reasonable rate of return as set
                  out  in  Sub-section  3.2  above  the  relevant  Parties  to a
                  Call-Off  Contract  shall  meet  to  discuss  changes  to such
                  Call-Off  Contract  and  implement  such  changes  as  may  be
                  mutually agreed to achieve the objectives of this  Sub-section
                  3.3.


4.       COMMENCEMENT, DURATION AND TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT

         4.1.     As from the date hereof this  Agreement  shall remain  current
                  between the Parties both prior to and  subsequent to the entry
                  by the Contractor into any Call-Off Contract. During this time
                  the  Contractor  shall  continue to be  represented  by, or be
                  entitled to appoint, Representatives to the Telecommunications
                  Review Board.

         4.2.     This Agreement  shall cover a term of seventy-two  (72) months
                  plus an interim  period  extending from the date of signing of
                  this Agreement  through the commencement of the first Call-Off
                  Contract.  This  Agreement  is  subject to the  provisions  of
                  Sub-section 39.3.4 after 1996.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 7 -                FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
5.       SCOPE AND OBJECTIVES

         5.1.     The scope of the Services  shall be as specified in a Call-Off
                  Contract subject to the conditions set out in this Section 5.

         5.2.     The  full  and  complete  achievement  of the  intent  of this
                  Agreement  and  the   performance  of  the  Services  will  be
                  facilitated  by the formation of a  Telecommunications  Review
                  Board,  as  specified  in  this  Agreement  and in a  Call-Off
                  Contract, which shall ensure that all decisions and actions of
                  the Parties which relate to the Services  fully  recognize the
                  commitments, express objectives and the obligations of NBA and
                  the Contractor under a Call-Off Contract.

         5.3.     NBA has agreed to the terms and  conditions of this  Agreement
                  on the  understanding  that the  Contractor is able to perform
                  the  Services  and that the  Contractor  will use and show all
                  reasonable skill and judgment  consistent with such ability in
                  the  performance  of  the  Services.  All  Services  shall  be
                  performed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and a
                  Call-Off   Contract  and  in  accordance   with   professional
                  telecommunications practice.

         5.4.     Where services provided by a Third Party under contract to NBA
                  will be utilized by the  Contractor  in the  provision  of the
                  Services the  Contractor  shall  undertake to review with NBA,
                  subject  to  the  requirements  of  Section  37,  the  service
                  description  contained in NBA's contract with such Third Party
                  to ensure that service levels specified therein are consistent
                  with those  required  by the  Contractor  in order to meet the
                  Service Levels. The Contractor shall be ultimately responsible
                  for  ensuring  that such  third  parties  meet or exceed  such
                  service levels.

         5.5.     The Contractor acknowledges that its provision of Services may
                  result in  certain  areas of shared  responsibility  with M&I.
                  Areas of shared  responsibility  have been  identified  by the
                  Contractor  and M&I and are  presented  in  Annex  F. For each
                  shared   responsibility,   an   explanation  of  single  point
                  accountability  is also  provided  in Annex F. For those areas
                  noted as  Contractor  single  point  accountability  and those
                  shared  areas  where  Contractor  is noted as being  primarily
                  responsible,  Contractor shall have the ultimate obligation to
                  ensure such  Services are  performed in  accordance  with this
                  Agreement and any Call-Off Contract.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 8 -                FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
6.       STRATEGIC DIRECTION, TECHNICAL ARCHITECTURE AND
         SELECTION OF PRODUCTS

         6.1.     The   Contractor   will   assist   in   the   production   and
                  implementation  of  a  telecommunications  strategy  aimed  at
                  cost-effective  support  for the NBA  business  strategy.  The
                  Contractor acknowledges that NBA has the ultimate authority in
                  strategic   direction  and  will,  in  the  provision  of  the
                  Services, comply with formally promulgated NBA IS policies and
                  standards  as  amended  from  time to  time.  Both NBA and the
                  Contractor  will  endeavor  to inform  each  other in a timely
                  manner of any fundamental  policy changes or constraints which
                  will  affect  the  implementation  of  the  telecommunications
                  strategy.

         6.2.     In collaboration with designated NBA management  personnel and
                  M&I technical consultants, the Contractor will recommend for a
                  Call-Off  Contract and NBA will  approve,  at its  discretion,
                  appropriate  technical  architectures and products  (excluding
                  consumables) to be used in providing the Services.

         6.3.     In the event that the activities  referred to in  Sub-sections
                  6.1 and 6.2 are outside the Scope of Work,  the Contractor may
                  charge  separately  for  carrying  out such  work but will not
                  proceed without the prior written agreement of NBA.


7.       ESTABLISHMENT OF A TELECOMMUNICATIONS REVIEW BOARD

         7.1.     NBA,  M&I  and  the   Contractor   shall   participate   in  a
                  Telecommunications  Review Board (the "Board") which will meet
                  to:

                  7.1.1.   Consider  any  operational  matters  referred  by NBA
                           management,

                  7.1.2.   Review  each  Party's   performance   against   their
                           respective  obligations to provide the Services under
                           this Agreement and a Call-Off Contract,

                  7.1.3.   Review and  recommend for approval by the Parties any
                           amendments or  modifications to the scope or terms of
                           this Agreement,

                  7.1.4.   Review and  recommend  for  adoption  by the  Parties
                           minimum  standards  and  guidelines  for  performance
                           measurement against industry benchmarks,

                  7.1.5.   Endeavor to resolve  any  matters of  interpretation,
                           disputes,  disagreements  or defaults  arising  under
                           this Agreement or referred to by NBA management,

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 9 -                FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                  7.1.6.   Make  recommendations  to  NBA  management  to  stop,
                           suspend or modify any  practice or  component  of the
                           Services,

                  7.1.7.   Perform such other duties or  responsibilities as are
                           delegated by NBA and the Contractor to the Board,

                  7.1.8.   Request   from  NBA   management   such  reports  and
                           information as it considers  reasonable and necessary
                           to perform its duties, and

                  7.1.9.   Facilitate  the  relationship  between the Parties to
                           ensure that the spirit of the  provisions  of Annex C
                           are achieved.  For the  avoidance of doubt,  whenever
                           there is reference to a recommendation  being made by
                           the Board,  no change shall be effected unless agreed
                           to in writing between NBA and the Contractor;

         7.2.     Composition and Responsibilities

                  7.2.1.   The Board shall comprise Representatives nominated by
                           NBA,  M&I  and  the   Contractor   pursuant  to  this
                           Agreement.  The  Board  shall  be  chaired  by an NBA
                           Representative.

                  7.2.2.   If a  Representative  is unable to perform his or her
                           duties  or leaves  the  employment  of either  NBA or
                           Contractor,  as applicable,  then the Party which has
                           the  resulting  vacancy on the Board will  nominate a
                           replacement   Representative   within   twenty   (20)
                           business days to fill such vacancy.

                  7.2.3.   The  Contractor's  continued  membership of the Board
                           shall be dependent upon the existence of:

                           7.2.3.1.   A current and subsisting Call-Off Contract
                                      to which the Contractor is party; or,

                           7.2.3.2.   Negotiations  between the  Contractor  and
                                      NBA with the  objective of entering into a
                                      Call-Off Contract.

                           If   neither   of   the   conditions   expressed   in
                           Sub-sections 7.2.3.1 to 7.2.3.2 above shall apply the
                           Contractor's  Representative  shall  resign  from the
                           Board such resignation to be without prejudice to any
                           other  rights  and  obligations  under  any  Call-Off
                           Contract.

                  7.2.4.   The Board shall be responsible  for the evaluation of
                           the Service Level Agreement as defined in Annex A and
                           amended in a  Call-Off  Contract  for the  purpose of
                           determining the  Contractor's  Risk/Reward  Incentive
                           payment as outlined in Sub-section 18.1.3.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 10 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
         7.3.     Nomination of Representatives

                  7.3.1.   NBA and the  Contractor  shall,  by written notice of
                           nomination   copied  to  other  parties  entitled  to
                           nominate Representatives, nominate within twenty (20)
                           business  days  of  the  commencement  date  of  this
                           Agreement  their  Representatives  to the Board.  The
                           Parties may change their  Representatives at any time
                           by  giving  written  notice  to  each  other  but the
                           Parties agree that the Representatives will have full
                           power and  authority  on  behalf  of the Party  which
                           authorized their  nomination to make  recommendations
                           and  otherwise  deal with all matters that are within
                           the cognizance of the Board under this Agreement.

                  7.3.2.   The  role   and/or   presence   of   either   Party's
                           Representative  shall not in any way  relieve  either
                           Party  of  their  respective   obligations   under  a
                           subsisting Call-Off Contract.

                  7.3.3.   NBA retains the right to refuse  participation by any
                           individual  representative on the  Telecommunications
                           Review Board.

         7.4.     Frequency of Meetings of the Board

                  Meetings of the Board shall take place  quarterly or otherwise
                  as   determined  by  the  Board   provided   always  that  any
                  Representative  may  request a meeting at any time upon giving
                  twenty (20) business days notice to other Representatives. The
                  location  and manner of  meetings  will be  determined  by the
                  Board.

         7.5.     Costs

                  Each Party  which has  Representatives  to the Board  shall be
                  responsible  for all costs and other expenses  associated with
                  the attendance of their  respective  Representatives  at Board
                  meetings and such costs and  expenses  shall not form any part
                  of Actual Costs.


8.       SCOPE CHANGES

         8.1.     General

                  This  Agreement sets out the procedures for changing the scope
                  of the  Services.  Both Parties  (which in the context of this
                  Section  shall  mean  the  Parties  to  this  Agreement  and a
                  Call-Off  Contract)  recognize that the mutual success of this
                  relationship  requires  that each be  motivated  to keep Major
                  Changes to a minimum  in order to  continuously  manage  costs
                  associated  with Targets while  maintaining or improving NBA's
                  use of and access to improved telecommunications technologies.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 11 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                  8.1.1.   NBA  commits  to  implementing  as  part  of the  NBA
                           Partner Relations  Manager's personal  objectives the
                           aim of continuously managing, in conjunction with the
                           Contractor,   the  Actual   Costs   consistent   with
                           providing the Services in accordance  with a relevant
                           Call-Off Contract.

                  8.1.2.   A Major  Change  means  any event or series of events
                           which materially  increases or decreases the scope of
                           the Services and/or the Contractor's Actual Cost.

                  8.1.3.   It  is   envisioned   that  Major   Changes  will  be
                           infrequent.

                  8.1.4.   All  proposals for Major Changes shall be reviewed by
                           the Telecommunications Review Board when so requested
                           by NBA management.

                  8.1.5.   The work undertaken by the Contractor in carrying out
                           changes   which   are  not  Major   Changes   and  in
                           subsequently  providing the Services  subject to such
                           changes,  shall not  result in any  variation  to the
                           Target.

                  8.1.6.   All  changes  shall be agreed to by the  Parties  and
                           subject to Operational  Change Control  Procedures to
                           be  agreed   between  NBA  and  the   Contractor  and
                           incorporated  in the  relevant  Scope of Work  and/or
                           Service Level Agreement.

         8.2.     Major Changes

                  8.2.1.   Either Party may raise a proposal  for  consideration
                           by the other to  modify,  change,  reduce,  add to or
                           replace  the  Services  in a manner  which that Party
                           considers  may   constitute  a  Major  Change.   Such
                           proposal  shall  be  presented  for  discussion  at a
                           meeting   of  the  NBA   management   chaired   where
                           appropriate by the  designated NBA Partner  Relations
                           Manager as defined in Annex A. The cost of  preparing
                           and  presenting  the  proposal  shall be borne by the
                           Party  raising  the  proposal.  In the event that NBA
                           requests  the   Contractor   to  prepare  a  proposal
                           involving  significant costs in its preparation,  the
                           Contractor may request reimbursement of such costs.

                  8.2.2.   The Contractor shall supply NBA with such information
                           as NBA may  reasonably  request to  substantiate  any
                           costing furnished under this Sub-section 8.2.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 12 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
         8.3.     Contractor's Internal Changes

                  Subject  to   Operational   Change   Control   Procedures  the
                  Contractor shall be entitled to modify, change, add to, reduce
                  or replace the means and/or  method of providing the Services,
                  provided  that  any  such  modification,   change,   addition,
                  reduction  or  replacement  has  been  agreed  to with the NBA
                  Partner Relations Manager and M&I  Representatives  and can be
                  achieved  within the Target and does not detract from,  reduce
                  or  impair  the  overall   performance  or  operation  of  the
                  Services,  or require any material  alteration to the physical
                  interface or protocol  used by NBA in using the  Services.  In
                  the event that such  proposed  change is rejected by NBA,  the
                  Parties  will meet to  discuss  in good  faith and agree to an
                  equitable adjustment of the Target.

         8.4.     Implementation of Major Changes

                  8.4.1.   NBA shall  have the right to invite  quotations  from
                           Third  Parties  for  the  development,   testing  and
                           implementation  of any Major Change to the  Services.
                           For the  avoidance of doubt  within this  Sub-section
                           8.4,  Services are those  defined in Annex A. NBA may
                           at its sole  discretion  award such Major Change to a
                           Third party subject to the following:

                           8.4.1.1.   If the Services  associated with the Major
                                      Change include Network Services as defined
                                      in Annex A and the  Contractor can provide
                                      the  Services at a cost and quality  level
                                      equal to that  offered  by a Third  Party,
                                      the  Contractor  will be awarded the Major
                                      Change;

                           8.4.1.2.   If the Services  associated with the Major
                                      Change include Network Services as defined
                                      in  Annex A and if the  Contractor  cannot
                                      provide the services at a cost and quality
                                      level  equal  to that  offered  by a Third
                                      Party, the Contractor shall have the right
                                      to either:  (i)  sub-contract the Services
                                      with  a  Third   Party   subject   to  the
                                      provisions of Section 22; or (ii) serve as
                                      NBA's agent in acquiring the Services from
                                      a Third Party  treating  such  services in
                                      accordance  with  Section  22,   provided,
                                      however  that  NBA  must   preapprove  any
                                      agreement with any Third Party in writing.

                           8.4.1.3.   If the Services  associated with the Major
                                      Change do not include Network  Services as
                                      defined in Annex A and the  Contractor can
                                      provide the Services at a cost and quality
                                      level  equal  to that  offered  by a Third
                                      Party,  the Contractor will be awarded the
                                      Major Change,  subject to the right of NBA
                                      to make  adjustments  to the  Contrac-

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 13 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                                      tor's Scope of Work during  negotiation of
                                      a   subsequent    Call-Off   Contract   in
                                      accordance with Sub-section 39.3.4.

                           8.4.1.4.   If the Services  associated with the Major
                                      Change do not include Network  Services as
                                      defined  in Annex A and if the  Contractor
                                      cannot  provide the Services at a cost and
                                      quality  level equal to that  offered by a
                                      Third  Party,  NBA shall have the right to
                                      either:   (i)  permit  the  contractor  to
                                      sub-contract  the  Services  with a  Third
                                      Party subject to the provisions of Section
                                      22;  or (ii)  NBA will  have the  right to
                                      assume  responsibility  for  the  Services
                                      subject to the  provisions of  Sub-section
                                      8.4.2.

                  8.4.2.   If the Parties  have agreed to a Major  Change,  then
                           the  Contractor  shall  carry out the  implementation
                           plan and the Target  shall be adjusted in  accordance
                           with the proposal.

                  8.4.3.   Following the completion of the implementation phase,
                           the Service  Description  shall be changed so that it
                           includes a  description  of the change which has been
                           implemented.

         8.5.     Implementation of Related Work by a Third Party

                  8.5.1.   NBA shall have the right to instruct a Third Party to
                           carry  out  work  related  to (but  not  part of) the
                           Services  for which that Third Party has  submitted a
                           quotation acceptable to NBA.

                  8.5.2.   In such  event  the  Contractor  shall  provide  such
                           assistance   as   reasonably    necessary   for   the
                           implementing  of such  work as part of the  Services,
                           including,   without   limitation,   assistance   and
                           facilities  to enable the Third Party if necessary to
                           carry out live  system  testing in  relation  to such
                           work.  The   Contractor   shall  use  all  reasonable
                           endeavors to ensure that such  assistance is provided
                           by the staff to be made  available by the  Contractor
                           pursuant to the Services.

                  8.5.3.   Subject  to the  Contractor's  reasonable  management
                           requirements   and  to  Operational   Change  Control
                           Procedures,  the  Contractor  shall  permit the Third
                           Party to use the Contractor Equipment and the Network
                           for  system  testing  purposes,  under the terms of a
                           Call-Off Contract,  at times to be agreed between the
                           Third Party and the Contractor, such agreement not to
                           be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

                   8.5.4.  To  the   extent   that  any   activity   during  the
                           development,   testing,   acceptance  and  subsequent
                           implementation  of a change by a Third Party  impacts
                           upon the Scope of Work,  Actual  Costs or the 

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 14 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                           Service Levels the same shall be amended, upon mutual
                           agreement,  and the Target adjusted  retroactively to
                           the date of  impact  of the said  change.  NBA  shall
                           ensure  that the  Third  Party  performs  in a manner
                           consistent  with quality  standards  and  Operational
                           Change Control  Procedures under a Call-Off Contract.
                           For the avoidance of doubt any responsibilities  upon
                           NBA under this  Sub-section  8.5.4 shall be at an end
                           from the date or point upon which the  Contractor has
                           agreed to such amendments and adjustments.


9.       USE OF SERVICES

         9.1.     NBA shall  undertake  to use the Services in  accordance  with
                  such reasonable  operating  instructions as may be notified in
                  writing  or  orally  (confirmed  in  writing)  to  NBA  by the
                  Contractor.

         9.2.     Without  limitation to the generality of Sub-section  9.1, NBA
                  and the Contractor  shall undertake  individually to use their
                  respective  best endeavors to ensure that the Services are not
                  used:

                   9.2.1.  For  the   transmission  of  any  material  which  is
                           defamatory,  offensive or abusive or of an obscene or
                           menacing character; or

                  9.2.2.   In  a  manner  which   constitutes   a  violation  or
                           infringement  of the  rights of any  person,  firm or
                           company  (including  but not  limited  to  rights  of
                           copyright or confidentiality).

         9.3.     The  Parties  shall  indemnify  and hold each  other  harmless
                  against  all   liabilities,   claims,   damages,   losses  and
                  proceedings in any  jurisdiction  arising out of or in any way
                  connected  with their  respective  failure to comply  with the
                  obligations referred to in Sub-section 9.2.


10.      APPROVALS AND LICENSES

         10.1.    Subject  to  Sub-section  10.2 the  Contractor  shall  ensure,
                  maintain, and observe all relevant regulatory, administrative,
                  and governmental licenses,  waivers,  consents,  registrations
                  and approvals (collectively "Approvals") (including making any
                  notifications)  necessary for NBA and Authorized Users to make
                  use of the Services and to allow the Contractor to provide the
                  Services.

         10.2.    The Parties  recognize  that certain  Approvals  can, by their
                  very nature, only be obtained by NBA or relate solely to NBA's
                  ability  to  make  use  of  the   Services   provided  by  the
                  Contractor.  In such  event NBA  shall  obtain  the  necessary
                  Approvals.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 15 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
         10.3.    The  Contractor  has an obligation to point out such approvals
                  to NBA and assist NBA to comply as required.

         10.4.    Each Party  shall  indemnify  the other  against  all  claims,
                  costs, liabilities and expenses they may suffer as a result of
                  a Party  failing to observe its  obligations  pursuant to this
                  Section 10. For the  avoidance of doubt the  requirements  set
                  out  in  this  Section   shall  not  diminish  or  expand  the
                  obligations of any Party to a relevant Call-Off Contract.


11.      WARRANTY AND BENCHMARKING

         11.1.    The Contractor  shall implement a quality  management  program
                  that is consistent  with the minimum  standards of ISO 9000 or
                  similar  industry quality standard and shall provide copies of
                  all quality management documents to NBA upon request.

         11.2.    NBA shall have the right to compare and  measure the  Services
                  provided  pursuant to a Call-Off  Contract against services of
                  comparative  quality and scope  available  from Third  Parties
                  operating  in  the  same  marketplace.  In  the  event  that a
                  substantial  and  material  differential  shall be  identified
                  between  the cost and/or  quality of  providing  the  Services
                  compared  with the costs and/or  quality  available  from such
                  Third Parties,  the Contractor shall review NBA's  conclusions
                  and shall  implement  agreed to changes  (if any),  consistent
                  with  Section  22, to a relevant  Call-Off  Contract  within a
                  reasonable  period  of  time to  bring  down  the  cost of the
                  Services  and/or to adjust the quality of the Services in line
                  with the external marketplace.

12.      ACQUISITION OF NEW TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESSES

         12.1.    It is  envisioned  that  the  provision  of  the  Services  in
                  accordance  with the terms of this  Agreement and the Call-Off
                  Contracts  will commit the Contractor to the awareness and use
                  where  appropriate of advanced state of the art technology and
                  processes    available    from    time    to   time   in   the
                  telecommunications  industry world-wide.  The Contractor shall
                  commit to the  evaluation of such state of art  technology and
                  processes including established technology and processes where
                  it can be shown  that its  application  to the  Services  will
                  provide NBA with  improvements  in cost benefit or performance
                  provided   that  where  NBA  requests  such   evaluation   the
                  Contractor  may charge  separately  for carrying out such work
                  and shall not proceed without the agreement of NBA.

         12.2.    To the extent that the Contractor shall be required to provide
                  the Services in conjunction  with Third Parties the Contractor
                  shall  investigate  

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 16 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                  and endeavor to adopt  measures to maintain  the  Contractor's
                  competitiveness  with such Third Parties with the objective of
                  achieving  the  best  level  of  savings  consistent  with the
                  provision of Services at the quality levels  envisioned  under
                  this  Agreement.  The  processes  and measures  adopted by the
                  Contractor in compliance  with this objective shall be in full
                  compliance with applicable legislation.


13.      ASSET AND LEASE TRANSFERS

         13.1.    The  Contractor  shall in relation  to a Call-Off  Contract be
                  entitled  to  identify  existing  NBA owned  assets and leases
                  which  are  in  the  reasonable  judgment  of  the  Contractor
                  required for the purposes of the Services.

         13.2.    NBA   shall   endeavor   to  comply   with  the   Contractor's
                  requirements  referred to in  Sub-section  13.1 above provided
                  that NBA shall be under no  obligation  to sell,  transfer  or
                  assign  any asset or lease if NBA is  unable  or is  otherwise
                  prejudiced to comply with the said requirements.  In the event
                  that NBA shall not for  whatever  reason  transfer,  assign or
                  otherwise  make  available  such an asset which the Contractor
                  and  NBA  agree  to is  necessary  for  the  provision  of the
                  Services,  NBA shall, at its option, provide for access by the
                  Contractor  to such asset as may be  reasonably  necessary  to
                  provide  the  Services or allow the  Contractor  to procure an
                  alternative  asset  in  accordance  with  Sections  9 and  14.
                  Notwithstanding   the  preceding   sentence  it  is  expressly
                  acknowledged  that wiring and other like fixtures  integral to
                  NBA  premises  will always be  excluded  as assets  capable of
                  transfer or sale. Furthermore NBA shall be entitled to specify
                  that any  particular  asset sold,  transferred or assigned may
                  not be  used  by  the  Contractor  for  Third  Party  business
                  purposes.

         13.3.    In cases where NBA and the Contractor  can reach  agreement in
                  relation to the sale,  transfer or  assignment  of an asset or
                  lease, the Parties shall agree to a consideration based on the
                  market  value of the  asset or  lease or such  other  basis of
                  consideration  as  shall  optimize  the  transaction  with the
                  objective of reducing the Actual Cost of the Services.  In the
                  event that the consideration  agreed to shall be other than at
                  zero or nominal value the consideration  shall be charged back
                  to NBA as part of the Services at a rate sufficient to recover
                  the full  cost to the  Contractor  of the  acquisition  of the
                  asset or lease over the agreed to remaining useful life of the
                  asset or lease.  The transfer of any such asset or lease shall
                  be governed by the terms of Annex E.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 17 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
         13.4.    Where any Contractor Equipment is retained or located at a NBA
                  location,  risk in such Contractor  Equipment will remain with
                  the  Contractor  provided  that NBA  shall  comply  with  such
                  reasonable  duties of care as the  Contractor  may  specify in
                  respect of such Contractor Equipment.


14.      REMUNERATION

         14.1.    The Parties shall agree to a methodology  for  remuneration to
                  the Contractor  which  recognizes the principles in Section 3.
                  The elements of the remuneration  shall comprise Actual Costs,
                  a fixed Margin and Incentives based on performance relative to
                  agreed to Targets,  subject to adjustments in accordance  with
                  Sub-section 18.1.3.

         14.2.    For each  Year,  or for such  other  period  as may be  agreed
                  between the Parties to a Call-Off Contract,  a Target,  Margin
                  and  Incentives  will be  agreed.  The  Parties  to a Call-Off
                  Contract shall  exercise  commercially  reasonable  efforts to
                  reach  agreement on such matters no later than September 30 in
                  the current  Year. In the event that the Parties fail to reach
                  agreement on either the Target,  the Margin or the  Incentives
                  by  September  30  in  the  current  Year  the  Parties  shall
                  immediately   thereafter   refer  the   disagreement   to  the
                  Telecommunications  Review Board for discussion and subsequent
                  recommendation.  If the Telecommunications Review Board cannot
                  agree to a recommendation  or if the Parties cannot accept the
                  recommendation  made, or otherwise agree, prior to December 31
                  in the  current  Year a failure to agree  shall then exist and
                  the relevant Call-Off Contract shall be subject to termination
                  in accordance with Section 39.

         14.3.    An  illustration  of the way in  which  it is  envisioned  the
                  Charges will be calculated and paid is set out in Annex B.


15.      TARGETS

         15.1.    For each Year of a Call-Off Contract, or for such other period
                  as may be agreed to between NBA and the  Contractor,  a Target
                  as defined in Annex A will be agreed.

         15.2.    In  1996,  NBA and the  Contractor  shall  in  respect  of the
                  Services  to be  provided  agree  to an  overall  Target.  The
                  Contractor shall provide the Services at a total charge to NBA
                  which shall enable NBA to achieve its  expectation of savings.
                  The total charge to NBA, or Target,  includes the Contractor's
                  Expected Cost of Operations  (CoOE) as defined in Annex A less
                  ********, whichever is greater.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 18 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
         15.3.    In 1997 and beyond, NBA and the Contractor shall in respect of
                  the Services to be provided  agree to an overall  Target.  The
                  Contractor shall provide the Services at a total charge to NBA
                  which shall enable NBA to continue to achieve its expectations
                  of savings.  Under the terms of this  Sub-section,  the Target
                  will include: ********.


16.      COSTS DEFINITIONS

         16.1.    Actual  Costs  incurred by the  Contractor  in  providing  the
                  Services shall comprise Direct Costs, Sub-contractor Costs and
                  Network Services Costs as follows:

                  16.1.1.  Direct   Costs  means  all  costs   incurred  by  the
                           Contractor which are solely and directly attributable
                           to  the  provision  of  the  Services  pursuant  to a
                           Call-Off  Contract,  such  costs to include by way of
                           example but not by way of limitation:

                           16.1.1.1.  Salaries   of   all   employees   of   the
                                      Contractor   which   shall  be  deemed  to
                                      include, without limitation,  all personal
                                      benefits  and  expenses as incurred in the
                                      performance  of  the  Services  under  the
                                      Call-Off Contract together with employer's
                                      insurance  or  other   employer's   social
                                      security  contributions,   and  employer's
                                      contribution to employee pension benefits.

                           16.1.1.2.  Costs of network,  desktop  and  computing
                                      equipment;

                           16.1.1.3.  Costs of software  purchase,  licenses and
                                      maintenance;

                           16.1.1.4.  Costs of  depreciation  and lease  rentals
                                      related to assets used in the provision of
                                      the Services,  licenses and maintenance in
                                      respect of such assets;

                           16.1.1.5.  Costs for designated network operation and
                                      technical   services  provided   on-demand
                                      based  upon  actual  time  and   materials
                                      required as outlined in Annex C;

                  16.1.2.  Sub-contractor  costs which will include the costs to
                           the   Contractor   for  services   obtained   from  a
                           Sub-contractor   which  are   solely   and   directly
                           attributable  to the provisions of services  pursuant
                           to a Call-Off  Contract,  plus ********  handling fee
                           and 

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 19 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                           shall  be  included   within  the  structure  of  the
                           Contractor's monthly invoice;

                  16.1.3.  Network Services Costs means those costs for services
                           provided  by the  Contractor  which  are  solely  and
                           directly   attributable   to  the  provision  of  the
                           Services  pursuant  to  a  Call-Off  Contract,   such
                           services  to include by way of example but not by way
                           of limitation;

                           16.1.3.1.  Network   Management   Services  including
                                      monitoring,    reactive   and    proactive
                                      management and configuration management;

                           16.1.3.2.  Message Toll Services (long distance);

                           16.1.3.3.  Public or private data  network  services,
                                      including   but  not  limited  to  private
                                      leased lines and frame relay.

         16.2.    The  Contractor's,   or  Contractors   Associated   Companies,
                  corporate or head office  overheads shall not form any part of
                  the Direct  Costs.  By way of  illustration  and not by way of
                  limitation,  corporate  or  head  office  services  under  the
                  following generic business activities are excluded:

                  16.2.1.  Finance and Planning

                  16.2.2.  Marketing and Sales

                  16.2.3.  Human Resources

                  16.2.4.  Contracts and Procurement

                  16.2.5.  Internal and External Audit

                  16.2.6.  Legal

                  16.2.7.  Public Affairs

                  16.2.8.  Corporate, General and Executive Management

                  16.2.9.  Corporate Offices and Associated Costs

                           This is  provided  that in the  case of  Sub-sections
                           16.2.1,   16.2.3,   16.2.4   and   16.2.6   above  an
                           appropriate  proportion of such overhead costs may be
                           treated as Direct Costs for specific  cases  provided
                           such  costs  have been  identified  and  agreed to in
                           writing in advance and have been  incorporated in the
                           Target for that Year.  Such costs shall be determined
                           in the manner set out in Sub-section 16.1.1.1.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 20 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
17.      MARGIN

         17.1     The  Margin  shall,  over the term of this  Agreement  and the
                  Call-Off  Contracts,  be determined for each Year at levels in
                  accordance with the following:

                  17.1.1.  In 1996, a margin of  ********.

                  17.1.2.  In 1997, a margin of  ********.

                  17.1.3.  In  1998  -  2001,   margin   increases  above  those
                           referenced   for  the  current  year  will  occur  as
                           outlined for the following conditions:

                           17.1.3.1.  If the current  year's  Target is not met,
                                      no  increase  will  be  applicable  in the
                                      subsequent year;

                           17.1.3.2.  If the  current  year's  Target is met, an
                                      increase of ******** will be applicable in
                                      the subsequent year; or

                           17.1.3.3.  If the current  year's Target is under-run
                                      by  ********  of the  Target  or more,  an
                                      increase of ******** will be applicable in
                                      the subsequent year.

         17.2.    In respect of the Year 2002 and each subsequent  Year, NBA and
                  the  Contractor  will  commence  discussions  with a  view  to
                  agreeing to the Margin for such Year in the preceding Year.

         17.3.    Margins  shall  be  applicable  against  all  direct  costs as
                  outlined in Section 16.

         17.4.    The Margin  will be  payable in twelve  amounts as part of the
                  monthly invoices referred to in Section 19.


18.      RISK/REWARD INCENTIVES

         18.1.    As a part of  remuneration  assessed in  accordance  with this
                  Agreement,  the  Contractor  shall be entitled,  if the Actual
                  Costs plus Margin  incurred shall be less than the Target in a
                  Year  ("cost   underrun"),   to  an  Incentive  based  on  the
                  difference between the Target and the Actual Costs plus Margin
                  incurred.  The Incentive payment related to such cost underrun
                  shall be a percentage of such cost underrun,  such  percentage
                  to  be  determined  in  accordance   with  the  provisions  of
                  Sub-sections  18.1.1 and 18.1.3.  In the event that the Actual
                  Costs plus Margin  incurred  shall exceed the Target in a Year
                  ("cost overrun"), the Contractor and NBA shall share such cost
                  overrun, by the payment by Contractor of an Incentive equal to
                  a percentage  of such cost overrun,  such  percentage to be in
                  accordance with the provisions of Sub-section 18.1.2.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 21 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                  18.1.1.  Where there is a cost underrun,  the Incentive  shall
                           be the  Contractor's  share of such cost underrun and
                           paid by NBA to the Contractor, determined as follows:

                                                  
                              Agreement          NBA's         Contractor's
                                Year             Share             Share
                              ---------          -----         ------------
                                                  
                                1996              ****             ****
                                                  
                                1997              ****             ****
                                                  
                                1998              ****             ****
                                                  
                                1999              ****             ****
                                                  
                                2000              ****             ****
                                                  
                                2001              ****             ****
                                                  
                  18.1.2.  Where there is a cost overrun, the Incentive shall be
                           the Contractor's  share of such cost overrun and paid
                           by the Contractor to NBA, determined as follows:

                              Agreement          NBA's         Contractor's
                                Year             Share             Share
                              ---------          -----         ------------
                                                  
                                1996              ****             ****
                                                  
                                1997              ****             ****
                                                  
                                1998              ****             ****
                                                  
                                1999              ****             ****
                                                  
                                2000              ****             ****
                                                  
                                2001              ****             ****

                  18.1.3.  Service Level Performance Evaluation

                           18.1.3.1.  Payment  of   Incentives   as  defined  in
                                      Sub-section 18.1.1 shall be subject to the
                                      Contractor's Service Level performance.

                           18.1.3.2.  Specific    Service   Level    performance
                                      evaluation methodology will be included in
                                      each Call-Off Contract.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 22 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                           18.1.3.3.  The Contractor must meet or exceed Service
                                      Levels defined in Annex C and amended in a
                                      Call-Off  Contract  in  order  to  receive
                                      ******** of the  Risk/Reward  Incentive as
                                      defined in Sub-section 18.1.1.

                           18.1.3.4.  The Risk/Reward  Incentive that may be due
                                      the  Contractor  at  the  conclusion  of a
                                      Call-Off  Contract  may be  reduced by the
                                      Telecommunications Review Board based upon
                                      criteria    outlined   in   the   Call-Off
                                      Contract.    The   disbursement   of   any
                                      Incentive    payment    shall    be    the
                                      responsibility  of the  Telecommunications
                                      Review Board.

         18.2.    For the avoidance of doubt no payments shall by virtue of this
                  Agreement be due from NBA to the  Contractor in respect of the
                  Services  unless  mutually  agreed to by the Parties but shall
                  instead be dependent  upon the  existence of an  obligation to
                  make  payments  in a  Call-Off  Contract  between  NBA and the
                  Contractor and only to the Parties to such Call-Off Contracts.

         18.3.    In the event that the Contractor shall in the provision of the
                  Services  have  obtained  or  procured   services  from  Third
                  Parties,  NBA  shall  be  under  no  obligation  nor  have any
                  responsibility  which  would  otherwise  have  been due to the
                  Contractor.  Furthermore the Contractor shall ensure that such
                  payments are made in a timely manner and in accordance  with a
                  mechanism  which  will  not in  its  operation  prejudice  the
                  objectives   of  NBA  under  this   Agreement  or  a  Call-Off
                  Contracts.


19.      INVOICING AND SETTLEMENT

         The Contractor  shall in respect of its  remuneration  for the Services
         submit its invoices in  accordance  with the  provisions  of a Call-Off
         Contract subject to the following:

         19.1.    Invoices  submitted by the Contractor will show the Margin and
                  applicable costs.

         19.2.    In  addition  to the  requirements  of  Sub-section  19.1  the
                  invoices will show cumulative  Actual Costs plus Margin to the
                  end of the latest  invoicing period for which Actual Costs and
                  Margin are available.

         19.3.    The basis of payment shall,  subject to Sub-sections  19.4 and
                  19.5 below,  be monthly  based upon  Services  delivered.  The
                  Contractor  shall  submit the  relevant  invoice no later than
                  fifteen (15) calendar days after the end of the relevant month
                  or as otherwise mutually agreed.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 23 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
         19.4.    Notwithstanding  Sub-section 19.3 above, payments representing
                  Incentives  referred  to in Section 18 will be paid in arrears
                  no later than ninety (90)  calendar  days after the end of the
                  relevant Year by which time final adjustments for Actual Costs
                  will  also  be  completed.   Such  final  adjustment  will  be
                  determined as follows:

                              Aggregate Actual Cost
                                        +
                                     Margin
                                       +/-
                                    Incentive
                                        -
                                 Actual Payments

         19.5.    Subject to Sub-section 19.3 above,  the  Contractor's  invoice
                  will be paid no later than thirty (30) calendar days following
                  receipt of the invoice for the relevant month.

         19.6.    Payment of Taxes

                  19.6.1.  All  sums  due to the  Contractor  under  a  Call-Off
                           Contract  are  exclusive  of any sales  tax,  and any
                           other  similar  taxes  which may from time to time be
                           introduced,   which  shall  be  charged   thereon  in
                           accordance with the relevant  regulations in force at
                           the time of making the taxable  supply,  and shall be
                           paid by NBA.

                  19.6.2.  Valid tax invoices  shall be issued in respect of all
                           payments  due  under a  Call-Off  Contract  and shall
                           conform with relevant fiscal requirements.

                  19.6.3.  The Contractor  shall indemnify NBA in respect of any
                           penalties  or interest  charges  incurred  consequent
                           upon any error or omission by the Contractor.

         19.7.    In the event that  Charges  and other  amounts are not paid in
                  accordance with the provisions of this Section 19 either Party
                  to a Call-Off  Contract may subject to ten (10)  calendar days
                  notice  given in  writing  to the  other  Party,  and  failing
                  receipt of moneys due within  said  notice  period and without
                  prejudice  to any other rights or remedies  available  under a
                  Call-Off  Contract,   charge  daily  compounding  interest  on
                  legitimate  outstanding  undisputed amounts,  until payment in
                  full is  received  from the other  Party,  at a rate  equal to
                  ********  above Prime  Lending Rate per annum (or as otherwise
                  agreed between the Parties) current from time to time, whether
                  before or after  judgment.  Interest  shall continue to accrue
                  unless and until payment is made  notwithstanding  termination
                  of a Call-Off Contract for any cause whatsoever.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 24 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
         19.8.    In the event that  Charges  and other  amounts are not paid in
                  accordance with the provisions of this Section 19 either Party
                  to a Call-Off  Contract may subject to ten (10)  calendar days
                  notice  given in  writing  to the  other  Party,  and  failing
                  receipt of moneys due within  said  notice  period and without
                  prejudice  to any other rights or remedies  available  under a
                  Call-Off  Contract,  place the  disputed  amounts in an Escrow
                  account until the dispute can be resolved.


20.      TAX

         20.1.    The  Contractor   shall  supply  and  shall  ensure  that  any
                  Associated  Companies of the Contractor engaged in relation to
                  the Services shall supply to NBA such  information  (including
                  documentary  information)  in  connection  with  its or  their
                  activities  under or pursuant to the Call-Off  Contract as may
                  be required by NBA.

         20.2.    The Contractor shall retain,  and shall ensure that Associated
                  Companies shall retain, all information and documents as shall
                  enable the  Contractor  to comply with its  obligations  under
                  Sub-section 20.1.

         20.3.    The  Contractor  shall duly pay and shall  ensure that each of
                  its Associated Companies shall duly pay, all taxes which shall
                  be properly and lawfully assessed or imposed on the Contractor
                  or  its  Associated  Companies  by  local,  state  or  federal
                  entities in  connection  with the carrying out of the Services
                  and/or works under a Call-Off  Contract or any sub-contract or
                  purchase  order  hereunder.  The Contractor  acknowledges  and
                  shall  if NBA  shall so  request  ensure  that its  Associated
                  Companies  shall  acknowledge  that NBA is not and  shall  not
                  become  liable to any taxes  referred  to in this  Sub-section
                  20.3.

         20.4.    Liabilities

                  20.4.1.  The   Contractor   shall   indemnify   and  keep  NBA
                           indemnified  against  all  liabilities  incurred as a
                           consequence  of  breach  by  the  Contractor  or  the
                           Contractors   Associated  Companies  of  any  of  the
                           obligations  under  Sub-sections 20.1 and 20.2 and in
                           respect of all actions, proceedings, claims, damages,
                           charges,  costs and expenses  whatsoever  in relation
                           thereto.

                  20.4.2.  The   Contractor   shall   indemnify   and  keep  NBA
                           indemnified    against   all   liabilities   to   tax
                           acknowledged   under   Sub-section  20.3  to  be  the
                           liability of the Contractor.

         20.5.    The Contractor is deemed to have taken into account all taxes,
                  levies or contributions  having effect on the provision of the
                  Services.  If,  on or after  the  date of award of a  Call-Off
                  Contract,  there shall be any material  

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 25 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                  change in the level or in the incidence,  or any new incidence
                  or  abolitions,  of any local,  state or federal tax,  levy or
                  contribution which are by law payable by the Contractor or any
                  Sub-contractor  or  supplier   hereunder  in  respect  of  its
                  employees  working  wholly on the Services  and/or works or in
                  respect  of  the   Contractor  or  any   Sub-contractor's   or
                  supplier's   activities  under  a  Call-Off  Contract  or  any
                  sub-contract  or  purchase  order  thereunder,   NBA  and  the
                  Contractor shall agree if any appropriate  adjustments  should
                  be made to the Targets  failing which a failure to agree shall
                  be deemed to have  occurred  in  accordance  with the terms of
                  Sub-section 39.3.4.

                  The net  amount  due to,  or from  any  Sub-contractor  of the
                  Contractor  as a  result  of  any  change,  new  incidence  or
                  abolitions  arising from the  provisions of  Sub-section  20.5
                  shall be paid to, or recovered  from, the Contractor by NBA as
                  though such  increase or decrease  had  directly  affected the
                  Contractor.

                  For the purpose of this  Sub-section  only, "tax" includes any
                  duty or charge and any  penalty or  interest  thereon  and any
                  other costs and charges whatsoever  assessed or imposed by any
                  competent  local,  state or federal  entity and having  effect
                  nationally  and  any  other   authority   wheresoever   having
                  jurisdiction over the Contractor or its Sub-contractors or NBA
                  by virtue of this Agreement or a Call-Off Contract.


21.      FINANCIAL AUDIT

         21.1.    The   Contractor   commits  to  the  principle  of  open  book
                  accounting with the objective of verifying, on a retrospective
                  basis, the Direct Costs and Sub-contractor Costs against which
                  Adjustment  and  Margin   arrangements   were  calculated  and
                  applied.

         21.2.    Subject to the  incorporation of appropriate  safeguards which
                  shall be determined  by the  Contractor  acting  reasonably to
                  prevent  inappropriate  access to and  knowledge  of sensitive
                  information  held by the  Contractor,  it is  agreed to by the
                  Parties that the intent of Sub-section  21.1 is to provide for
                  visibility  and clear  understanding  between  the  Parties of
                  Direct Costs and Sub-contractors Costs.

         21.3.    Subject to  Sub-section  21.2 NBA shall have rights to conduct
                  audits in relation to records held by the Contractor  relating
                  to the Direct Costs and Sub-contractors  Costs of goods and/or
                  services  provided for the Services.  In  fulfillment of these
                  rights the Contractor  undertakes to ensure  equivalent  audit
                  rights in favor of NBA in respect of  Associated  Companies of
                  the Contractor. In addition:

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 26 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                  21.3.1.  Such audits shall be  conducted  by a designated  NBA
                           officer or an independent  auditor (whose appointment
                           shall be at NBA's  expense  and shall be  subject  to
                           approval by the  Contractor  such  approval not to be
                           unreasonably withheld).  The frequency of such audits
                           shall be at NBA's discretion provided always that NBA
                           shall give reasonable  notice of such requirements to
                           the   Contractor   and  shall   exercise   reasonable
                           endeavors  to  conduct  such  audits  with the lowest
                           levels of inconvenience  and disturbance  practicable
                           being caused to the Contractor.

                  21.3.2.  Subject to the  retention  of records as  required by
                           law,  the  Contractor  shall for the purposes of this
                           Section 21 retain  records  relating to the  Services
                           for a period of twenty-four (24) months after the end
                           of the relevant Year.

         21.4.    Financial reporting in accordance with this Section 21 will be
                  achieved:

                  21.4.1.  By the submission of invoices in accordance  with the
                           Call-Off Contract

                  21.4.2.  And in  relation to the  overall  performance  of the
                           Contractor's    obligations    by    means   of   the
                           Telecommunications Review Board.

         21.5.    Any adjustment to the level or  appropriateness  of charges or
                  recoveries  incurred or paid pursuant to the Services shall be
                  agreed  to  within  a  period  of 30  calendar  days  from the
                  submission of the NBA audit report and shall be implemented in
                  the  next  available  Invoice  or  Invoices.  Such  agreed  to
                  adjustments  shall  not  incur an  interest  charge  otherwise
                  applicable in accordance with Sub-section 19.8.

         21.6.    Nothing  contained in this Section 21 shall be deemed to limit
                  the right of NBA to challenge at any time or to make enquiries
                  concerning   Charges,   or  to  require  the   Contractor   to
                  demonstrate the reasonableness or otherwise of such Charges.


22.      SUB-CONTRACTORS

         22.1.    The   Contractor   shall   undertake   to  employ   only  such
                  Sub-contractors as are capable of contributing  effectively to
                  the express aims of the Call-Off Contracts.

         22.2.    The   Contractor   shall  have  the  right  to  appoint  as  a
                  Sub-contractor:

                  22.2.1.  Any  Contractors  Associated  Company  without  NBA's
                           consent; and

                  22.2.2.  Any Third Party, subject to NBA's consent.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 27 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
         22.3.    NBA shall have the right to nominate  certain  Sub-contractors
                  for the provision of the Services  subject to agreement of the
                  Contractor such agreement not to be unreasonably  withheld and
                  provided that,  where the Contractor can demonstrate  that the
                  use of such  Sub-contractors  would  materially  prejudice the
                  Contractor's  ability  to reduce  Actual  Costs,  then NBA and
                  Contractor  shall agree to an  appropriate  adjustment  to the
                  Targets.

         22.4.    The Contractor's use of  Sub-contractors of any type shall not
                  relieve the Contractor from contractual obligations.

         22.5.    Sub-contractor  costs  will  consist  of  direct  costs to the
                  Contractor for services obtained from a Sub-contractor  plus a
                  ******** handling fee.


23.      ASSIGNMENTS AND SUB-LETTING

         23.1.    The Contractor  shall not seek to assign or sub-let any of its
                  rights,  liabilities or  obligations  under this Agreement (if
                  any)  without  NBA's prior  written  consent.  Such consent to
                  assign or sub-let  shall not  relieve  the  Contractor  of any
                  liability or obligation under a Call-Off Contract.

         23.2.    NBA  reserves the right to assign or sub-let the whole or part
                  of  its  rights,   liabilities  and  obligations   under  this
                  Agreement (if any) to any  Associated  Company of NBA upon the
                  same terms and  conditions as those agreed between the Parties
                  without the consent of the  Contractor  and to any Third Party
                  with the  consent of the  Contractor,  such  consent not to be
                  unreasonably withheld.


24.      EMPLOYMENT OF FORMER NBA EMPLOYEES

         24.1.    The  Contractor  shall be free to offer any number of relevant
                  NBA  employees  new  contracts of employment on its own terms.
                  NBA will,  if such NBA  employees  shall  individually  agree,
                  provide the Contractor  with  appropriate  HR information  and
                  material for the purpose of assisting the Contractor to choose
                  individuals to whom offers of employment might be made.

         24.2.    The  Contractor  will use a best  effort to hire at least five
                  qualified   NBA  employees  who  will  be  displaced  by  this
                  Agreement.  This best effort  will  include but not be limited
                  to, employee  presentations  concerning GCI  opportunities and
                  interviewing  all interested  NBA personnel  displaced by this
                  agreement.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 28 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
25.      EMPLOYEE RELATIONS AND TRAINING

         25.1.    The Contractor  shall  implement and maintain  recruitment and
                  training  programs for the purpose of ensuring  that  adequate
                  levels of trained and  motivated  personnel  are available for
                  the provision of the Services.

         25.2.    The Parties  shall agree to the  principle  of  Secondment  of
                  employees as defined in Annex A for purposes  associated  with
                  the Services or in connection with other relevant  business of
                  NBA.

         25.3.    Unless otherwise  agreed between the Parties,  during the term
                  of this  Agreement or a Call-Off  Contract  neither Party to a
                  Call-Off   Contract   shall  attempt  to  induce  the  other's
                  employees  to  work  for  the  other.  However,   should  such
                  employees  of their  own  accord  express a wish to work for a
                  Party,  then that Party shall not be prevented  from  engaging
                  such employees either by direct  employment or through a Third
                  Party.

         25.4.    Consistent  with the  objectives of achieving a close business
                  relationship  between  NBA and  the  Contractor  employees  of
                  either  Party  shall be  invited  to join and  participate  in
                  seminars,  presentations and other forums, whether internal or
                  external to NBA or the  Contractor,  which are relevant to the
                  provision of the Services.


26.      CONTRACTOR'S PERSONNEL

         26.1.    If at any time and for any reason the  Contractor's  personnel
                  do not perform their duties to the reasonable  satisfaction of
                  NBA, the Contractor  accepts that it should  provide  suitable
                  replacements as soon as practicable.

         26.2.    The Contractor  shall  undertake not to deploy in the Services
                  any  personnel the  Contractor  may  reasonably  believe to be
                  unacceptable to NBA.


27.      FATAL ACCIDENT, INJURY AND DAMAGE TO PROPERTY

         27.1.    The Contractor  shall indemnify NBA and hold NBA harmless from
                  and against any and all liability for death, illness or injury
                  to any  Third  Party or for  loss of or  damage  to any  Third
                  Party's property and against all claims, demands,  proceedings
                  and causes of action  resulting  therefrom  and arising out of
                  breach of contract,  breach of statutory duty or negligence on
                  the part of the Contractor or its  Sub-contractors , or agents
                  in the provision of the Services and the performance of any of
                  their obligations under any Call-Off Contract.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 29 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
         27.2.    NBA shall  indemnify the  Contractor  and hold the  Contractor
                  harmless  from and  against any and all  liability  for death,
                  illness or injury to any Third  Party or for loss of or damage
                  to any Third Party's property and against all claims, demands,
                  proceedings  and  causes of  action  resulting  therefrom  and
                  arising out of breach of contract, breach of statutory duty or
                  negligence on the part of NBA, its  Sub-contractors  or agents
                  (excluding the Contractor  and any of its  Sub-contractors  or
                  agents) in relation to the Services and the performance of any
                  of its obligations under any Call-Off Contract.

         27.3.    The indemnities referred to in Sub-sections 27.1 to 27.2 above
                  shall not be subject to the limitation of liability provisions
                  contained in Sub-section 29.2.


28.      INSURANCE

         28.1.    The Contractor  shall  maintain full and sufficient  insurance
                  coverage  in  respect  of its  liabilities  under  a  Call-Off
                  Contract  and  to  fulfill  any  statutory   requirements   of
                  government  or  other  appropriate  bodies  including  but not
                  limited to the  provision of personal  accident  insurance for
                  their personnel.  For the avoidance of doubt, it is recognized
                  that where personnel are provided by any  Sub-contractor,  the
                  Contractor  may require  the  Sub-contractor  to provide  such
                  personal accident insurance.

         28.2.    The Parties shall ensure that each others  interests are noted
                  in all general liability  policies subject to policy terms and
                  conditions  and  only  to  the  extent  necessary  to  provide
                  coverage under the other Party's  insurances for the liability
                  assumed by that  Party  under a  Call-Off  Contract  and shall
                  supply  evidence of all insurances  required  pursuant to this
                  Section 28 to each other upon request.

         28.3.    The  Contractor  shall  self-insure  or maintain  insurance in
                  respect of the full replacement value of Contractor Equipment.

         28.4.    The Parties shall obtain from their respective  underwriters a
                  waiver of all rights of  subrogation  against  the other Party
                  including its employees,  Associated  Companies,  co-venturers
                  and  Sub-Contractors,  and such waiver shall be endorsed  upon
                  all such policies of insurance.


29.      LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

         29.1.    With respect to any claim for damages arising  pursuant to any
                  Call-Off  Contract the maximum  liability for any claim and/or
                  all  claims  against  a  Party  for  damages  shall  with  the
                  exception  of sums due and owing in  respect to  Services,  be
                  limited to an amount  equal in any one Year to 

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 30 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                  $300,000 or 10% of the amount  invoiced by the  Contractor  in
                  the 12 months  preceding  the claim or  claims,  whichever  is
                  greater;  subject  always  that any such  claim  shall be time
                  barred and  invalid if not  notified by one Party to the other
                  within a period  of 12 months  taken  from the later of either
                  the date when the  cause of action  arose or the date when the
                  Party seeking  damages ought  reasonably to have been aware of
                  the  existence of such a claim and provided  that in the first
                  Year of a Call-Off  Contract the reference in this Sub-section
                  to amounts invoiced in the 12 months preceding the claim shall
                  instead be  limited by  reference  to  $300,000  or 10% of the
                  Target for that Year, whichever is greater.

         29.2.    In  any  event  and  under  no  circumstances,  including  the
                  negligent  act or  omission  of  itself or its  agents,  shall
                  either  Party  be  liable  to the  other  whether  under  this
                  Agreement,  the  Call-Off  Contracts or otherwise in contract,
                  tort,  breach of statutory duty or otherwise in respect of any
                  loss of revenue, business, contracts,  anticipated savings, or
                  profits  or  commercial  opportunities  or in  respect  of any
                  indirect or consequential loss whatsoever.

         29.3.    For the  avoidance of doubt  neither  Party to this  Agreement
                  shall be liable  under this  Agreement  for any default by the
                  Parties  to any  Call-Off  Contract  , or as a  result  of any
                  request  to/or  demand  made  of  the  Parties  to a  Call-Off
                  Contract by the Parties to this Agreement.

         29.4.    The  provisions of this  Sub-section  shall  continue to apply
                  notwithstanding the termination or expiry of this Agreement or
                  relevant Call-Off Contract for any reason whatsoever.


30.      INDEMNIFICATION

         Whenever a Party has an obligation  to indemnify the other  pursuant to
         this  Framework  Agreement or a Call-Off  Contract the following  shall
         apply:

         30.1.    The Party claiming the right to be indemnified  (the "Claiming
                  Party") shall give notice to the other Party which may have an
                  indemnifying  obligation  ("Indemnifying  Party"). Such notice
                  shall set  forth a  description  of the claim or claims  which
                  entitle the Claiming Party to such  indemnification  and shall
                  recite that such claim is made  pursuant to this  Agreement or
                  Call-Off  Contract and shall further  identify the  applicable
                  Section raising the indemnification  obligation.  Notice shall
                  be given as soon as  practicable  after the Claiming Party has
                  learned of the existence of a claim for indemnification.

         30.2.    Upon  receipt  of the  notice  set forth in  Sub-section  30.1
                  above,  the  Indemnifying  Party  will  pay  promptly  to  the
                  Claiming  Party being  indemnified  the amount of all damages,
                  deficiencies,  liabilities,  and costs, 

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 31 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                  expenses,  claims which the Indemnifying  Party shall agree to
                  be due and owing or, in the absence of  agreement,  as finally
                  adjudged  to be due and  owing  by a  competent  court  of law
                  having  jurisdiction  over  this  Agreement  or  the  Call-Off
                  Contracts.   The  Indemnifying  Party  shall  be  entitled  to
                  participate in the defense of any such claim or action and, to
                  the extent it wishes to assume the defense  thereof with legal
                  counsel of its choosing.  The Claiming Party may object to the
                  assumption  of the defense of the alleged  claim subject to it
                  waiving  its  rights to  indemnification  in  respect  of such
                  claim.  Upon notice by the Indemnifying  Party of its election
                  to assume  the  defense,  the  Indemnifying  Party will not be
                  liable to the Claiming  Party for any legal or other  expenses
                  subsequently incurred by the Claiming Party in connection with
                  the defense thereof.  The Claiming Party may not compromise or
                  settle any claim for which it has  asserted  or may assert its
                  indemnification right without the prior written consent of the
                  Indemnifying  Party,  which consent shall not be  unreasonably
                  withheld.  The Claiming Party shall reasonably  cooperate with
                  the Indemnifying Party in conducting the defense of any claim.

         30.3.    Except as  otherwise  agreed  the amount of  damages,  losses,
                  deficiencies, costs and expenses incurred or suffered to which
                  indemnification   pursuant  to  this   Agreement  or  Call-Off
                  Contract relates shall be subject to the limitations  referred
                  to in Section 29.


31.      INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

         In the performance of the Services pursuant to a Call-Off Contract, the
         Contractor  shall be an  independent  contractor  and  nothing  in this
         Agreement or any Call-Off  Contract shall create or be deemed to create
         a  partnership  or,  except as  specifically  provided in any  Call-Off
         Contract,   a  relationship   of  principal  and  agent  or  any  other
         relationship  of a similar nature.  Except as specifically  provided in
         the Call-Off Contract,  neither Party shall have the power or authority
         to bind the other Party in any way.


32.      INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

         32.1.    If in the course of providing the  Services,  NBA requests and
                  the Contractor agrees to create any process, document or other
                  material to the specification of NBA, not being an enhancement
                  of an existing product (the "Property"), then the copyright or
                  other intellectual property right and all legal and beneficial
                  rights therein shall belong to NBA and the Contractor shall be
                  permitted to use such  Property  only to the extent  necessary
                  for the provision of the Services.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 32 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
         32.2.    If in the course of  providing  the  Services  (other  than as
                  specified in Sub-section 32.1) the Contractor its employees or
                  agents create any process document or other material solely in
                  order  to  provide  the  Services  and  the  entire  costs  of
                  development have been included in Actual Costs, then copyright
                  or  other  intellectual  property  right  and  all  legal  and
                  beneficial  rights  therein  shall  belong to the  Contractor,
                  subject  to the right for NBA to  require at any time that the
                  Contractor   shall   grant  NBA  a   non-exclusive   perpetual
                  royalty-free  license  for  the  use  of the  Property  to the
                  exclusion of any rights to  sub-license  to any Third Parties.
                  Any  material  development  of the  type  envisioned  in  this
                  Sub-Clause  32.2  initiated by the Contractor in the course of
                  and as part of providing the Services  shall be subject to the
                  prior   agreement  of  NBA.  The  Parties  shall  execute  any
                  arrangement or other instrument which may be necessary to give
                  effect to this provisions of this Sub-section 32.2.

         32.3.    Save  as  provided  for in  Sub-sections  32.1  and  32.2  all
                  copyright or  intellectual  rights in any process  document or
                  other  material  created by the  Contractor  its  employees or
                  agents  and all  legal and  beneficial  rights  therein  shall
                  belong to the Contractor  subject to the  Contractor  granting
                  NBA a royalty free license to the use of such Property for the
                  duration  of  the  Services  and  solely  in  relation  to the
                  Services.

         32.4.    In the event that NBA has developed or may develop or may have
                  had  developed  on  its  behalf  certain   software  or  other
                  intellectual  property  (the NBA  Software)  the  copyright or
                  other  intellectual  property rights shall reside with NBA and
                  all legal and beneficial  rights therein shall be owned by NBA
                  and the Contractor  shall have no right to the use of such NBA
                  Software other than for the purpose of providing the Services.

         32.5.    The Contractor  shall indemnify NBA and hold NBA harmless from
                  and against all actions,  claims,  demands, costs, charges and
                  expenses arising in any jurisdiction  from any infringement or
                  alleged  infringement  of letters patent,  design,  copyright,
                  trade marks or other intellectual  property rights arising out
                  of  or  in  connection  with  the  performance  of a  Call-Off
                  Contract by the Contractor, its Sub-Contractors, or suppliers.
                  NBA  shall  indemnify  the  Contractor   against  any  claims,
                  proceedings  and  expenses  arising in any  jurisdiction  from
                  infringement  or alleged  infringement  of any letters patent,
                  design,  copyright,  trademark or other intellectual  property
                  rights by reason of the use by the Contractor of NBA owned (or
                  equipment  provided by NBA)  equipment.  NBA Software or Third
                  Party  Software not provided or supplied by the Contractor for
                  use in combination with Contractor Equipment,  the Software or
                  the Network.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 33 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
         32.6.    To the extent practicable the Contractor shall only enter into
                  commitments with  Sub-Contractors  and purchase  materials and
                  equipment for use under a Call-Off  Contracts  from  suppliers
                  who will agree to in writing to indemnify and keep indemnified
                  the Contractor  against any claims for infringement or alleged
                  infringement of letters patent, design, copyright, trade marks
                  or other intellectual property rights.

         32.7.    If at any time an allegation of  infringement  of copyright is
                  made in respect of the Software  [provided by the  Contractor]
                  in the  provision of the Services,  or if in the  Contractor's
                  reasonable  opinion such an  allegation  is likely to be made,
                  the  Contractor  shall at its own  expense  either  modify  or
                  replace the Software so as to avoid the infringement,  without
                  detracting from overall performance.


33.      MINIMUM CONDITIONS OF SATISFACTION

         The Contractor agrees to provide NBA services which meet the conditions
         outlined in Annex C.


34.      SECURITY

         34.1.    General

                  34.1.1.  NBA reserves the right to establish  written policies
                           and  procedures   for  general   application  to  the
                           Contractor's   personnel   and  of  all  Third  Party
                           contractors on any Site which is substantially  under
                           the control of NBA. Whenever reasonably  practicable,
                           NBA  shall  consult  with  the  Contractor  prior  to
                           establishing  such  policies  and  procedures.   Such
                           policies  and  procedures  may cover  matters such as
                           health   and   safety,    reporting    of   disputes,
                           familiarization  and training,  offshore  procedures,
                           disciplinary standards and action,  inclement weather
                           working,  arrangements  for  coordination  industrial
                           relations  matters on any site and any other  similar
                           matters  considered to be appropriate by NBA. Current
                           and appropriate NBA policies and procedures  relevant
                           to the Call-Off Contract shall be listed,  but not by
                           way of  limitation,  in  Schedule  4 to the  Call-Off
                           Contract.

                  34.1.2.  Each Party shall  comply  with and shall  ensure that
                           its   employees   and  agents  comply  with  security
                           regulations and policy  standards,  codes of practice
                           and other  regulations in force at each others' sites
                           and shall ensure that copies of such  regulations and
                           policies  are made  available to each other and their
                           respective   employees  and  agents.  Each  Party  in
                           relation to premises  controlled  by it reserves  

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 34 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                           the right where there is reasonable  cause to exclude
                           any employee or agent of the other from entering onto
                           such premises.

                  34.1.3.  The Parties shall report  forthwith to each other all
                           identified  attempts  (whether  successful or not) by
                           unauthorized persons (including  unauthorized persons
                           who are employees of the Contractor or NBA) either to
                           gain  access  to or  interfere  with  the  Data,  the
                           Facilities,    the   Network,   or   either   Party's
                           confidential information.

         34.2.    Data

                  34.2.1.  The Contractor shall maintain fully adequate security
                           safeguards  which  are no less  rigorous  than  those
                           requirements  listed in the Scope of Work against the
                           destruction or loss or unauthorized use or alteration
                           of Data and Software  whether the Data or Software is
                           stored  on  the  Contractor  Equipment  or  on  other
                           storage  media under the  Contractor's  management or
                           control  as part  of the  Services.  Such  safeguards
                           shall  include an  obligation  on the  Contractor  to
                           ensure  that  access  to Data  and  Software  is only
                           available to such  personnel  as may be  specifically
                           designated  by NBA  (Authorized  Users or as provided
                           for in Sub-section 34.4).

                  34.2.2.  NBA's data (both  financial and customer  records) is
                           of utmost value and any  unauthorized  disclosure  of
                           this  information  by the  Contractor  is a  Material
                           Breach of the agreement.

         34.3.    Disaster Recovery

                  The  Contractor  shall  assist NBA in meeting  all  regulatory
                  requirements   pertaining   to   Disaster   Recovery   and  in
                  cooperation  with  NBA  and  M&I  implement  procedures  and a
                  schedule  for  testing  these  procedures  within the Scope of
                  Work.

         34.4.    Authorized Access to Systems

                  34.4.1.  A list of Authorized Users shall be maintained by NBA
                           and  coordinated  with M&I so that a total  uniformly
                           applied  process of security  is in place.  An Access
                           Code shall be allocated to each such Authorized User.

                  34.4.2.  The   Contractor   shall  have  the  right  with  the
                           agreement of NBA (not to be unreasonably withheld) to
                           withdraw  any Access  Code and  allocate a new Access
                           Code  to NBA  where  the  Contractor  has  reason  to
                           believe  the Access Code has been  discovered  and/or
                           used by a person  without the  knowledge,  consent or
                           permission,   express  or  implied,   of  NBA,  their
                           employees or agents.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 35 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                  34.4.3.  The Contractor  shall subject to the  requirements of
                           Sub-section  35.4  have  the  right to  withdraw  any
                           Access  Code  from NBA if the  Call-Off  Contract  is
                           terminated.

                  34.4.4.  Any Access Code allocated to NBA by the Contractor is
                           confidential  and  personal  to  NBA  and  NBA  shall
                           exercise  reasonable  endeavors  to keep  its  Access
                           Codes safeguarded.

                  34.4.5.  NBA shall:

                           34.4.5.1.  Use the Access  Codes in  accordance  with
                                      the reasonable written  instructions given
                                      by or on behalf of the  Contractor  to NBA
                                      from time to time; and

                           34.4.5.2.  Notify  the  Contractor   promptly  orally
                                      (confirmed  in  writing)  where  there are
                                      reasonable   grounds  for   suspecting  or
                                      believing  that a person has discovered or
                                      is making use of any Access  Code  without
                                      the  knowledge,  consent or  permission of
                                      the  Contractor,  NBA, their  employees or
                                      agents.


35.      ACCESS

         35.1.    Access to Premises

                  To enable the Parties  expeditiously  and properly to exercise
                  their  respective  rights  and  obligations  under a  Call-Off
                  Contract   including,   without   limitation,   the  delivery,
                  installation, inspection, maintenance, testing, disconnection,
                  alteration  or renewal of the  Facilities or any part thereof,
                  or for the  purposes  of audit,  each  Party  shall  permit or
                  ensure permission for the other Party and any other authorized
                  person(s)  to have  reasonable  access  to the  Sites  and the
                  Facilities  (including the Contractor's  premises and systems)
                  and shall  provide  each other with or ensure such  facilities
                  and cooperation as each Party shall reasonably request.

         35.2.    Access to Information

                  Each Party  undertakes  promptly  to provide  the other  Party
                  (free of charge)  with all such  information  and  cooperation
                  that may  reasonably  be required and which the first Party is
                  able to provide from time to time to enable the other Party to
                  proceed   uninterruptedly   with   the   performance   of  its
                  obligations under the Contract.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 36 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
36.      CONFIDENTIALITY

         36.1.    All  information  obtained  relative  to NBA or Third  Parties
                  connected  with  the  business  of NBA by  the  Contractor  or
                  Contractor's  or  its  Sub-contractors  or  agents  for  or in
                  connection  with  this  Agreement  and any  Call-Off  Contract
                  including negotiations and site visits and during the meetings
                  of the  Telecommunications  Review  Board shall be  considered
                  confidential  and  shall  not be  used by the  Contractor  its
                  Sub-contractors,  employees  or  agents  other  than  for  the
                  purposes of the Services,  or divulged by the Contractor,  its
                  Sub-contractors,  employees  or  agents  to  any  Third  Party
                  person,  firm or  corporation  other than in  accordance  with
                  NBA's prior written instructions or consent.

         36.2.    All  information  obtained  relative  to the  business  of the
                  Contractor  by NBA  or  NBA's  Sub-contractors  or  agents  in
                  connection  with  this  Agreement  and any  Call-Off  Contract
                  including  negotiations  and site visits to the  Contractor or
                  during meetings of the  Telecommunications  Review Board shall
                  be considered confidential and shall not be used by NBA or its
                  Sub-contractors   employees  or  agents  other  than  for  the
                  purposes  of  the   Services   nor  divulged  by  NBA  or  its
                  Sub-contractors, employees or agents to any Third Party person
                  firm or  corporation  other than in accordance  with the prior
                  written consent of the Contractor.

         36.3.    Provided  that  for  the  purposes  of  this  Section  36 such
                  information shall be deemed not to be of a confidential nature
                  to the extent that it is:

                  36.3.1.  Information  which  was in the  public  domain at the
                           time of  disclosure  or which  comes  into the public
                           domain   otherwise   than   through  the  default  or
                           negligence of the recipient; or

                  36.3.2.  Information  which was known to the recipient,  under
                           no   obligation  of   confidence,   at  the  time  of
                           disclosure by the other; or

                  36.3.3.  Confidential  information  which the receiving  Party
                           can show had been  developed by or for the  receiving
                           Party at any time  independently  of any  information
                           disclosed  to it by  the  disclosing  Party,  or by a
                           person  who  had no  access  to or  knowledge  of the
                           confidential information;

                  36.3.4.  Confidential  information  the disclosure of which is
                           required by law,  subject to the  notification by the
                           receiving Party of that requirement at least two days
                           prior to its disclosure;

                  36.3.5.  Information  which has been lawfully  obtained by the
                           recipient  from a  Third  Party  who in  making  such
                           disclosure  breaches no  obligation  of confidence to
                           the other;

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 37 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                  36.3.6.  Confidential  information which is disclosed with the
                           prior written permission of the disclosing Party.

         36.4.    Notwithstanding  Sub-section  36.3 NBA and the  Contractor and
                  their  respective  Associated  Companies shall be permitted to
                  disclose   confidential   information   to  their   respective
                  employees,   Sub-contractors   and  agents  who  are  directly
                  involved  in  Call-Off  Contracts  provided  that  each  Party
                  ensures that such  employees,  Sub-contractors  and agents are
                  made  aware  of,  agree to abide by and duly  comply  with the
                  obligations set out in this Section 36.

         36.5.    The obligations relating to confidentiality in this Section 36
                  shall remain valid and  subsisting for a period of three years
                  (3) from  the  effective  date of  termination  withdrawal  or
                  removal  notwithstanding  termination  of the Agreement or any
                  Call-Off  Contract or withdrawal or removal of the  Contractor
                  from the  Telecommunications  Review  Board.  In the  event of
                  termination  of this  Agreement  or  Call-Off  Contract(s)  or
                  withdrawal  or removal as aforesaid  both Parties shall within
                  thirty (30) Working Days individually  return all confidential
                  information  and data which is the property of the other Party
                  together  with  all  copies  of all  material  then  in  their
                  possession  relating to the Services which is confidential and
                  in which  it  cannot  claim  any  title  or other  proprietary
                  rights.  There  is no  time  limitation  on  the  Contractor's
                  obligation to maintain confidentiality.

         36.6.    The  Contractor's  personnel  working  on NBA  Sites  will  be
                  required  to sign a  Letter  of  Confidentiality  in the  form
                  annexed as Schedule 6 to a Call Off Contract.

         36.7.    Nothing in this  Agreement  shall imply an  obligation  on any
                  Party to supply confidential information.


37.      DATA PROTECTION

         In the  course  of  providing  the  Services  the  Contractor  will  be
         compiling,  processing and storing  personal data for NBA. NBA shall be
         responsible for notifying the Contractor of NBA's requirements  arising
         from the  provision  by the  Contractor  of the  Services.  The Parties
         represent  and warrant  that they will  comply  with their  appropriate
         obligations under all data protection legislation in force from time to
         time.  Each Party shall  indemnify  the other  against any  liabilities
         costs or expenses arising out of or relating to that Party's failure to
         comply with such legislation.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 38 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
38.      SECURITY AUDIT

         38.1.    Without  prejudice to its other obligations under this Section
                  38, the Contractor shall in respect of each Call-Off  Contract
                  permit  the   designated   NBA   officer  or  his   authorized
                  representative  (the  "Auditor"),  upon ten (10)  Working Days
                  written  notice to have access  during each Working Day to the
                  premises  of  the  Contractor  used  in the  provision  of the
                  Services to examine, only with respect to the provision of the
                  Services, the arrangements made by the Contractor on behalf of
                  NBA with respect to the security,  integrity and  availability
                  of Data and  documentation  relating thereto and access to the
                  Network.

         38.2.    The  frequency  of  audits   conducted  in   accordance   with
                  Sub-section  38.1 shall be at the  discretion  of NBA provided
                  always that NBA shall endeavor to conduct such audits with the
                  lowest levels of  inconvenience  and  disturbance  practicable
                  being caused to the Contractor.

         38.3.    The Contractor shall ensure that the provisions of Sub-section
                  38.1 are facilitated by rights to be included in all contracts
                  the Contractor shall enter into with its Associated  Companies
                  and shall also (subject to regulatory constraints) endeavor to
                  achieve the same rights with  Sub-Contractors,  suppliers  and
                  agents who supply labor,  services,  equipment or materials in
                  respect of the Services and which impact on security integrity
                  and  availability  of  the  Data  and  documentation  relating
                  thereto or access to the Network.  The Contractor shall inform
                  NBA prior to  concluding  any  sub-contract  of any failure to
                  achieve  the  same  rights  of  audit   referred  to  in  this
                  Sub-section.

         38.4.    Subject to  Sub-section  38.3, NBA shall have the right singly
                  or as a party  with  the  Contractor  to  conduct  an audit of
                  Sub-Contractor's  and suppliers'  systems and procedures  with
                  respect to security,  integrity and  availability  of Data and
                  documentation  related thereto and access to the Network.  The
                  selection of  Sub-Contractors or suppliers to be audited shall
                  be  determined  by NBA.  Such  audits  shall be carried out at
                  Sub-Contractors'   or  suppliers'   premises  or  sites.   The
                  Contractor,  Sub-Contractors  and other  suppliers  shall make
                  every reasonable effort to cooperate with NBA in effecting the
                  audits.

         38.5.    The  Contractor  shall  ensure that its  Associated  Companies
                  shall  maintain  true and correct  records  and  documentation
                  relating  thereto in connection  with audit  described in this
                  Section  38. In  relation to  Sub-Contractors,  suppliers  and
                  agents  the  Contractor  shall  endeavor  to  ensure  the same
                  standards referred to above. Retention of all such records and
                  documentation  by the Contractor  shall be for a period of not
                  less than 24 months.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 39 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
         38.6.    Any change or amendment to the systems and  procedures  of the
                  Contractor,   Associated   Companies  of  the   Contractor  or
                  Sub-contractors  arising from the security  audit report shall
                  be  agreed  to  within  thirty  (30)  Working  Days  from  the
                  submission of the said report.

         38.7.    Nothing in this Section 38 shall be deemed to limit the rights
                  of NBA to make  enquiries  or challenge at any time any system
                  or procedure of the  Contractor  and to require the Contractor
                  to demonstrate the  reasonableness or efficiency of any system
                  or procedure.


39.      COMMENCEMENT, DURATION AND TERMINATION OF
         CALL-OFF CONTRACTS

         39.1.    The   commencement,   duration  and   termination   provisions
                  applicable to each Call-Off  Contract shall be as specified in
                  the  Call-Off  Contract  and  subject  to the  terms  of  this
                  Agreement.

         39.2.    The initial term of each Call-Off  Contract shall not exceed a
                  period  of twelve  months  (12) in total  from the  applicable
                  Commencement Date.

         39.3.    A Call-Off Contract may be terminated by a Party or Parties as
                  specified herein:

                  39.3.1.  Termination for insolvency

                           Either Party to a Call-Off Contract shall be entitled
                           to serve written notice on the other to terminate the
                           relevant  Call-Off  Contract with immediate effect in
                           the  event  that a  liquidator  (other  than  for the
                           purpose   of   amalgamation    or    reconstruction),
                           administrative receiver, administrator or receiver is
                           appointed in respect of the whole or a material  part
                           of the assets and/or  undertaking  of the other Party
                           or the other  Party  enters  into an  arrangement  or
                           composition  with  its  creditors,  or if it  becomes
                           unable to pay its debts.

                  39.3.2.  Termination for Material Default

                           Either Party may terminate  this  Agreement or a Call
                           Off  Contract  where  the  other  Party  shall  be in
                           Material  Default  of its  obligations  as defined in
                           Annex A under this Agreement or a Call-Off  Contract.
                           In the event of Material  Default the  non-defaulting
                           Party may  terminate  this  Agreement or the relevant
                           Call-Off  Contract  by serving  not less than  thirty
                           days (30)  notice on the  other  Party or such  other
                           period of notice as shall be agreed.  If the material
                           default is cured  within the period  specified in the
                           notice the said notice shall lapse. For the avoidance
                           of doubt,  

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 40 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                           there shall be no requirement for a cure period where
                           the material default is not capable of cure.

                  39.3.3.  NBA's right to  terminate  by giving  sixty days (60)
                           notice

                           NBA may  terminate  any  Call-Off  Contract for NBA's
                           convenience   by   serving   at  any  time  upon  the
                           Contractor  notice of termination not less than sixty
                           days  (60)  prior  to  the  effective  date  of  such
                           termination, ("termination date").

                  39.3.4.  Mutual  termination  for  failure  to  agree  to on a
                           Target

                           Where both  Parties have failed to agree by September
                           30 of any Year on a Target,  Incentive, or Margin for
                           the following Year,  then notice of termination  will
                           be  deemed  given  on such  date.  In such  case  the
                           relevant   Call-Off   Contract  shall   terminate  on
                           December 31 of the current Year.

                           Notices given pursuant to this Sub-section  39.3. are
                           revocable until and unless the Parties have agreed to
                           the transition  plan  described in  Sub-section  39.4
                           below.

         39.4.    Transition after notice of termination

                  The  Parties  shall   cooperate  fully  with  one  another  to
                  facilitate  within the notice periods described above a smooth
                  transition  of the Services  from  Contractor  to NBA or NBA's
                  designated  contractor.  To that end the Parties shall meet in
                  good  faith  as soon as  practicable  and in no event no later
                  than  thirty  days  (30)  from  the  receipt  of a  notice  of
                  termination  to agree to a  transition  plan which  shall take
                  into account  interalia,  the items enumerated in Sub-sections
                  39.5.  Throughout the period of notice, the Target, Margin and
                  Incentives,  shall be  those  in force at the time the  notice
                  period commenced.

         39.5.    Compensation in the event of termination

                  Termination of a Call-Off  Contract  pursuant to  Sub-sections
                  39.3.1 through 39.3.4 shall require that  compensation be paid
                  in the following manner:

                  39.5.1.  In  the   event   of  a   termination   pursuant   to
                           Sub-sections  39.3.1  or  39.3.2  where  NBA  is  the
                           insolvent or defaulting Party, and 39.3.3,  NBA shall
                           pay to the  Contractor  (i) Stranded  Costs unique to
                           NBA as defined in Sub-section  39.7.2;  (ii) Residual
                           Value of all assets relating solely to the terminated
                           Call-Off Contract;  (iii) Margins with respect to (i)
                           and (ii)  above;  and (iv)  payment  pur-

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 41 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                           suant to the relevant  Call-Off Contract for Services
                           rendered prior to the termination date.

                  39.5.2.  In the event of a termination pursuant to Sub-section
                           39.3.1 where the  Contractor is the insolvent  Party,
                           NBA shall pay to the Contractor only payment pursuant
                           to  the  relevant   Call-Off  Contract  for  Services
                           rendered prior to the termination date.

                  39.5.3.  In the event of a termination pursuant to Sub-section
                           39.3.2 where the Contractor is the defaulting  Party,
                           NBA shall pay to the  Contractor:  (i) Stranded Costs
                           unique to NBA as defined in  Sub-section  39.7.2 with
                           the   exception  of  any  early   termination   costs
                           associated  with  Contractor-branded  Services;  (ii)
                           Residual Value of all assets  relating  solely to the
                           terminated    Call-Off   Contract   as   defined   in
                           Sub-section 39.7.4; (iii) Margins with respect to (i)
                           and (ii)  above;  and (iv)  payment  pursuant  to the
                           relevant  Call-Off  Contract  for  Services  rendered
                           prior to the termination date.

                  39.5.4.  Notwithstanding  the  obligations  contained  in this
                           Sub-section  39.5,  upon  receipt  of notice of early
                           termination  served  pursuant  to Section  39.3.  the
                           Contractor shall consult with NBA and give in writing
                           an estimate of the extent of NBA's  exposure  for the
                           foregoing   obligations,   commitments,   claims  and
                           expenses under this Sub-section 39.5 to NBA.

                  39.5.5.  The  obligations  with  respect  to  payments  of the
                           Residual Value referred to in Sub-sections 39.5.1 and
                           39.5.2  shall  be  subject  to  the  ability  of  the
                           Contractor  to  transfer  to NBA free of  charge  the
                           interests stipulated in Sub-section 39.6.

                  39.5.6.  The  obligations  with  respect  to  payments  of the
                           Residual Value referred to in Sub-sections 39.5.2 and
                           39.5.3  shall  be  subject  to  the  ability  of  the
                           Contractor  to  transfer  to NBA free of  charge  the
                           interests stipulated in Sub-section 39.6

         39.6.    Upon termination or expiry of any Call-Off  Contract NBA shall
                  have the right:

                  39.6.1.  Subject  to the  terms  of  contracts  with  and  the
                           agreement  of relevant  Third  Parties and upon where
                           appropriate   making  the  payment   referred  to  in
                           Sub-section  39.5, to require by notice the purchase,
                           transfer,  assignment  or  return to NBA or any Third
                           Party of all equipment,  leases, licenses,  contracts
                           or other assets used exclusively for the provision of
                           the Services and of hard copy and/or machine readable
                           copies  of all NBA data and  information  held by the
                           Contractor pursuant to the provision of 

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 42 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                           the Services.  NBA shall  exercise such rights within
                           thirty days (30) of the effective date of termination
                           and the Parties shall undertake to cooperate fully to
                           facilitate  such  purchase or  transfer as  aforesaid
                           including where required by NBA cooperation  with any
                           Third Party.

                  39.6.2.  Upon reasonable  notice, to enter and take possession
                           of hard copy and/or  machine  readable  copies of all
                           NBA data and  information  held by  Contractor  or to
                           require the delivery of all such data or  information
                           by any Third Party  holding such data or  information
                           on behalf of the Parties.

         39.7.    For the purposes of this Section 39:

                  39.7.1.  Any right to terminate  the Call-Off  Contract and to
                           be  compensated in accordance  with this  Sub-section
                           39.7.1 may only be  exercised in writing and shall be
                           the sole right or remedy  which the  Parties may have
                           except where expressly specified to the contrary.

                  39.7.2.  Stranded  Costs in this  Section  39 means all costs,
                           obligations,  commitments  and claims  not  otherwise
                           recoverable   (subject   to   Contractor's   duty  to
                           mitigate)  that the Contractor may have in good faith
                           reasonably  undertaken or incurred in connection with
                           the  relevant  NBA Call-Off  Contract  including  any
                           additional costs incurred by the Contractor in giving
                           effect to the agreed  transition plan of the Services
                           unless  express   provision  for  the  same  is  made
                           elsewhere  under the relevant NBA Call-Off  Contract.
                           This includes  costs related to early  termination of
                           commitments  extending  beyond the termination  date,
                           subject  however to the  requirement  that Contractor
                           shall have  obtained,  in all long term  supplier  or
                           sub-contract arrangements,  provisions for such early
                           termination  unless  otherwise  agreed in  advance by
                           NBA.

                  39.7.3.  NBA  will  not  be  responsible   for  any  costs  or
                           obligations committed to by the Contractor under this
                           Framework  Agreement  and the Call-Off  Contract that
                           goes beyond the end of the current Call-Off  Contract
                           period  (including  but not limited to  depreciation,
                           contract   cancellation   penalties   and   personnel
                           redeployment  penalties)  unless NBA has agreed to in
                           writing,   for  each   occurrence,   at  their   sole
                           discretion,  to accept  such  long term  obligations.
                           Contractor  will endeavor to provide  services  under
                           this  Framework   Agreement  and  Call-Off  Contracts
                           minimizing   the  number  and  amount  of  long  term
                           obligations affecting NBA.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 43 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                  39.7.4.  Residual  Value  in  this  Section  39  is  generally
                           defined in Annex A and includes  assets  purchased by
                           the  Contractor in order to provide  Services to NBA.
                           In Sub-section  39.5.3,  Residual Value is limited to
                           those assets  purchased by the Contractor  which: (i)
                           are located solely on NBA premises,  and/or (ii) have
                           been  purchased  for the sole  purpose of  supporting
                           NBA's unique telecommunications needs.


40.      REMEDIES

         Any  Material  Breach by the  Contractor  to comply  with the  relevant
         Service Level  Agreement  shall entitle NBA to terminate this Agreement
         or a relevant  Call-Off  Contract  under the  provisions of Sub-section
         39.3.2.  Other  deviations  from the relevant  Service Level  Agreement
         shall entitle NBA to invoke provisions of Sub-section  18.1.3.  Failure
         of the Contractor to meet the conversion deadline as mutually agreed to
         will result in  overlapping  costs for Network  Services  which will be
         borne by the Contractor.  The occurrence of overlapping  costs will not
         result in any adjustment of a relevant Target.

         40.1.    NBA and the Contractor  shall  individually and in addition to
                  the rights set out in  Sub-section  40.1,  be  entitled if the
                  failure or breach on the part of the other Party shall  amount
                  to a Material  Breach to recover  damages from the other Party
                  in accordance with and subject to the limitations provided for
                  in Section 29 or at the option of the Party  alleging  failure
                  or breach to serve,  in addition,  a notice of  termination in
                  accordance with Section 39.

         40.2.    The Parties shall  indemnify each other in accordance with the
                  terms  of  Section  30 in the  event  that the  Party  seeking
                  indemnification can demonstrate:

                  40.2.1.  That it was  induced  by the  other  Party  to act in
                           breach of applicable law in  circumstances  where the
                           existence  of the  alleged  breach was brought to the
                           attention of the other Party prior to the  commission
                           of the breach;

                  40.2.2.  That the claim in respect of which indemnification is
                           sought   relates  to  the  existence  of  an  alleged
                           partnership   debt   in   circumstances    where   no
                           partnership   was  intended  or  exists  between  the
                           Parties  or  was   confirmed  by  the  Party  seeking
                           indemnification  and where the responsibility for the
                           debt would  otherwise have vested solely in the Party
                           against whom indemnification is sought.

         40.3.    Indemnification  as set out in  Sub-section  40.2 shall not be
                  subject to the limitations set out in Sub-section 29.2.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 44 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
41.      AUTHORITIES AND GUARANTEES

         41.1.    The Parties hereby warrant that their  respective  signatories
                  to both this  Agreement  and any  Call-Off  Contract  are duly
                  authorized individuals acting pursuant to specific authorities
                  or   delegations   of  authority   and  that  copies  of  such
                  authorization or delegation will be produced upon request.

         41.2.    For the avoidance of doubt, the Contractor  acknowledges  that
                  entry by NBA into the terms of this  Agreement  is  subject to
                  the  provisions  of Section 2 and that the  Contractor's  only
                  recourse  in  relation  to any breach by NBA of the terms of a
                  Call-Off Contract is against the NBA Associated  Company which
                  was the  Party to that  Call-Off  Contract  and that  under no
                  circumstances  will any such recourse be sought against NBA in
                  its capacity as a Party to this Agreement.


42.      FORCE MAJEURE

         42.1.    Neither  Party to a Call-Off  Contract  shall be liable to the
                  other for any loss or  damage  which  may be  suffered  by the
                  other  due to  any  cause  beyond  either  Party's  reasonable
                  control ("force majeure") including without limitation any act
                  of God, severe Alaska weather  conditions  limiting travel and
                  outside  work,  catastrophic  failure  or  shortage  of  power
                  supplies due to chronic unreliability of commercially supplied
                  power,  earthquake,  volcanic eruptions,  flood,  lightning or
                  fire,  strike,  lock-out,  trade dispute or labor  disturbance
                  (other  than  within  either  Party's   Organization   or  any
                  Associated  Company of that  Party),  the act or  omission  of
                  Government, public telecommunications operators (excluding for
                  the avoidance of doubt the Contractor or an Associated Company
                  of the Contractor) or other competent authority, war, military
                  operations,  or  riot.  The  Party  seeking  to rely on  force
                  majeure shall as a condition  precedent to the availability of
                  this  defense  give full  particulars  in writing to the other
                  Party  of the  facts  or  circumstances  giving  rise to force
                  majeure  within three Working Days (3) of the  occurrence  and
                  thereafter  in respect  of  successive  occurrences  and shall
                  further  demonstrate  that it has and is taking all reasonable
                  measures to mitigate the events complained of.

         42.2.    Notwithstanding  the terms of this  Section 42 any  failure on
                  the  part  of the  Contractor  in  any  Call-Off  Contract  to
                  implement disaster  contingency  planning and full back-up and
                  other data  safeguards  in  accordance  with the Scope of Work
                  against  natural  disaster,  fire,  sabotage or other  similar
                  occurrence shall not be an event of force majeure.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 45 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
         42.3.    In the event that force majeure shall continue for a period in
                  excess of three  months  (3) either  Party may give  notice of
                  immediate  termination.  Termination  as  aforesaid  shall  be
                  deemed  to be  subject  to and on the  terms  of  Sub-sections
                  39.3.3 and 39.4.


43.      HEALTH AND SAFETY

         The  Parties  undertake  to comply in full with  applicable  health and
         safety  legislation,  regulations and procedures in force at the Sites,
         such  requirements  to take  precedence over any provisions of Call-Off
         Contracts or this Agreement.


44.      PUBLICITY

         It is accepted and agreed to that neither Party shall publish or permit
         to be published  either alone or in  conjunction  with any other person
         any  information,  article,  photograph,   illustration  or  any  other
         material of whatever kind relating to this Agreement or relative to the
         Call-Off  Contracts  or the  business  of  the  Parties  without  prior
         reference to and approval in writing from the other Party. Such consent
         shall  apply  to each  specific  application  and  relate  only to that
         application.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 46 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
45.      NOTICES

         45.1.    Any  notice  or other  document  which  may be given by either
                  Party under this  Agreement  shall be deemed to have been duly
                  given if left at or sent by pre-paid recorded delivery post or
                  facsimile  transmission  (confirmed by letter sent by pre-paid
                  recorded   delivery   post)  to  each  Party's   principal  or
                  registered  office  as set out  below as an  address  to which
                  notices and other documents may be sent:

                  NBA:              National Bank of Alaska (NBA)
                                    P.O. Box 100600
                                    Anchorage, Alaska 99510-0600
                                    Tel:         907-265-2860
                                    Fax:         907-265-2887
                                    Contact:     B. John Shipe
                                                 Executive Vice President

                  Contractor:       General Communication, Inc. (GCI)
                                    2550 Denali St.
                                    Suite 1000
                                    Anchorage, Alaska 99503
                                    Tel:         907-265-5600
                                    Fax:         907-265-5574
                                    Contact:     Richard A. Whitney, Director
                                                 Business Development


         45.2.    Any such  communication  shall be  deemed to have been made to
                  the other Party 4 days from the date of posting (if by letter)
                  and  if  by  facsimile   transmission   on  the  day  of  such
                  transmission  provided by the other Party the  original of the
                  communication  is  received  within  4  days  of the  date  of
                  transmission.


46.      VARIATIONS

         No amendment variation or other change to this Agreement shall be valid
         unless in writing and signed by both Parties.


47.      COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, REGULATIONS AND ETHICS

         47.1.    In addition to the obligations in this Agreement and generally
                  in  performing  the Services  both  Parties  accept that their
                  individual  conduct  shall at all times  comply with all laws,
                  rules and  regulations  of gov-

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 47 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                  ernment and other bodies having  jurisdiction over the area in
                  which the Services are undertaken.

         47.2.    The Contractor agrees to at all times to comply with and abide
                  by the terms of NBA's  Policy on Business  Conduct and Code of
                  Ethics  as  amended  from  time to time.  In the  event of any
                  conflict  between NBA's Policy on Business Conduct and Code of
                  Ethics and the  Contractor's  own code of  ethics,  the matter
                  shall be referred to the  Telecommunications  Review Board for
                  resolution  subject to the agreed  understanding that the best
                  practice shall prevail.


48.      PROFESSIONAL FEES

         48.1.    All  expenses  incurred  by  or  on  behalf  of  the  Parties,
                  including  all fees of  agents,  solicitors,  accountants  and
                  actuaries employed by either of the Parties in connection with
                  the  negotiation,  preparation and execution of this Agreement
                  and the Call-Off  Contracts shall be borne solely by the Party
                  which incurred them.

         48.2.    The expenses of the nature set forth in Sub-section 48.1 shall
                  subject to NBA's prior  written  approval be reimbursed by NBA
                  to the  Contractor  if incurred by the  Contractor  solely and
                  directly in the  implementation and or execution of a Call-Off
                  Contract  or  Transfer  Agreement,  including  those  expenses
                  related  to due  diligence  in  connection  with the  Transfer
                  Agreement and such expenses  shall not be deemed to be part of
                  the Actual Costs.


49.      SEVERABILITY

         If any provision of this  Agreement or any Call-Off  Contract  shall be
         found by any court or administrative body of competent  jurisdiction to
         be invalid or unenforceable the invalidity or  unenforceability of such
         provision  shall not affect the other  provisions of this  Agreement or
         the relevant  Call-Off Contract and all provisions not affected by such
         invalidity or  unenforceability  shall remain in full force and effect.
         The Parties  hereby agree to attempt to  substitute  for any invalid or
         unenforceable   provision  a  valid  and  enforceable  provision  which
         achieves  to the  greatest  extent  possible  the  economic,  legal and
         commercial objectives of the invalid or unenforceable provision.


50.      APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION

         This Agreement  shall, to the extent that any aspect or matter fails to
         be   interpreted,   conformed  or  adjudicated   upon  by  the  parties
         themselves,  be dealt  with in  accordance  with the laws of the United
         States and the State of Alaska. 

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 48 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
         Any  controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement,
         or breach  thereof,  shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with
         the   Commercial   Arbitration   Rules  of  the  American   Arbitration
         Association,  such  arbitration to take place in Anchorage,  Alaska and
         judgment upon the award rendered by the Arbitrator(s) may be entered in
         any Court having jurisdiction thereof.

                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF the Parties hereto have by duly authorized
                  representatives  set their  hands the day and year first above
                  written.

                  for and on behalf of                                 }

                  National Bank of Alaska (NBA)                        }
                  B. John Shipe
                  Executive Vice President



                  for and on behalf of                                 }

                  General Communication, Inc. (GCI)                    }
                  Richard A. Whitney
                  Director, Business Development


General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 49 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                        ANNEX A: GLOSSARY OF DEFINITIONS


General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 50 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95

<PAGE>



"Access Code" means a code or protocol  whereby an Authorized  User is permitted
access to the Facilities;

"Actual Costs" means the Direct Costs, Sub-Contractor Costs and Network Services
Costs actually incurred by the Contractor in respect of any relevant period;

"Applications Software" means the applications software details of which are set
out in the Transfer Agreement or a Call-Off  Contract,  which may be required to
be run by the Contractor to provide the Services, as may be modified,  enhanced,
added to or  replaced  during  the term of the  Contract  pursuant  to the terms
hereof and such  further  programs as may be developed on behalf of NBA pursuant
to the terms hereof;

"Associated  Company"  means  any  subsidiary  of either  Party  hereto or their
ultimate holding company or any subsidiary thereof;

"Authorized User" means a person or entity who or which is an Associated Company
of NBA or is a person who  otherwise at the date hereof is  designated by NBA as
being  associated  with NBA or is a person or entity who  subsequent to the date
hereof becomes associated with NBA and which NBA and the Contractor agree should
be a person or entity  authorized  to use the  Services in  accordance  with and
subject to the terms of the Framework Agreement and a Call-Off Contract;

"Call-Off  Contract"  means an  agreement  in the  nature of the model  contract
contained  in  Annex D  entered  into  between  NBA and  the  Contractor  as may
negotiated and mutually agreed;

"Charges"  means those  charges  computed  in  accordance  with the  methodology
contained in the Framework  Agreement or the  methodology  for  calculating  the
charges  for the  provision  of the  Services as may be varied from time to time
upon mutual agreement;

"Commencement  Date" means the date  specified in the Call-Off  Contract for the
commencement of the Services to NBA;

"Continuing  Contracts" means relevant  contracts  between NBA and Third Parties
necessary for the provision of services  comparable to the Services prior to the
Transfer Date;

"Contract" means the Call-Off Contract;

"Contractor   Equipment"   means  the  capital   assets   including   computers,
telecommunications  and  peripheral  equipment  as  identified  in the  Transfer
Agreement  or the  Call-Off  Contract as may be  extended,  added to or replaced
during  the term of a Call-Off  Contract  which are owned or  controlled  by the
Contractor and used by the Contractor or NBA in the provision of the Services;

"Data" means all data processed, held or conveyed by the Contractor on behalf of
NBA by means of the Facilities as part of the Services;

"Direct Costs" means costs as defined in Sub-section 16.1.1;

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 51 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
"Expected   Cost   of   Operation   (CoOE)"   is  the  sum  of  all   1995   NBA
telecommunications  costs plus expected  1996 cost  adjustments  resulting  from
changes  in scope  of work and  service  levels  for  which  the  Contractor  is
expressly  responsible  and can exercise cost  management as determined by a Due
Diligence Audit.

"Facilities"  means  the  hardware,  software  and  Network  necessary  for  the
provision of the Services;

"HR" means human resources;

"Incentive" means payment calculated as in Section 18;

"Information  Records"  means all the data,  information  and records  contained
and/or  stored in the  literature,  documents  and computer  systems,  including
without limitation all records of transactions,  bills, invoices, statements and
similar documents whether in hard copy, machine readable or other form which NBA
uses as at the date hereof which are  described in a Call-Off  Contract and such
other data and  information  forming  part of or relating to the  equipment  and
Third  Party  Contracts  as the  proper  performance  by the  Contractor  of its
obligations under the Call-Off Contract shall require;

"IS" means  information  services and  associated  and  derivative  products and
services;

"Major Change" shall be as defined in Section 8;

"Margin"  means an amount  determined by a percentage  increase to be applied to
the Direct  Costs of the Target for a given Year as may be varied in  accordance
with the terms of Section 17 of this Agreement;

Material Default" occurs, but is not limited to the occurrence of one or more of
the  following:  (i)  significant  or chronic  deficiency  by the  Contractor in
providing  Services which  substantially  compromises a Service Level Agreement,
(ii) the  Contractor's or the  Contractor's and M&I's failure to meet conversion
deadlines by in excess of 120 days, (iii) either Party's unauthorized disclosure
of confidential or other  financial/customer data, (iv) either Party's violation
of the other  Party's  network/data  security,  or (v) Major Changes made by NBA
which are not in compliance with Section 8.

"Material Breach" means Material Default as defined.

"Network" means the telecommunications  equipment and internal cabling,  private
leased  circuits  and  associated  software  more  particularly  described  in a
Call-Off Contract as may be modified pursuant to the terms hereof;

"NBA Business" means any relevant and designated business activity maintained as
such and then  existing  within  NBA which has  responsibility  for or  interest
Information Services or Telecommunications;

"NBA" means NBA and all Associated Companies of NBA;

"Network  Services" means certain  communication  services to be provided by the
Contractor pursuant to a Call-Off Contract;

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 52 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
"Operational Change Control Procedures" means the written documentation defining
the procedures to be used in making any change to the Services;

"Partner  Relations Manager (PRM)" means the NBA senior manager  responsible for
direct liaison with the Contractor's management;

"PSTN" means Public Service Telephone Network;

"Quarter" means a full or partial  calendar  quarter  commencing on 1st January,
1st April,  1st July and 1st  October in each  Year,  the first  Quarter or part
thereof to commence on the Commencement  Date and the last Quarter ending on the
termination date;

"Representative" means a member of the Telecommunications Review Board;

"Residual  Value" means the  non-depreciated  book value or the remaining  lease
obligations related to Contractor Equipment;

"Risk/Reward Incentives" means payments made by NBA or the Contractor as defined
in Section 18;

"Scope of Work" means the  specific  description  of the  Services as set out in
Schedule 1 to the Call-Off Contract;

"Secondment"  means temporary  assignment of an employee of one party to another
party with the employment status of the employee remaining unaffected;

"Service Description" means the Scope of Work and the Service Levels;

"Service Level  Agreement"  means the  quantification  of acceptable NBA Service
Levels  based  upon a defined  Scope of Work  which is  included  in a  Call-Off
Contract;

"Service  Levels"  means the  target  levels of service  to be  achieved  by the
Contractor  in  providing  the Services as set out in Schedule 2 to the Call-Off
Contract;

"Services"  means the services to be provided by the  Contractor  to NBA as more
particularly described in the Scope of Work;

"Shared Network Services" means those voice,  data,  video,  messaging and other
communication   services  which  are  delivered  by  the  Contractor   over  the
Contractor's  technology  platform or the  technology  platform of an Associated
Company of the  Contractor,  the  infrastructure  of which  technology  platform
jointly  supports the  provision of the Services  hereunder and the provision of
similar services to Third Parties;

"Software" means the software used in the provision of the Services and includes
System Software and the Applications Software;

"Stranded Costs" means any cost as defined in Sub-section 39.7.2;

"Sub-Contractor"  means a Third  Party in a  contractual  relationship  with the
Contractor  providing  certain  services which are material and necessary to the
scope of work and for the  avoidance of doubt,  Sub-Contractor  shall not mean a
supplier of goods;

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 53 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
"System Software" means the operating systems software, details of which are set
out in the Transfer Agreement or the Call-Off  Contract,  required to be run and
supplied  by the  Contractor  to  provide  the  Software  platform  used  in the
provision of the Services,  as may be modified,  enhanced,  added to or replaced
during the term of the Call-Off Contract pursuant to the terms thereof;

"Target" in 1996 means the CoOE less ******** or ********, whichever is greater.
In 1997 and beyond,  "Target" means: (i) the sum of the Actual Costs, Margin and
Risk/Reward  Incentives  from the  previous  year's  performance;  plus (ii) the
mutually  agreed to dollar  value of increases or decreases in scope of work and
service  levels;  plus  (iii)  other  mutually  agreed to  adjustments,  such as
inflation or COLA;

"Telecommunications  Review Board" means the Board  established  pursuant to the
Framework Agreement;

"Third Party Contracts" means those contracts  between the Contractor or NBA and
Third  Parties  necessary  to enable the  Contractor  to provide  the  Services,
including  but not  limited  to those  contracts  for the  supply  of  Software,
Contractor Equipment and other services;

"Third  Party"  means  a  person  other  than  NBA,  an  Authorized  User or the
Contractor;

"Transfer Date" means the date specified in the Transfer Agreement;

"Transfer  Equipment"  means the equipment and furniture listed in Schedule 1 of
the Transfer Agreement located at the (Sites/locations  specified therein) which
are to be transferred to the Contractor;

"Working  Day" means days upon which Banks are normally open for business in the
jurisdiction where the Contract is executed ;

"Year" means each calendar year during the term of each Call-Off  Contract,  but
the first  year will run from the  Commencement  Date to 31st  December  of such
year, and the last Year shall end at the date of the termination.



Except where the context otherwise requires, words denoting the singular include
the plural and vice versa;  words denoting any gender  include all genders;  and
words denoting persons include firms and corporations and vice versa;

Unless otherwise stated, a reference to a Section, or Schedule is a reference to
a section or schedule to this Agreement;

Section  headings  are  for  ease  of  reference  only  and  do not  affect  the
construction of this Agreement.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 54 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95

<PAGE>
                               ANNEX B: SPECIMENS


General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 55 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>


                              1996 TARGET SPECIMEN





1.        Expected Cost of Operations (CoOE)        ---------
 
          a.       1995 Annualized Costs            ---------
 
          b.       1996 Expected Cost Increases     ---------
                                                    

          c.       Total (1a + 1b)                           --------
                                                                         

2.        Percent of CoOE or Guarantee

          a.       Guarantee                        ********

          b.       ******** of CoOE                 ---------

          c.       Greater of 2a or 2b                       ---------
                                                                    
3.        Target (1c-2c)                                     ---------

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 56 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>


                           1997 - 2001 TARGET SPECIMEN





1.        Previous Year Annual Costs                         ---------

2.        Previous Year Margin                               ---------

3.        Previous Year Risk/Reward Incentive                ---------

4.        Scope of Work Adjustments

          a.       Increases                        ---------

          b.       Decreases                        ---------

          c.       Total (4a - 4b)                           --------

5.        Service Level Adjustments

          a.       Increases                        ---------

          b.       Decreases                        ---------

          c.       Total (5a - 5b)                           ---------

6.        Other Mutually Agreed To Adjustments

          a.       Increases                        ---------

          b.       Decreases                        ---------

          c.       Total (6a - 6b)                           ---------

7.        Target (1 + 2 + 3 + 4c + 5c + 6c)                  ---------

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 57 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>


                                              1996 INCENTIVE SPECIMEN





1.        Target                                             ---------

2.        NBA Invoiced Amounts

          a.       Actual Costs                     ---------

          b.       Margin                           ---------

          c.       Total (2a + 2b)                           ---------

3.        Under-run/Over-run (1 - 2c)                        ---------

4.        Risk/Reward Basis*

          a.       Risk Basis (#3 less than 0)               ---------

          b.       Reward Basis (#3 greater than 0)

* Subject to Provisions of Framework Agreement, Section 18.


General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 58 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>


                                INVOICE SPECIMEN

                                    Month of



1.        Invoice Summary                               Current             YTD

          A.       Direct Costs

          B.       Margin (Direct Costs)

          C.       Sub-contractor Costs

          D.       Margin (Sub-contractor Costs)

          E.       Network Services

                   i.        Network Management

                   ii.       Long Distance

                   iii.      Transport

2.        Current Month Detail

          A.       Direct Costs

          B.       Margin (Direct Costs)

          C.       Sub-contractor Costs

          D.       Margin (Sub-contractor Costs)

          E.       Network Services

                   i.        Network Management

                   ii.       Long Distance

                   iii.      Transport


General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 59 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                   ANNEX C: MINIMUM CONDITIONS OF SATISFACTION



General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 60 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95

<PAGE>




1.       GENERAL

         1.1.     Mutual Benefit

                  The  relationship   shall  be  to  the  benefit  and  complete
                  satisfaction  of all Parties,  relying on and resulting in the
                  full  and   enthusiastic   participation  of  all  Parties  in
                  achieving the agreed to outcome.

         1.2.     Trust and Openness

                  The  relationship  shall be conducted in a spirit of trust and
                  openness so that  information  on any matter having a material
                  impact on the  relationships  between the Parties shall to the
                  fullest extreme possible be disclosed to each Party.

         1.3.     Ownership of Actions

                  Each  aspect  of  the  relationship  shall  be  assigned  to a
                  nominated  person or  persons  within  each Party who shall be
                  fully  empowered and  accountable for that aspect and who will
                  make commercially  reasonable efforts to ensure its successful
                  outcome.

         1.4.     Effectiveness of Decision

                  The  Parties  shall  seek to  maximize  the  effectiveness  of
                  decisions by minimizing  interfaces  and  shortening  decision
                  routes.

         1.5.     Addressing Risk

                  Risks  and  concerns  of  either  Party  shall be  shared  and
                  addressed by both Parties with the aim of  eliminating,  or if
                  that is impossible  to quantify as far as possible,  and adopt
                  the most pragmatic cost effective way of meeting them.

         1.6.     Withdrawal

                  It is recognized by the Parties that  circumstances may change
                  such that a Party  might wish to  withdraw  in which event the
                  other  Parties  shall  agree  to fair  reasonable  and  timely
                  procedures to enable this.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 61 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
2.       BASIC SERVICE ELEMENTS

         2.1.     Minimum Services To Be Provided

                  2.1.1.   Network Design and Deployment

                           2.1.1.1.   Design and implement 52+ NBA LANs;

                           2.1.1.2.   Design and implement a statewide wide area
                                      network  connecting  all  branch  LANs and
                                      other data, voice and video networks;

                           2.1.1.3.   Design   and    implement    a   diversely
                                      routed/resilient     "backbone    network"
                                      connection   between  NBA's  data  network
                                      collection  point  in  Anchorage  and  the
                                      M&I's facilities;

                           2.1.1.4.   Design and develop a business  case for an
                                      inter-branch   voice  over   frame   relay
                                      solution;

                           2.1.1.5.   Design,  business  case  and  implement  a
                                      Bank-wide voice communications solution;

                           2.1.1.6.   Change     management    and    consulting
                                      engineering      to     support      NBA's
                                      telecommunications evolution.

                  2.1.2.   Network Operation & Customer Support

                           2.1.2.1.   Wide area  data,  voice and video  network
                                      M&C/management;

                           2.1.2.2.   LAN  management   (through   client/server
                                      NICs);

                           2.1.2.3.   7/24  customer  support  coverage  for all
                                      identified   Services   work   orders  and
                                      trouble tickets;

                           2.1.2.4.   Change   management   enterprise   network
                                      engineering  and analysis  which  includes
                                      procurement   and   installation   of  all
                                      components;

                           2.1.2.5.   PBX and key system maintenance/management.

                           2.1.2.6.   Procurement  and  installation  of telecom
                                      equipment.

                  2.1.3.   Technical Services

                           2.1.3.1.   Technical  hardware  maintenance and asset
                                      management;

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 62 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                           2.1.3.2.   Move,   Add,   Change  (MAC)  support  for
                                      telephony     PBX/key    system    station
                                      equipment;

                           2.1.3.3.   MAC  for  all  PC/LAN  hardware  (servers,
                                      clients, hubs and PDS);

                           2.1.3.4.   Switched video conference  support between
                                      NBA, the IS provider  and other  locations
                                      (both    hardware   and   switched   video
                                      service).

                           2.1.3.5.   Client desktop operating system support.

                  2.1.4.   Common Carrier Services

                           2.1.4.1.   Operate a Bank-wide  voice  communications
                                      service  comprised of local loop,  private
                                      line and other MTS services;

                           2.1.4.2.   Operate  a  statewide  wide  area  network
                                      connecting  all branch LANs  comprised  of
                                      private  leased  lines  or  private/public
                                      frame   relay    service   or   comparable
                                      technologies.

         2.2.     Service Level Agreement
<TABLE>
                  The Contractor shall ensure that service levels for all of the
                  services  defined in  Sub-section  2.1 shall be  delivered  at
                  NBA's current levels of  satisfaction.  Specific Service Level
                  Agreements  will be  developed  and  included in all  Call-off
                  Contracts.   Minimum   Service  Levels   consistent  with  the
                  following will be maintained:
<CAPTION>
                                                          SERVICE LEVEL GOALS:
                   ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   <S>                                                                 <C>                   
                   ICRE Release                                                        96.00%
            
                   ATM Availability                                                    98.00%
             
                   Option, Plus & VISA Availability                                    98.50%
                 
                   Production Processing and On-Line Availability                      98.00%
                   
                   Report Distribution                                                 98.00%
                  
                   Network Response Time - In-town                                     Less than 2.0 seconds
                   
                   Network Response Time - Out-of-town                                 Less than 4.0 seconds
</TABLE>
                   
General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 63 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
         2.3.     Targets

                  The  Contractor  commits to deliver  the  services  defined in
                  Sub-section 2.1 in accordance with the following:

                  2.3.1.   In 1996, NBA and the  Contractor  shall in respect of
                           the  Services  to be  provided  agree  to an  overall
                           Target.  The Contractor shall provide the Services at
                           a total  charge  to NBA  which  shall  enable  NBA to
                           achieve its expectation of savings.  The total charge
                           to NBA, or Target, includes the Contractor's Expected
                           Cost of Operations  (CoOE) as defined in Annex A less
                           ******** , or ********, whichever is greater.

                  2.3.2.   The  resulting  Target  will be included in the first
                           year Call-off Contract.

                  2.3.3.   In 1997 and beyond,  NBA and the Contractor  shall in
                           respect of the  Services to be  provided  agree to an
                           overall  Target.  The  Contractor  shall  provide the
                           Services at a total  charge to NBA which shall enable
                           NBA  to  continue  to  achieve  its  expectations  of
                           savings.  Under  the terms of this  Sub-section,  the
                           Target  includes:  (i) the sum of the  Actual  Costs,
                           Margin and  Risk/Reward  Incentives from the previous
                           Year's  performance;  (ii)  the  mutually  agreed  to
                           dollar  value of  increases  or decreases in Scope of
                           Work and Service  Levels;  plus (iii) other  mutually
                           agreed to adjustments, such as inflation or COLA.

                  2.3.4.   Subsequent  year Targets will be established  jointly
                           by NBA and the  Contractor  and will be  included  in
                           those Call-off Contracts.


3.       QUALITY

         3.1.     Continuous Improvement

                  The   Contractor   shall   commit  to   achieving   continuous
                  improvement  in  cost   effectiveness,   Service  quality  and
                  performance levels.

         3.2.     Service Quality

                  The  prime  measure  of  Service  quality  will be  continuous
                  satisfaction of NBA.

         3.3.     Benefit from Developments

                  The  Contractor  shall  ensure  that  best  practices  in  the
                  industry are applied in delivering "best-in-class" services to
                  NBA. Improved  tech-

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 64 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                  nologies,   processes  and   methodologies   will  be  quickly
                  transferred  and  applied  to the  Services  as  soon as it is
                  economically beneficial to do so.

         3.4.     Standards

                  The  Parties  shall  compare  respective  policies,  technical
                  standards  and codes of practice  with a view to agreeing to a
                  common code that will  reflect best  practice  relevant to the
                  objectives of the Framework Agreement.


4.       FLEXIBILITY FOR CHANGE

         4.1.     Change

                  The Parties  should be prepared to meet change in any form and
                  to any extent and will adopt  appropriate  change  control and
                  review  procedures  to facilitate  change,  or in the ultimate
                  case to enable equitable termination or withdrawal.

         4.2.     Goal Setting

                  From time to time the  Parties  will agree to  objectives  and
                  performance  targets.  These agreed to objectives  and targets
                  will  themselves  be subject to review as business  conditions
                  and requirements change.

         4.3.     Asset Ownership

                  Arrangements should be agreed to such that ownership of assets
                  including premises,  infrastructure,  equipment,  software and
                  procedures   presents  the  minimum  of   constraint   to  the
                  performance of the scope of activities and Services agreed.


5.       PROCUREMENT

         5.1.     Procurement Ethics

                  The   Contractor   shall   adhere  to  codes  of  conduct  and
                  procurement ethics that NBA would use if procuring direct.

         5.2.     Sub-Contracts

                  Wherever possible the Contractor will have  relationships with
                  its suppliers and Sub-contractors  that are in accordance with
                  its relationship with NBA.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 65 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
6.       HUMAN RELATIONS AND PERSONNEL

         6.1.     HR Policy

                  The Contractor shall have human resource policies and put them
                  into  practice  that  demonstrate   sympathy  with  employees'
                  circumstances and aspirations and provide career  development,
                  training,  leave and benefits to a standard  commensurate with
                  ensuring continued Service quality.

         6.2.     HR Transition

                  During  the  transitional  period  the  Contractor  shall work
                  closely  with NBA and strive to ensure that all  employees  of
                  all Parties are treated fairly and with respect and that there
                  is no risk to Service quality through staff dissatisfaction or
                  loss of morale.

         6.3.     Employment of Former NBA Employees

                  Where former NBA personnel join the Contractor's Organization,
                  then  the  Contractor  will  commit  to  maintaining  the high
                  standards of respect and observance of family values  existing
                  in NBA. The transition of personnel will be managed  through a
                  process of planning and consultation involving the individuals
                  to be affected in advance as  appropriate  and as agreed to by
                  NBA management.  Due regard will be given to the  individual's
                  personal development plans.

         6.4.     Contractor's Personnel

                  The Contractor's  personnel  providing the Service will behave
                  in a fashion  generally  consistent  with that which  would be
                  expected of NBA  employees  performing  equivalent  duties and
                  will give  precedence  to cost  effectiveness  and  customers'
                  requirements accordingly.

         6.5.     Secondment of Personnel

                  The Parties  shall  commit to  Secondment  of  individuals  as
                  appropriate  from one party to  another  for the  purposes  of
                  personal development, or the transfer of know-how or training.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 66 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
7.       COSTS

         7.1.     Value for Money

                  The Contractor  should always be able to demonstrate  that NBA
                  is  receiving  good  value for money on the  Services  through
                  appropriate benchmarking and monitoring, whilst the Contractor
                  maintains a reasonable rate of return.

         7.2.     Budgets

                  Operating  budgets may be drawn up by NBA and the  Contractor.
                  The  keynote  of such  budgets  shall be  efficiency  and cost
                  effectiveness.  A review  mechanism shall be instituted by the
                  Parties to ensure timely  response to agreed to changes to the
                  Service.

         7.3.     Most Favored Nations Pricing and Tariffs

                  Network  Services will be delivered  based upon filed APUC/FCC
                  tariffs or via Most Favored Nations pricing.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 67 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                 ANNEX D: MODEL CALL-OFF CONTRACT AND SCHEDULES


General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 68 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
                                                 TABLE OF CONTENTS
<CAPTION>
SECTION                                                                                                        PAGE
<S>                                                                                                              <C>
     PREAMBLE...................................................................................................

1.   DEFINITIONS.................................................................................................70

2.   STATUS......................................................................................................70

3.   PROVISION OF SERVICES.......................................................................................71

4.   DURATION....................................................................................................71

5.   INVOICES AND PAYMENT........................................................................................71

6.   MANAGEMENT ORGANIZATION.....................................................................................72

7.   NO WAIVER...................................................................................................72

8.   SERVICE OF NOTICE...........................................................................................73

9.   FURTHER ASSURANCES..........................................................................................73

10.  GOVERNING LAW...............................................................................................74

11.  INVALIDITY..................................................................................................74

12.  ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS.............................................................................74

13.  CONDITION PRECEDENT.........................................................................................74

         SCHEDULE 1:  SCOPE OF WORK..............................................................................75

         SCHEDULE 2:  SERVICE LEVELS.............................................................................76

         SCHEDULE 3:  CHARGES AND BILLING INFORMATION............................................................77

         SCHEDULE 4:  NBA AND CONTRACTOR PREMISES................................................................78

         SCHEDULE 5:  INFORMATION RECORDS........................................................................79

         SCHEDULE 6:  CONFIDENTIALITY LETTER.....................................................................80

         SCHEDULE 7:  ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS............................................................81

         SCHEDULE 8:  NBA OBLIGATIONS............................................................................82

         SCHEDULE 9:  LONG TERM CONTRACTS........................................................................83
</TABLE>

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 69 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>


                             MODEL CALL-OFF CONTRACT

THIS CONTRACT is made the                   day of                   199[ ].

BETWEEN

National  Bank of  Alaska  whose  registered  offices  are  located  at 301 West
Northern Lights Blvd.,  Anchorage,  Alaska 99503 (hereafter,  "NBA") and General
Communication,  Inc. (GCI) whose  registered  offices are located at 2550 Denali
St., Suite 1000, Anchorage, Alaska 99503 (hereafter, "The Contractor")

WHEREAS

         A.       By a Framework  Agreement  dated [ ] 1995 entered into between
                  NBA and the  Contractor  terms  were  agreed  to  whereby  the
                  Contractor or an Associated  Company of the  Contractor  would
                  provide or ensure the provision of telecommunication  services
                  to be available to NBA and other NBA  Associated  Companies in
                  substitution  for the  telecommunication  services  which were
                  immediately  prior to the  execution of this  Contract  either
                  provided   from  within  NBA  or  acquired  from  Third  Party
                  contractors;


         B.       NBA now wishes the  Contractor to provide the Services and the
                  Contractor  is able to provide  the  Services on the terms set
                  out below in this Contract.

IT IS THEREFORE AGREED as follows:


1.       DEFINITIONS

         1.1.     A glossary of Definitions  which shall apply to the terms used
                  in this Contract appears as Annex A to the Framework Agreement
                  and shall be deemed to be incorporated in this Contract.

         1.2.     In the  event  of  conflict  between  this  Contract  and  the
                  Framework  Agreement,  the order of  precedence  shall be this
                  Contract and the Framework Agreement.


2.       STATUS

         2.1.     This Contract may only be modified if such  modification is in
                  writing and signed by a duly authorized representative of each
                  Party.

         2.2.     The following  documents shall together form part of and shall
                  be read with this  Contract  and shall  represent  the  entire
                  understanding  be-

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 70 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                  tween the Parties in relation to the subject matter hereof and
                  supersede all previous agreements and representations  made by
                  either Party, whether oral or written.

                  2.2.1.   The Framework Agreement

                  2.2.2.   The Transfer Agreement

                  2.2.3.   The Schedules:

                           Schedule 1          Scope of Work

                           Schedule 2          Service Levels

                           Schedule 3          Charges and Billing Information

                           Schedule 4          NBA and Contractor Premises

                           Schedule 5          Information Records

                           Schedule 6          Confidentiality Letter

                           Schedule 7          Additional Terms and Conditions

                           Schedule 8          NBA Obligations

                           Schedule 9          Long Term Contracts


3.       PROVISION OF SERVICES

         The  Contractor  shall  perform the  Services in  accordance  with this
         Contract.


4.       DURATION

         The Services shall commence at           hours on         (Commencement
         Date) and shall continue  until             unless  extended  by mutual
         agreement  or  subject to earlier termination.


5.       INVOICES AND PAYMENT

         5.1.     In  consideration  of the  provision of the Services NBA shall
                  pay to the  Contractor the Charges as provided for in Schedule
                  3.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 71 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
         5.2.     The invoicing address shall be:

                                    General Communication, Inc. (GCI)
                                    Accounts Payable Department
                                    2550 Denali St.
                                    Suite 900
                                    Anchorage, Alaska 99503

                                    Tel:         907-265-5600
                                    Fax:         907-265-5574
                                    Contact:     Richard A. Whitney
                                                 Director, Business Development


         5.3.     The Contractor  shall render  invoices to NBA at the intervals
                  and in the manner  specified  in  Section 21 of the  Framework
                  Agreement.


6.       MANAGEMENT ORGANIZATION

         6.1.     The NBA  Partner  Relations  Manager  shall be B. John  Shipe,
                  Executive Vice President, (907) 265-2860.

         6.2.     The  Contractor  Representative  shall be Richard A.  Whitney,
                  Director, Business Development, (907) 265-5301.


7.       NO WAIVER

         Failure by either  Party to exercise or enforce any right  conferred by
         the  Contract  shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any such right nor
         operate  so as to bar the  exercise  or  enforcement  thereof or of any
         other right on any other occasion.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 72 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
8.       SERVICE OF NOTICE

         8.1.     Any  notice  or other  document  which  may be given by either
                  Party  under  the  Contract  shall be deemed to have been duly
                  given if left at or sent by pre-paid recorded delivery post or
                  facsimile  transmission  (confirmed by letter sent by pre-paid
                  recorded   delivery   post)  to  each  Party's   principal  or
                  registered  office  as set out  below as an  address  to which
                  notices, invoices and other documents may be sent:

                  NBA:              National Bank of Alaska (NBA)
                                    P.O. Box 100600
                                    Anchorage, Alaska 99510-0600
                                    Tel:         907-265-2860
                                    Fax:         907-265-2887
                                    Contact:     B. John Shipe
                                                 Executive Vice President

                  Contractor:       General Communication, Inc. (GCI)
                                    2550 Denali St.
                                    Suite 1000
                                    Anchorage, Alaska 99503
                                    Tel:         907-265-5600
                                    Fax:         907-265-5574
                                    Contact:     Richard A. Whitney, Director
                                                 Business Development


         8.2.     Any such  communication  shall be  deemed to have been made to
                  the other  Party four days (4) from the date of posting (if by
                  letter) and if by  facsimile  transmission  on the day of such
                  transmission  provided  the original of the  communication  is
                  received  by the  other  Party  within  4 days of the  date of
                  transmission.


9.       FURTHER ASSURANCES

         The Contractor and NBA shall use all reasonable endeavors  respectively
         to ensure that any Third Party  necessary  for the  performance  of the
         Services  shall  do,  execute  and  perform  all  such  further  deeds,
         documents,  assurances, acts and things as either of the Parties hereto
         may reasonably require by notice in writing to any other party to carry
         the provision of the Contract into full force and effect.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 73 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
10.      GOVERNING LAW

         This Contract  shall,  to the extent that any aspect or matter fails to
         be   interpreted,   conformed  or  adjudicated   upon  by  the  parties
         themselves,  be dealt  with in  accordance  with the laws of the United
         States and the State of Alaska. Any controversy or claim arising out of
         or relating to this Agreement,  or breach thereof,  shall be settled by
         arbitration in accordance with the Commercial  Arbitration Rules of the
         American  Arbitration  Association,  such  arbitration to take place in
         Anchorage,   Alaska  and  judgment  upon  the  award  rendered  by  the
         Arbitrator(s) may be entered in any Court having jurisdiction thereof.


11.      INVALIDITY

         If any term or provision  in the Contract  shall in whole or in part be
         held to any extent to be illegal or  unenforceable  under any enactment
         or rule of law,  that term or provision or part shall to that extent be
         deemed not to form part of the Contract and the  enforceability  of the
         remainder of the Contract shall not be affected.


12.      ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

         Additional terms and conditions to the Framework Agreement terms and to
         this Contract are set out in Schedule 7.


13.      CONDITION PRECEDENT

         It is a condition of this Contract that NBA and the Contractor  execute
         a Transfer Agreement on the Commencement Date.

                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF the Parties hereto have by duly authorized
                  representatives  set their  hands the day and year first above
                  written.

                  for and on behalf of                                 }

                  National Bank of Alaska (NBA)                        }



                  for and on behalf of                                 }

                  General Communication, Inc. (GCI)                    }

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 74 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                            SCHEDULE 1: SCOPE OF WORK




General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 75 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                           SCHEDULE 2: SERVICE LEVELS


General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 76 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                   SCHEDULE 3: CHARGES AND BILLING INFORMATION


General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 77 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                     SCHEDULE 4: NBA AND CONTRACTOR PREMISES


General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 78 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                         SCHEDULE 5: INFORMATION RECORDS


General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 79 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                       SCHEDULE 6: CONFIDENTIALITY LETTER


General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 80 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                   SCHEDULE 7: ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS


General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 81 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                           SCHEDULE 8: NBA OBLIGATIONS



General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 82 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95

<PAGE>
                         SCHEDULE 9: LONG TERM CONTRACTS


General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 83 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95

<PAGE>
                        ANNEX E: MODEL TRANSFER AGREEMENT


General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 84 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
                                                 TABLE OF CONTENTS
<CAPTION>
SECTION                                                                                                        PAGE
<S>                                                                                                              <C>
1.   INTERPRETATION..............................................................................................86

2.   CONDITION PRECEDENT.........................................................................................87

3.   AGREEMENT FOR SALE AND TRANSFER.............................................................................87

4.   TRANSFER CONSIDERATION......................................................................................88

5.   COMPLETION..................................................................................................88

6.   CONTINUING CONTRACTS........................................................................................89

7.   WARRANTIES..................................................................................................90

8.   NOTICES.....................................................................................................91

9.   MISCELLANEOUS...............................................................................................91

10.  GOVERNING LAW...............................................................................................92

         SCHEDULE 1:  THE TRANSFER EQUIPMENT.....................................................................93

         SCHEDULE 2:  THE TRANSFERRED SOFTWARE...................................................................94

         SCHEDULE 3:  CONTINUING CONTRACTS.......................................................................95
</TABLE>

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 85 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>


                            MODEL TRANSFER AGREEMENT

THIS CONTRACT is made the          day of                   199[ ].

BETWEEN

National  Bank of  Alaska  whose  registered  offices  are  located  at 301 West
Northern Lights Blvd.,  Anchorage,  Alaska 99503 (hereafter,  "NBA") and General
Communication,  Inc. (GCI) whose  registered  offices are located at 2550 Denali
St., Suite 1000, Anchorage, Alaska 99503 (hereafter, "The Contractor")

WHEREAS

         A.       NBA owns and operates  its own  computer  and data  processing
                  facilities and telecommunications  network/facilities used for
                  the  provision  of  Information   Services   (IS),   including
                  telecommunications services.

         B.       NBA has agreed to transfer to the  Contractor  certain  assets
                  relating to such  facilities and used in the provision of such
                  facilities on the terms set out in this Transfer Agreement.

         C.       The  Contractor  has  agreed  to  run  the   telecommunication
                  facilities  in  accordance  with the  terms of an  outsourcing
                  agreement  of even  date  herewith  made  between  NBA and the
                  Contractor (the "Call-Off Contract").

IT IS THEREFORE AGREED as follows:


1.       INTERPRETATION

         1.1.     Unless otherwise stated herein  capitalized  words and phrases
                  used in this Transfer  Agreement  shall have the same meanings
                  as are ascribed to them in a glossary of definitions  appended
                  to the Framework Agreement as Annex A.

         1.2.     In the  event  of  conflict  between  this  Agreement  and the
                  Call-Off  Contract or the  Framework  Agreement,  the order of
                  precedence shall be this Agreement,  the Call-Off Contract and
                  the Framework Agreement.

         1.3.     This Agreement may only be modified if such modification is in
                  writing and signed by a duly authorized representative of each
                  Party.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 86 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
         1.4.     The following  documents shall together form part of and shall
                  be read with this  Agreement  and shall  represent  the entire
                  understanding  between  the Parties in relation to the subject
                  matter  hereof  and  supersede  all  previous  agreements  and
                  representations made by either Party, whether oral or written.

                  1.4.1.   The Framework Agreement

                  1.4.2.   The Call-Off Contract

                  1.4.3.   The Schedules:

                           Schedule 1          The Transfer Equipment

                           Schedule 2          The transferred Software

                           Schedule 3          The Continuing Contracts


2.       CONDITION PRECEDENT

         2.1.     It  is  a  condition  of  this  Transfer  Agreement  that  the
                  Contractor  and NBA execute the Call-Off  Contract on the date
                  hereof.

         2.2.     If the condition  precedent  referred to in Sub-Clause  2.1 is
                  not satisfied the Parties shall  endeavor to cancel or reverse
                  all  (if  any)  transfers  of  Equipment,   Software,  leases,
                  Continuing  Contracts and other assets either  contemplated or
                  executed  with the intent of  restoring  both Parties to their
                  respective  position  and status as  immediately  prior to the
                  execution of this Transfer Agreement.


3.       AGREEMENT FOR SALE AND TRANSFER

         3.1.     Subject  to  the  terms  and   conditions   of  this  Transfer
                  Agreement,   NBA  agrees  to  sell  and/or  transfer  and  the
                  Contractor  agrees to purchase or accept (as  appropriate)  on
                  the date of sale or transfer the following:

                  3.1.1.   The Transfer  Equipment as itemized and at the prices
                           listed in Schedule 1; and

                  3.1.2.   Insofar  as NBA is able to assign or novate  the same
                           pursuant  to Clause 6 the full  benefit and burden of
                           the  Continuing  Contracts  referred to in Schedule 3
                           and Software referred to in Schedule 2.

                  3.1.3.   Subject to the provisions of this Transfer  Agreement
                           there shall be excluded  from the sale hereby  agreed
                           all   liabilities  of  whatsoever   nature  owing  or
                           incurred  by  NBA  whether  relating  to  any  

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 87 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                           of  the  Transfer  Equipment,  transferred  Software,
                           Leases or Continuing Contracts or otherwise up to and
                           including   the   effective   date   or   dates   (as
                           appropriate)  when individual  assets are transferred
                           or sold to the Contractor ("Transfer Date(s") and NBA
                           shall indemnify the Contractor against any liability,
                           claims, costs and expenses up to the Transfer Date(s)
                           that the Contractor may incur in respect thereof.

                  3.1.4.   The Contractor  shall indemnify NBA in respect of any
                           liability,   claims,  costs  and  expenses  that  the
                           Contractor or NBA may incur  whether  relating to any
                           of the  Equipment,  Software,  Leases  or  Continuing
                           Contracts  or otherwise  which arise,  are arising or
                           are incurred subsequent to the Transfer Date(s).


4.       TRANSFER CONSIDERATION

         4.1.     As  consideration  for the  agreement  by NBA to transfer  the
                  assets to the Contractor as referred to in Clause 3 above, the
                  Contractor  hereby  agrees to pay NBA the amounts shown in the
                  relevant Schedules which shall be paid in full on the Transfer
                  Date(s).

         4.2.     It is hereby  agreed that the sums to be paid pursuant to this
                  Clause 4 are exclusive of and  expressed  without the addition
                  of [value added tax/local  sales tax],  which shall be paid by
                  the  Contractor to NBA at the  applicable  rate in addition to
                  the sum payable in Clause 4.1,  subject to the  production  by
                  NBA of a valid tax invoice giving the requisite details of the
                  taxable supply.


5.       COMPLETION

         5.1.     Completion of the sale and transfer hereunder shall take place
                  at the offices of NBA.

         5.2.     Upon completion NBA shall deliver to the Contractor:

                  5.2.1.   Possession of all the Transfer  Equipment  capable of
                           passing by delivery;

                  5.2.2.   Executed documentation sufficient for the purposes of
                           transferring  title  to any  Transfer  Equipment  not
                           capable  of  passing   into  the   ownership  of  the
                           Contractor by delivery;

                  5.2.3.   Copies of  documentation  relating to the  Continuing
                           Contracts   including   service  records,   operating
                           manuals and relevant technical information.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 88 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
         5.3.     Upon  Completion,  the Contractor shall deliver to NBA the sum
                  specified in Clause 4.1.

         5.4.     Risk in and title to the Transfer Equipment shall be deemed to
                  have passed to the  Contractor  with effect from the  Transfer
                  Date(s).

         5.5.     In respect of assets where risk and title shall not be capable
                  of passing by  delivery,  NBA shall grant to the  Contractor a
                  license to use such assets including  Software,  provided that
                  NBA is contractually  entitled to make such grant and provided
                  also that any such grant shall be made  subject to all rights,
                  liabilities  and  obligations  to which NBA is itself  subject
                  under any agreement relating to such asset.


6.       CONTINUING CONTRACTS

         6.1.     As soon as reasonably practicable after the Commencement Date,
                  NBA shall to the extent it is  reasonably  able  procure at no
                  expense  to  the  Contractor  any  Third  Party  authorization
                  necessary for the  Contractor to enjoy the use and the benefit
                  of  Continuing  Contracts  between  NBA and other  contractors
                  which  will  notwithstanding  the entry into the  Contract  be
                  required for the purposes of the Services.  Such authorization
                  may  including  the  transfer,  assignment  or novation of the
                  Continuing   Contracts  in  favor  of  the   Contractor.   The
                  Contractor  shall use  reasonable  endeavors  to assist NBA in
                  such matters.

         6.2.     NBA shall to the  extent  it is  reasonable  to do permit  the
                  Contractor  to use and have the benefit of the subject of each
                  of the  Continuing  Contracts in accordance  with the terms of
                  that contract in the period from the Commencement  Date to the
                  relevant  Transfer  Date(s).  The Contractor shall observe and
                  perform the  provisions  of the  Continuing  Contracts  in all
                  material  respects  and  subject  thereto  NBA shall  likewise
                  observe and perform such provisions.

         6.3.     Where it shall not prove  possible,  be permitted or lawful to
                  effect a transfer,  assignment  or  novation  of a  Continuing
                  Contract  to the  Contractor,  NBA  and the  Contractor  shall
                  cooperate-operate   in  making  such  reasonable   alternative
                  arrangements  which shall be in  accordance  with the terms of
                  such Continuing Contract as may best achieve the objectives of
                  the Contract in accordance with the following:

                  6.3.1.   NBA  shall  appoint  the  Contractor  as its agent to
                           liaise and deal with the relevant Continuing Contract
                           and to perform all NBA's obligations thereunder, save
                           for those  express  obligations  the Parties agree in
                           writing  shall  continue to be  performed by NBA (for
                           the purpose of this Clause "NBA Obligations"); and

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 89 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                  6.3.2.   If NBA, as part of the NBA Obligations, agrees to pay
                           all or part of the costs due to the Third Party under
                           the  relevant   Continuing   Contract,   then  unless
                           otherwise  agreed,  the Contractor  shall receive and
                           verify invoices  thereunder and shall notify NBA in a
                           timely  fashion of sums the  Contractor  approves for
                           payment by NBA and of the Third  Parties to whom such
                           payment should be made; and

                  6.3.3.   In its  capacity as agent,  the  Contractor  shall be
                           responsible   for   observing  and  obeying  all  the
                           obligations   to  be  performed  by  NBA   thereunder
                           excluding the NBA Obligations.

         6.4.     NBA  and  the  Contractor   shall   promptly   settle  between
                  themselves  any   pre-payment  or  accrual   relating  to  the
                  Continuing Contracts on the basis that all expenses under such
                  contracts  attributable  to any period  prior to the  Transfer
                  Date(s) shall be borne by NBA and all expenses attributable to
                  the period thereafter shall be borne by the Contractor.


7.       WARRANTIES

         The  Contractor  shall with the  assistance of NBA satisfy  itself with
         regard  to  the  condition  of  the  Equipment  and  all  other  assets
         transferred  pursuant to this Transfer Agreement  including fitness for
         purpose  and  the  rights  of the  Contractor  to own and  operate  the
         Equipment and other assets during the provision of the Services.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 90 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
8.       NOTICES

         8.1.     Any  notice  or other  document  which  may be given by either
                  Party under this  Transfer  Agreement  shall be deemed to have
                  been  duly  given  if left at or  sent  by  pre-paid  recorded
                  delivery post or facsimile  transmission  (confirmed by letter
                  sent by  pre-paid  recorded  delivery  post)  to each  Party's
                  principal or registered  office as set out below as an address
                  to which notices, invoices and other documents may be sent:

                  NBA:              National Bank of Alaska (NBA)
                                    P.O. Box 100600
                                    Anchorage, Alaska 99510-0600
                                    Tel:         907-265-2860
                                    Fax:         907-265-2887
                                    Contact:     B. John Shipe
                                                 Executive Vice President

                  Contractor:       General Communication, Inc. (GCI)
                                    2550 Denali St.
                                    Suite 1000
                                    Anchorage, Alaska 99503
                                    Tel:         907-265-5600
                                    Fax:         907-265-5574
                                    Contact:     Richard A. Whitney, Director
                                                 Business Development

         8.2.     Any such  communication  shall be  deemed to have been made to
                  the other  Party four days (4) from the date of posting (if by
                  letter) and if by  facsimile  transmission  on the day of such
                  transmission  provided  the original of the  communication  is
                  received  by the  other  Party  within  4 days of the  date of
                  transmission.


9.       MISCELLANEOUS

         9.1.     Failure  by either  Party to  exercise  or  enforce  any right
                  conferred by this Transfer Agreement shall not be deemed to be
                  a  waiver  of any  such  right  nor  operate  so as to bar the
                  exercise or  enforcement  thereof or of any other right on any
                  other occasion.

         9.2.     The  Contractor  and NBA shall,  and shall use all  reasonable
                  endeavors  respectively  to procure that any  necessary  Third
                  Party shall do,  execute and perform all such  further  deeds,
                  documents,  assurances,  acts and things as any of the Parties
                  hereto  may  reasonably  require  by notice in  writing to any
                  other Party to carry the provision of this Transfer  Agreement
                  into full force and effect.

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 91 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
10.      GOVERNING LAW

         This Transfer  Agreement shall, to the extent that any aspect or matter
         fails to be interpreted,  conformed or adjudicated  upon by the parties
         themselves,  be dealt  with in  accordance  with the laws of the United
         States and the State of Alaska. Any controversy or claim arising out of
         or relating to this Agreement,  or breach thereof,  shall be settled by
         arbitration in accordance with the Commercial  Arbitration Rules of the
         American  Arbitration  Association,  such  arbitration to take place in
         Anchorage,   Alaska  and  judgment  upon  the  award  rendered  by  the
         Arbitrator(s) may be entered in any Court having jurisdiction thereof.

                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF the Parties hereto have by duly authorized
                  representatives  set their  hands the day and year first above
                  written.

                  for and on behalf of                                 }

                  National Bank of Alaska (NBA)                        }



                  for and on behalf of                                 }

                  General Communication, Inc. (GCI)                    }

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 92 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                       SCHEDULE 1: THE TRANSFER EQUIPMENT



General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 93 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                      SCHEDULE 2: THE TRANSFERRED SOFTWARE






General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 94 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95

<PAGE>
                        SCHEDULE 3: CONTINUING CONTRACTS


General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 95 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
                  ANNEX F: GCI AND M&I SHARED RESPONSIBILITIES


General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 96 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
         LAN AND WORKSTATION DEPLOYMENT, ASSIGNMENT OF RESPONSIBILITIES
<CAPTION>
Purchase Issues                                                                               GCI      M&I     Note
<S>                                                                                            <C>      <C>     <C>
                                                                                            --------------------------
           A.   Who purchases pc workstations                                                           X
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           B.   Who purchases financial printers.                                                       X
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           C.   Who purchases laser printers.                                                           X
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           D.   Who purchases file server hardware                                                      X
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           E.   Who purchases file server software:
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
                1.  Novell                                                                              X
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
                2.  Remote monitoring software via dial-up                                              X
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
                3.  3270 Communications Software                                                        X
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
                4.  Tape Backup Software                                                                X
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
                5.  Server monitoring                                                          X        X#      1,4
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           F.   Who purchases UPS system and monitoring software.                                       X
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           G.   Who purchases Bay Network wiring hubs.                                         X
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           H.   Who purchases Helpdesk monitoring platform and software?                       X
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           I.   Who purchases Branch Network infrastructure?                                   X
                                                                                            --------------------------
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Installation & Configuration Issues                                                           GCI      M&I     Note
           <S>                                                                                 <C>      <C>     <C>
                                                                                            --------------------------
           A.   Who performs site surveys to identify:
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
                1.  Room for equipment in teller windows.                                               X
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
                2.  Placement of premises                                                      X        X#      1,4
                gear.
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
                3.  Placement of wiring hubs and patch                                         X
                panels.
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
                4.  Placement of file server.                                                  X        X#      1,4
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
                5.  Sufficient electrical outlets and power supply.                            X        X#      1,4
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
                6.  Placement of financial printers.                                           X        X#      1,4
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
                7.  Placement of laser                                                         X        X#      1,4
                printers.
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
                8.  Diagram of branch with equipment locations noted.                          X
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           B.   Loads Novell to file server                                                             X       3
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           C.   Creates userlist, groups, and security authorization in                                 X       3
                Novell
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           D.   Loads Tape Backup Software and tests.                                                   X       3
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           E.   Loads remote support (dial-in) software and configures.                                 X       3
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           F.   Load UPS monitoring software and configures.                                            X       3
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           G.   Loads Network Management Software and configures.                              X#       X       1,4
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           H.   Create Installation and Configuration standards                                X        X#      1,4
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           I.   Initiate asset management process prior to shipping                            X#       X       1,4
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           J.   Testing of pc workstations prior to shipping to branch locations                        X
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           K.   Testing of hubs, routers & servers prior to shipping to branch locations       X
                                                                                            --------------------------
</TABLE>
General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 97 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Initial Installation To Include File Server, And At Least One LAN Personal Computer           GCI      M&I     Note
           <S>                                                                                 <C>      <C>     <C>
                                                                                            --------------------------
           A.   Install branch LAN infrastructure                                              X
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
                1.  10-base-T wiring                                                           X
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
                2.  Provides 10 ft. 10-base-T patch cables                                     X
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
                3.  Installs wiring hubs.                                                      X
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           B.   Installs Business Phone lines for remote dial-in support as needed.            X
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           C.   Installs file server, tape back-up, hard drive, kbd/monitor, UPS               X        X#      1,4
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           D.   Installs personal computers and financial printers                             X        X#      1,4
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           E.   Installs laser printers                                                        X        X#      1,4
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           F.   Installs external modem for dial-up remote support                             X#       X       1,4
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           G.   Tests installed components - full online and application testing               X        X#      1,4
                                                                                            --------------------------
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Final  Installation to Include Removal of Existing Gear, and Installation of all
Teller Computers, Financial Printer, Laser Printers and Other Personal Computers
in the Branch.
                                                                                              GCI      M&I     Note
                                                                                            --------------------------
           <S>                                                                                 <C>      <C>     <C>
           A.   Remove existing equipment from teller windows and desks.                       X        X#      1,4
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           B.   Remove existing controller equipment.                                          X
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           C.   Install Teller workstations in windows with financial printers.                X       X#       1,4
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           D.   Install Desktop workstations and laser printers.                               X       X#       1,4
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           E.   Test each workstation to ensure  end to end operability.                       X       X#       1,4
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           F.   Records serial# information for asset management                               X#      X        1,4
                                                                                            --------------------------
</TABLE>
General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 98 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Post-Installation Support                                                                     GCI      M&I     Note
                                                                                            --------------------------
           <S>                                                                                 <C>      <C>     <C>
           A.   Maintains users, groups on Novell.                                             X
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           B.   Maintains Novell operating system software patches.                            X#       X
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           C.   Modifies tape backup job schedules.                                            X
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           D.   Maintains 3270 software on server/workstations.                                X
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           E.   Maintains Office Automation software (wordprocessing, spreads, database)                NBA     2
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           F.   Maintains Windows software configurations and patches.                         X#       X       1,4
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           G.   Maintains Novell client software configurations and patches.                   X
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           H.   Maintains 3rd party software that NBA has today                                         NBA     2
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           I.   Maintains M&I PCTeller software loads (disbursement of new releases)                    X
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           J.   Maintains M&I Salespartner software disbursement.                                       X
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           K.   Maintains Bay Networks Optivity software and reporting programs.               X
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           L.   Maintains performance statistics on servers and local area networks.           X
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           M.   NBA Support calls for hardware or software are placed to whom?                          NBA     2
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           N.   Equipment repair should be shipped to:
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
                1.  AT&T Personal Computers and Financial Printers                             X
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
                2.  Bay Networks Hubs                                                          X
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
                3.  APC UPS Units                                                              X
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
                4.  HP Laser Printers                                                          X
                                                                                            --------------------------
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Monitoring/Reporting Support                                                                  GCI      M&I     Note
                                                                                            --------------------------
           <S>                                                                                 <C>      <C>     <C>
           A.   Monitors Bay Networks wiring hubs and produces periodic reports                X
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           B.   Monitors Routers and produces periodic reports                                 X
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           C.   Monitors DSU/CSU equipment and produces periodic reports                       X
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           D.   Monitors Novell file servers and produces utilization/capacity reports         X
                                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                            --------------------------
           E.   Monitors performance of the LAN and produces periodic reports.                 X
                                                                                            --------------------------
<FN>
Notes
               1.  GCI  and  M&I  will  perform  this  task  on  a  team  basis.
                   Possibility  exists for M&I to provide  GCI with  information
                   and GCI staff actually do the physical work.

               2.  NBA will maintain a small Helpdesk team serving as SPoC. They
                   will screen all user calls and  interact  with both GCI's NCC
                   and M&I's customer support organization.  This team will also
                   support  NBA's office  automation  and 3rd party  software on
                   behalf of users.

               3.  These  tasks  will be  performed  by M&I  and  accountability
                   handed off to GCI upon acceptance testing.

               4.  Where  responsibilities are shared, the "#" indicates which
                   contractor has ultimate responsibility.
</FN>
</TABLE>

General Communication, Inc.  (GCI)              - 99 -               FINAL v4.5
Framework Agreement                                                     11/9/95
<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT D

                             1996 CALL-OFF CONTRACT
                                     between
                          National Bank of Alaska (NBA)
                                       and
                        General Communication, Inc. (GCI)(1)




- -------------------
(1)  In this document "********" are used in place of redacted information.

General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 1 -                       FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                                                 TABLE OF CONTENTS
<CAPTION>
SECTION                                                                                                        PAGE
<S>                                                                                                              <C>
1.   DEFINITIONS..................................................................................................3


2.   STATUS.......................................................................................................3


3.   PROVISION OF SERVICES........................................................................................4


4.   DURATION.....................................................................................................4


5.   INVOICES AND PAYMENT.........................................................................................4


6.   MANAGEMENT ORGANIZATION......................................................................................5


7.   NO WAIVER....................................................................................................5


8.   SERVICE OF NOTICE............................................................................................5


9.    FURTHER ASSURANCES..........................................................................................6


10.  GOVERNING LAW................................................................................................6


11.   INVALIDITY..................................................................................................6


12.  ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS..............................................................................7


         SCHEDULE 1:  1996 SCOPE OF WORK..........................................................................8


         SCHEDULE 2:  SERVICE LEVELS.............................................................................14


         SCHEDULE 3:  1996 EXPECTED COST OF OPERATIONS (COOE) AND TARGET.........................................18


         SCHEDULE 4:  CHARGES AND BILLING INFORMATION............................................................20


         SCHEDULE 5:  NBA AND CONTRACTOR PREMISES................................................................22


         SCHEDULE 6:  AGENCY LETTER..............................................................................29


         SCHEDULE 7:  CONFIDENTIALITY LETTER.....................................................................31


         SCHEDULE 8:  ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS............................................................33


         SCHEDULE 9:  WAN DEPLOYMENT PROJECT.....................................................................35


         SCHEDULE 10:  LONG TERM CONTRACTS.......................................................................41


         SCHEDULE 11:  STANDARD LABOR, BENEFIT AND OVERHEAD RATES................................................44
</TABLE>

General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 2 -                       FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>
THIS CONTRACT is made the 20th day of December 1995.

BETWEEN

National  Bank of  Alaska  whose  registered  offices  are  located  at 301 West
Northern Lights Blvd.,  Anchorage,  Alaska 99503 (hereafter,  "NBA") and General
Communication,  Inc. (GCI) whose  registered  offices are located at 2550 Denali
St., Suite 1000, Anchorage, Alaska 99503 (hereafter, "The Contractor")

WHEREAS

By a Framework  Agreement dated 9 November 1995 entered into between NBA and the
Contractor, terms were agreed to whereby the Contractor or an Associated Company
of the  Contractor  would provide or ensure the  provision of  telecommunication
services  to  be  available  to  NBA  and  other  NBA  Associated  Companies  in
substitution for the telecommunication  services which were immediately prior to
the execution of this Contract  either provided from within NBA or acquired from
Third Party  contractors;  NBA now wishes the Contractor to provide the Services
and the Contractor is able to provide the Services on the terms set out below in
this Contract.

IT IS THEREFORE AGREED as follows:


1.       DEFINITIONS

         1.1.     A glossary of Definitions  which shall apply to the terms used
                  in this Contract appears as Annex A to the Framework Agreement
                  and shall be deemed to be incorporated in this Contract.

         1.2.     In the  event  of  conflict  between  this  Contract  and  the
                  Framework  Agreement,  the order of  precedence  shall be this
                  Contract and the Framework Agreement.

         1.3.     For the  avoidance  of any doubt,  Services  will  include all
                  telecommunications  and related services described in Schedule
                  1.


2.       STATUS

         2.1.     This Contract may only be modified if such  modification is in
                  writing and signed by a duly authorized representative of each
                  Party.

         2.2.     The following  documents shall together form part of and shall
                  be read with this  Contract  and shall  represent  the  entire
                  understanding  between  the Parties in relation to the subject
                  matter  hereof  and  supersede  

General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 3 -                       FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>
                  all previous  agreements  and  representations  made by either
                  Party, whether oral or written.

                  2.2.1.   The Framework Agreement

                  2.2.2.   The Schedules:

                           Schedule 1       Scope of Work
                           Schedule 2       Service Levels
                           Schedule         3 1996  Expected  Cost of  Operation
                                            (CoOE) and Target
                           Schedule 4       Charges and Billing Information
                           Schedule 5       NBA and Contractor Premises
                           Schedule 6       Agency Letter
                           Schedule 7       Confidentiality Letter
                           Schedule 8       Additional Terms and Conditions
                           Schedule 9       WAN Deployment Project
                           Schedule 10      Long Term Contracts


3.       PROVISION OF SERVICES

         The  Contractor  shall  perform the  Services in  accordance  with this
Contract.


4.       DURATION

         The  Services   shall   commence  at  0001  hours  on  1  January  1996
         (Commencement  Date) and shall continue until 2400 on 31 December 1996,
         unless extended by mutual agreement or subject to earlier termination.


5.       INVOICES AND PAYMENT

         5.1.     In  consideration  of the  provision of the Services NBA shall
                  pay to the  Contractor the Charges as provided for in Schedule
                  4.

                                      General Communication, Inc. (GCI)
                                      Accounts Payable Department
                                      2550 Denali St.
                                      Suite 900
                                      Anchorage, Alaska 99503

                                      Tel:           907-265-5600
                                      Fax:           907-265-5574
                                      Contact:       Richard A. Whitney
                                                     Director, Business 
                                                     Development

General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 4 -                       FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>
         5.2.     The Contractor  shall render  invoices to NBA at the intervals
                  and in the manner  specified  in  Section 21 of the  Framework
                  Agreement.


6.       MANAGEMENT ORGANIZATION

         6.1.     The NBA  Partner  Relations  Manager  shall be B. John  Shipe,
                  Executive Vice President, (907) 265-2860.

         6.2.     The  Contractor  Representative  shall be Richard A.  Whitney,
                  Director, Business Development, (907) 265-5301.


7.       NO WAIVER

         7.1.     Failure  by either  Party to  exercise  or  enforce  any right
                  conferred by the  Contract  shall not be deemed to be a waiver
                  of any such  right nor  operate so as to bar the  exercise  or
                  enforcement  thereof  or of  any  other  right  on  any  other
                  occasion.

General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 5 -                       FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>
8.       SERVICE OF NOTICE

         8.1.     Any  notice  or other  document  which  may be given by either
                  Party  under  the  Contract  shall be deemed to have been duly
                  given if left at or sent by pre-paid recorded delivery post or
                  facsimile  transmission  (confirmed by letter sent by pre-paid
                  recorded   delivery   post)  to  each  Party's   principal  or
                  registered  office  as set out  below as an  address  to which
                  notices, invoices and other documents may be sent:

                           NBA:       National Bank of Alaska (NBA)
                                      P.O. Box 100600
                                      Anchorage, Alaska 99510-0600

                                      Tel:           907-265-2860
                                      Fax:           907-265-2887
                                      Contact:       B. John Shipe
                                                     Executive Vice President


                  Contractor:         General Communication, Inc. (GCI)
                                      2550 Denali St.
                                      Suite 1000
                                      Anchorage, Alaska 99503

                                      Tel:           907-265-5600
                                      Fax:           907-265-5574
                                      Contact:       Richard A. Whitney, 
                                                     Director Business 
                                                     Development


         8.2.     Any such  communication  shall be  deemed to have been made to
                  the other  Party four days (4) from the date of posting (if by
                  letter) and if by  facsimile  transmission  on the day of such
                  transmission  provided  the original of the  communication  is
                  received  by the  other  Party  within  4 days of the  date of
                  transmission.


9.       FURTHER ASSURANCES

         The Contractor and NBA shall use all reasonable endeavors  respectively
         to ensure that any Third Party  necessary  for the  performance  of the
         Services  shall  do,  execute  and  perform  all  such  further  deeds,
         documents,  assurances, acts and things as either of the Parties hereto
         may reasonably require by notice in writing to any other party to carry
         the provision of the Contract into full force and effect.

General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 6 -                       FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>
10.      GOVERNING LAW

         This Contract  shall,  to the extent that any aspect or matter fails to
         be   interpreted,   conformed  or  adjudicated   upon  by  the  parties
         themselves,  be dealt  with in  accordance  with the laws of the United
         States and the State of Alaska. Any controversy or claim arising out of
         or relating to this Agreement,  or breach thereof,  shall be settled by
         arbitration in accordance with the Commercial  Arbitration Rules of the
         American  Arbitration  Association,  such  arbitration to take place in
         Anchorage,   Alaska  and  judgment  upon  the  award  rendered  by  the
         Arbitrator(s) may be entered in any Court having jurisdiction thereof.


11.      INVALIDITY

         If any term or provision  in the Contract  shall in whole or in part be
         held to any extent to be illegal or  unenforceable  under any enactment
         or rule of law,  that term or provision or part shall to that extent be
         deemed not to form part of the Contract and the  enforceability  of the
         remainder of the Contract shall not be affected.


12.      ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

         Additional terms and conditions to the Framework Agreement terms and to
         this Contract are set out in Schedule 8.

                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF the Parties hereto have by duly authorized
                  representatives  set their  hands the day and year first above
                  written.



                  for and on behalf of                                 }

                  National Bank of Alaska (NBA)                        }



                  for and on behalf of                                 }

                  General Communication, Inc. (GCI)                    }

General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 7 -                       FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>
                         SCHEDULE 1: 1996 SCOPE OF WORK




General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 8 -                       FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>
1.       INTRODUCTION

         1.1.     General

                  GCI will provide the services  described in this Scope of Work
                  document at all NBA  premises  shown in  Schedule 5.  Services
                  will include those  associated  with NBA's Branch  Deployment,
                  LAN upgrades and WAN  Deployment  as well as  operational  and
                  management (O&M) services considered routine.

         1.2.     Assumptions

                      All  on-site  work  performed  will be  handled as trouble
                      requests,  work requests or projects;  centralized network
                      management  and other  network  services will be delivered
                      pro-actively  and  will  not be  documented  as one of the
                      above;

                      Work  requests or  projects  that are  required  which are
                      extraordinary  in terms of their work  volume  and/or time
                      for completion will be treated as out-of-scope;


2.       SCOPE

         2.1      Service Transition

                  2.1.1.   Branch Deployment

                                Provide local  coordination  for overall  Branch
                                LAN/desktop equipment and service installation;

           Conduct site-surveys documenting all network and equipment;

                                Configure  and install  file  server  monitoring
                                software,  LAN hubs,  and Help  Desk  monitoring
                                platform;

           Install Branch LAN infrastructure (UPS, cable plant, hubs);

                                Coordinate and load configuration of NMS;

                                Establish    installation   and    configuration
                                standards;

                                Coordinate asset management;

General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 9 -                       FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>
                                Test hubs, routers and servers prior to shipment
                                to Branches;

                                Install  file  servers,   client   desktops  and
                                printers in coordination with M&I;

                                Install necessary Branch dial-up connections;

                                Integrate   equipment  and  services  into  CNCC
                                management platform;

                                Conduct  acceptance  testing  of Branch  LAN and
                                desktop infrastructure;

                                Remove, surplus terminals, printers, controllers
                                and other legacy equipment per NBA instructions;

                                Coordinate     configuration,     testing    and
                                redeployment  of retained  client  desktops  and
                                printers into new e-mail infrastructure;

                  2.1.2.   Upgrade Existing LAN Environments

                                Conduct site-surveys documenting all network and
                                equipment;

                                Coordinate    purchase,     configuration    and
                                installation of all upgrade equipment,  software
                                and services;

                                Coordinate asset management;

           Integrate equipment/services into CNCC management platform;

                                Conduct  acceptance  testing  of Branch  LAN and
                                desktop infrastructure;

                                Remove surplus terminals,  printers, controllers
                                and other legacy equipment per NBA instructions;

                  2.1.3.   WAN Deployment

                                Purchase,    configure   and   install   router,
                                multiplexer  and other WAN  equipment  which the
                                contractor  will provide for the  in-state  wide
                                area  network and the   backbone   network

General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 10 -                      FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>
                                between NBA's  facilities  in Anchorage,  Alaska
                                and M&I's facilities in Brown Deer, Wisconsin;

                                Provide,  install  and test  public and  private
                                inter-branch data, voice and video services;

                                Integrate   equipment  and  services  into  CNCC
                                management platform;

                  2.1.4.   Voice Service Deployment

                                Analyze  existing voice service  environment and
                                develop comprehensive implementation plan;

                                Transition all carrier services;

                                Modify,  as appropriate,  all PBX and key system
                                leases;

                                Consolidate,  as  appropriate,  all  LEC and IXC
                                local loop and DAL circuits;

         2.2      Operation and Management (O&M)

                  2.2.1.   Procurement, Set-up & Installation

                                Coordinate  establishment  of  desktop  computer
                                configuration standards with the NBA Help Desk;

                                Provide   centralized  Setup  facility  for  all
                                desktop and server hardware;  logistics  support
                                for shipment of computer hardware to sites;

                                Perform or coordinate  physical  installation of
                                computer hardware on LANs;

                                Maintain  relationships  with  key  vendors  and
                                service  providers to assure product and service
                                support and  continued  knowledge  of  installed
                                equipment, systems and services.

                  2.2.2.   Network Management

                                Monitor  network  devices and  associated  cable
                                plant   and   circuits;   provide   status   and
                                performance reports as required;

                                Provide proactive  management of network devices
                                to maintain established service levels;

General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 11 -                      FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>
                                Provide configuration  management of desktop and
                                service hardware;  manage and maintain operating
                                system integrity;

                                Initiate and  coordinate  change  management for
                                the following:  (1) desktop, server hardware and
                                operating  systems;   (2)  hubs  and  other  LAN
                                equipment    and    circuits;    (3)    routers,
                                multiplexers,  modems  and other WAN  equipment;
                                (4) WAN private line  circuits;  (5) PBX and Key
                                systems  as   applicable;   (6)  long   distance
                                services;  (7) video  conferencing  systems  and
                                services.

                  2.2.3.   Trouble Requests

                                Provide  necessary  resolution  and  support for
                                desktop  hardware,  operating system and network
                                connectivity problems;

                                Provide  necessary  resolution  and  support for
                                server  hardware,  operating  system and network
                                connectivity problems;

                                Respond to and resolve  user  telephone  station
                                equipment  and  voicemail  and  feature  service
                                problems;

                                Provide  resolution of long distance  calling or
                                other service problems;

                                Provide necessary resolution and support for PBX
                                hardware and service problems.

                                Provide necessary resolution and support for ATM
                                hardware and service problems.

                  2.2.4.   Work Requests

                                Move,  add,  change  of  all  telephone  station
                                equipment;

                                Move, add, change voicemail and features;

                                Move,  add,  change of all desktop  computer and
                                terminal equipment;

                                Move, add, change business telephone lines;

                                Desktop  computer  hardware  installations  that
                                exceed user capability;

General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 12 -                      FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>
                  2.2.5.   Projects

                                Coordinate   and  perform   telephone   systems,
                                LAN/WAN  systems   projects   involving   moving
                                facilities and workgroups or service upgrades of
                                an  operational  basis not  categorized as Major
                                Changes;

         2.3.     Change Management

                  2.3.1.   Tactical Management

                                Implement  outage  notification   procedures  in
                                order to insure  coordination  between  NBA, M&I
                                and all other  service  providers  involving all
                                planned maintenance activity;

                                Coordinate asset management  systems,  processes
                                and  procedures  with  NBA to  provide  complete
                                inventory  control  of  all  telecommunications,
                                server and desktop equipment,  systems, circuits
                                and software assets;

                                Develop  and  maintain   documentation  for  all
                                equipment,  system, circuit, network or software
                                configuration,   maintenance  history,   layout,
                                revision level and status;

                  2.3.2.   Strategic Planning

                                Maintain  technical  expertise on all  currently
                                installed   and  in-use   equipments,   systems,
                                circuits, services and advances in technology;

                                Present  telecommunications  and desktop support
                                plans, designs,  options and technical summaries
                                to NBA for review;

                                Provide   technical   consultancy  in  order  to
                                strategically meet all future telecommunications
                                and desktop computing business requirements;

                                Continuously      monitor      and      evaluate
                                telecommunications   technologies   relevant  to
                                NBA's  business  requirements;   advise  NBA  on
                                adoption of new technologies;

General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 13 -                      FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>
                                            SCHEDULE 2: SERVICE LEVELS



General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 14 -                      FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
I.       PROBLEM/WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------- ------------ ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ ----------- ------------
                                     Immediate   Immediate     1 Hour      4 Hour      24 Hour       NBD      Negotiated
          Task/Activity               Logging     Response    Response    Response    Response     Response   Scheduling
- ----------------------------------- ------------ ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ ----------- ------------
<S>                                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>

A. Trouble Requests

   o Desktop hardware
       0800 - 1800 M - F                 X                                   X(2)
       After hours                       X                                                            X

   o LAN Server
       0800 - 2100 M - F                 X           X
       After hours                       X                                   X(2)

   o Communications Hardware
       0800 - 1800 M - F                 X           X
       After hours                       X           X

   o Communications Circuits
       0800 - 1800 M - F                 X           X
       After hours                       X           X

   o CBX/PBX system
       0800 - 2100 M - F                 X           X
       After hours                       X                       X

   o Key System
       0800 - 1800 M - F                 X           X
       After hours                       X                       X(2)

   o Phone station equipment
       0800 - 1800 M - F                 X                       X
       After hours                       X                                                            X(2)

   o ATMs
       0800 - 1800 M - F                 X           X
       After hours                       X           X

<FN>
- -----------------------------
2 May vary by location
</FN>
</TABLE>
General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 15 -                      FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------- ------------ ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ ----------- ------------
                                     Immediate   Immediate     1 Hour      4 Hour      24 Hour       NBD      Negotiated
          Task/Activity               Logging     Response    Response    Response    Response     Response   Scheduling
- ----------------------------------- ------------ ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ ----------- ------------
<S>                                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>
B. Work Requests

   o Phone station equip. MAC
       0800 - 1800 M - F                 X                                                X
       After hours                       X                                                X
       Large requests                    X                                                                         X

   o Voicemail/features
       0800 - 1800 M - F                 X                                                X
       After hours                       X                                                X
       Large requests                    X                                                                         X

   o Desktop computer/printer
         MAC
       0800 - 1800 M - F                 X                                                X
       After hours                       X                                                X
       Large requests                    X                                                                         X

   o Business telephone lines
       0800 - 1800 M - F                 X                                                                         X
       After hours                       X                                                                         X
       Large requests                    X                                                                         X
- ----------------------------------- ------------ ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ ----------- ------------

C.  Projects

   o All projects
       0800 - 1800 M - F                 X                                                                         X
       After hours                       X                                                                         X
       Large requests                    X                                                                         X

</TABLE>
General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 16 -                      FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>



II.      NETWORK SERVICES

Network Services                                   Service Level
- ----------------------------------                 ----------------------------

On-line Uptime (0600 - 2100 AST); 
seven days per week                                greater than 98% availability

ATM availability                                   98% availability

Backbone Service availability                      99.8% availability

POS availability                                   98.5% availability

Response Time (In-town)                            greater than or equal to
                                                   2 seconds

Response Time (Out-of-town)                        greater than or equal to
                                                   4 seconds

III.     SERVICE LEVEL PERFORMANCE CALCULATION

         A.       Problem/Workflow Management

                  for:     Trouble Reports                       -        TR
                           Work Orders                           -        WO
                           Projects                              -        P
                           Monthly Performance                   -        MP
                           Annual Performance                    -        AP
                           Occurrence greater than or 
                             equal to Service Level              -        N1
                           Occurrences less than Service  
                             Level                               -        N2

                  MPTR     =        (N1 / (N1 + N2)) * 100%
                  MPWO     =        (N1 / (N1 + N2)) * 100%
                  MPP      =        (N1 / (N1 + N2)) * 100%
                  MP       =        (MPTR * MPWO * MPP)
                  AP       =        (MPJan * MPFeb * MPMar * ... * MPDec)

         B.       Network Services
                  for:     On-line Uptime                        -       UP
                           ATM Availability                      -       ATM
                           Backbone Service Availability         -       BS
                           POS Availability                      -       POS
                           Monthly Performance                   -       MP
                           Annual Performance                    -       AP
                           # WAN Circuits                        -       Ckts

                  APUP =  (((525,600  * Ckts) - Outage  minutes)  /  (525,600  *
                          Ckts)) * 100%  
                  MPATM = ((43,200  - Outage  Minutes) / 43,200)*100%  
                  APBS =  ((525,600  - Outage  minutes) / 525,600) * 100%
                  MPPOS = ((43,200 - Outage Minutes) / 43,200) *100%

General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 17 -                      FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>



         SCHEDULE 3: 1996 EXPECTED COST OF OPERATIONS (CoOE) AND TARGET


General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 18 -                      FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>
     1.     Expected Cost of Operations (CoOE)


            a.   1995 Annualized Costs           ********


            b.   1996 Expected Cost Increases    ********


            c.   Total (1a + 1b)                            ********


     2.     ******** Percent of CoOE or Guarantee           ********


     3.     Target (1c-2)                                   ********


General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 19 -                      FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>
                   SCHEDULE 4: CHARGES AND BILLING INFORMATION


General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 20 -                      FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>
                                INVOICE SPECIMEN

                                    Month of




1.        Invoice Summary                             Current           YTD

          A.       Direct Costs                     -------------  -------------

          B.       Margin (Direct Costs)            -------------  -------------

          C.       Sub-contractor Costs             -------------  -------------

          D.       Margin (Sub-contractor Costs)    -------------  -------------

          E.       Network Services

                   i.        Network Management     -------------  -------------

                   ii.       Long Distance          -------------  -------------

                   iii.      Transport              -------------  -------------

2.        Current Month Detail

          A.       Direct Costs                     -------------  -------------

          B.       Margin (Direct Costs)            -------------  -------------

          C.       Sub-contractor Costs             -------------  -------------

          D.       Margin (Sub-contractor Costs)    -------------  -------------

          E.       Network Services

                   i.        Network Management     -------------  -------------

                   ii.       Long Distance          -------------  -------------

                   iii.      Transport              -------------  -------------

General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 21 -                      FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>
                     SCHEDULE 5: NBA AND CONTRACTOR PREMISES


General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 22 -                      FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>
ANCHORAGE

Dimond                                           Dimond Mall
745 E. Dimond Boulevard                          800 E. Dimond Boulevard
Anchorage, AK 99515                              Suite 116
Manger:  Dan Keys                                Anchorage, AK 99515
(907) 267-5525                                   Manager:  Pam Sievers
(907) 267-5466 FAX                               (907) 267-5505
                                                 (907) 267-5383 FAX

Fifth Avenue                                     510 L Street
630 E. Fifth Avenue                              Anchorage, AK 99501
Anchorage, AK 99501                              Supervisor: Frances Pitts
Manager: Judy Ferguson                           (907) 263-2565
(907) 263-2501                                   (907) 263-2521 FAX
(907) 263-2514 FAX

Fourth Avenue                                    Frontier
446 W. Fourth Avenue                             7731 E. Northern Lights 
                                                   Boulevard
Anchorage, AK 99501                              Anchorage, AK 99504
Manager: Karina Simmers                          Supervisor:  Judy Butchart
(907) 265-2734                                   (907) 265-2060
(907) 265-2039 FAX                               (907) 265-2067 FAX

Huffman                                          Main Office
1351 E. Huffman Road                             301 W. Northern Lights 
                                                   Boulevard
Anchorage, AK 99516                              Anchorage, AK 99503
Manager:  Amy Penrose                            Manager: Bob Tannahill
(907) 267-5301                                   (907) 265-2809
(907) 267-5546 FAX                               (907) 265-2043 FAX

Minnesota-Benson                                 Northway Mall
1500 West Benson Boulevard                       3101 Penland Parkway
Anchorage, AK 99515                              Anchorage, AK 99508
Manager:  Jenny McClure                          Manager: Liza Dzurovcin
(907) 257-3200                                   (907) 263-2590
(907) 257-3218 FAX                               (907) 265-2996 FAX

General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 23 -                      FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>
Russian Jack                                     Sand Lake
5700 DeBarr Road                                 6961 Jewel Lake Road
Anchorage, AK 99504                              Anchorage, AK 99502
Manager:  Nancy Gillies                          Manager: Sarah Kipp
(907) 263-2574                                   (907) 267-5420
(907) 263-2531 FAX                               (907) 267-5426 FAX

Sears Mall                                       Spenard
600 E. Northern Lights Boulevard                 2709 Spenard Road
Anchorage, AK 99503                              Anchorage, AK 99509
Manager:  Kathy Hagedorn                         Manager:  Mary Webb
(907) 263-2533                                   (907) 263-2541
(907) 263-2539 FAX                               (907) 265-2023 FAX

FAIRBANKS

Bentley                                          College
32 College Road                                  794 University Avenue
Fairbanks, AK 99701                              Fairbanks, AK 99707
Manager:  Jami Spears                            Manager:  Vicki Kennebec
(907) 459-4363                                   (907) 474-4101
(907) 459-4366 FAX                               (907) 474-4130 FAX

Cushman                                          Gaffney
613 Cushman Road                                 620 Gaffney Road
Fairbanks, AK 99701                              Fairbanks, AK 99706
Manager:  Debbie Kimmell                         Manager:  Robin Ridington
(907) 459-4318                                   (907) 459-4373
(907) 459-4346 FAX                               (907) 459-4344 FAX

North Pole
381 Santa Claus Lane South
North Pole, AK 99705
Manager:  Oscar Calvillo
(907) 488-7507
(907) 488-5678 FAX

General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 24 -                      FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>
OTHER BRANCHES

Barrow                                           Bethel
1078 Kiogak Street                               Bethel Native Corporation 
                                                   Building
Barrow, AK 99723                                 460 Ridgecrest
Manager:  Joe Everhart                           Bethel, AK 99559
(907) 852-6200                                   Manager:  Carolyn Walters
(907) 852-3426 FAX                               (907) 543-3875
                                                 (907) 543-2125 FAX

Cordova                                          Cottonwood Creek Mall
515 Main Street                                  1701 Parks Highway
Cordova, AK 99574                                Wasilla, AK 99654
Manager:  Jon Stavig                             Manager:  Michelle Rodekohr
(907) 424-3258                                   (907) 376-6797
(907) 424-5758 FAX                               (907) 373-0252 FAX

Delta                                            Dillingham
Mile 166, Richardson Highway                     512 Seward Street
Delta Junction, AK 99737                         Dillingham, AK 99576
Manager:  Dave Durham                            Manager:  Julie Woodworth
(907) 895-4691                                   (907) 842-5284
(907) 895-1927 FAX                               (907) 842-2450 FAX

Eagle River                                      Glacier Valley
16600 Centerfield Drive                          9150 Glacier Highway
Eagle River, AK 99577                            Juneau, AK 99801
Manager:  Mark Underwood                         Manager:  Deborah Zenger
(907) 694-3129                                   (907) 789-9550
(907) 694-1435 FAX                               (907) 789-4220 FAX

Glennallen                                       Homer
Mile 187.5 Glenn Highway                         203 W. Pioneer Avenue
Glennallen, AK 99588                             Homer, AK 99603
Manager:  Darby Hobson                           Manager:  John Hoyt
(907) 822-3214                                   (907) 235-8151
(907) 822-3288 FAX                               (907) 235-6181 FAX

General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 25 -                      FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>
Juneau                                           Kenai
123 Seward Street                                11216 Kenai Spur Highway
Juneau, AK 99801                                 Kenai, AK 99611
Manager:  Roy Kyle                               Manager:  Ron Linegar
(907) 586-3324                                   (907) 283-7581
(907) 586-3997 FAX                               (907) 283-4082 FAX

Ketchikan                                        King Salmon
306 Main Street                                  #1 King Salmon Mall
Ketchikan, AK 99901                              King Salmon, AK 99613
Manager:  John Scoblic                           Manager:  Bernard Brown
(907) 225-2184                                   (907) 246-3306
(907) 225-1022 FAX                               (907) 246-3027 FAX

Kodiak                                           Kotzebue
202 Marine Way                                   Lagoon Street and Second
Kodiak, AK 99615                                 Kotzebue, AK 99752
Manager:  Jim Brenner                            Manager:  Alex Navarro
(907) 486-3126                                   (907) 442-3257
(907) 486-5879 FAX                               (907) 442-2157 FAX

Lake Street Branch                               Metlakatla
4014 Lake Street                                 Milton Street
Homer, AK 99603-7682                             Metlakatla, AK 99926
Supervisor:  Mary Covey                          Manager:  Charlene Brendible
(907) 235-2444                                   (907) 886-6363
(907) 235-5272 FAX                               (907) 886-5063 FAX

Mill Bay Branch                                  Nome
2645 Mill Bay Road                               250 E. Front Street
Kodiak, AK 99615                                 Nome, AK 99762
Manager:  Josie Barber                           Manager:  Mitch Erickson
(907) 486-6900                                   (907) 443-2223
(907) 486-2586 FAX                               (907) 443-2742 FAX

Palmer                                           Petersburg
705 South Bailey                                 201 N. Nordic Drive
Palmer, AK 99645                                 Petersburg, AK 99833
Manager:  Taka Tsukada                           Manager:  Bond Stewart
(907) 745-2161                                   (907) 772-3833
(907) 745-6059 FAX                               (907) 772-4881 FAX

General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 26 -                      FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>
Prince of Wales                                  Seattle
1330 Craig Klawock Highway                       One Union Square
Craig, AK 99921                                  600 University Street, #3420
Manager:  Kurt Mattle                            Seattle, WA 98101
(907) 826-3040                                   Manager:  Fred Richard
(907) 3044 FAX                                   (206) 621-9464
                                                 (206) 622-9488 FAX

Seward                                           Shoreline
908 Third Avenue                                 4966 N. Tongass Highway
Seward, AK 99664                                 Ketchikan, AK 99901
Manager:  Lori Draper                            Manager:  Piere Kaptanian
(907) 224-2220                                   (907) 247-7878
(907) 224-3711 FAX                               (907) 225-6868 FAX

Sitka                                            Skagway
300 Lincoln Street                               6th & Broadway
Sitka, AK 99835                                  Skagway, AK 99840
Manager:  Greg West                              Manager:  Kelly Roper
(907) 747-3226                                   (907) 983-2265
(907) 747-8081 FAX                               (907) 983-2128 FAX

Soldotna                                         Tongass
44552 Sterling Highway                           2415 Tongass Avenue
Soldotna, AK 99669                               Ketchikan, AK 99901
Manager:  Kurt Eriksson                          Manager:  Lori Freeman
(907) 262-4435                                   (907) 225-4141
(907) 262-5114 FAX                               (907) 225-0218 FAX

Valdez                                           Wasilla
337 Egan Drive                                   581 W. Parks Highway
Valdez, AK 99686                                 Wasilla, AK 99687
Manager:  Jacquelyn Robb                         Manager:  Jim Reaves
(907) 835-4745                                   (907) 376-5355
(907) 835-5762 FAX                               (907) 376-0298

Wrangell
115 Front Street
Wrangell, AK 99929
Manager:  Tom Saville
(907) 874-3341
(907) 874-3294 FAX

General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 27 -                      FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>
OTHER LOCATIONS

Southeast Mortgage                               Northland Credit (3174)
9211 Lee Smith Drive                             3030 Denali Street
Juneau, AK 99803                                 Anchorage, AK 99503
Manager:  Karen King                             Manager:  John Higgins
(907) 789-7071                                   (907) 562-0266
(907) 789-7552 FAX                               (907) 562-2150 FAX

Northland Credit (3174)                          Northland Credit
                                                   (Dial-in Email)
201 Old Steese Highway, Suite 1                  1700 E. Parks Highway, 
                                                   Suite 100
Fairbanks, AK 99701                              Wasilla, AK 99654
Manager:  Jim Carter                             Manager:  Larry Timmons
(907) 456-5263                                   (907) 376-7600
(9070 456-3677 FAX                               (907) 376-7557 FAX

Northland Credit (Dial-in Email)                 Northland Mortgage 
                                                   (Dial-in Email)
Unknown at this time, open in 1996               2605 Denali Street
Juneau, AK 99803                                 Anchorage, AK 99503
Manager:                                         Manager:  Don Shepherd
(907) xxx-xxxx                                   (907) 274-5150
(907) xxx-xxxx FAX                               (907) 277-4081 FAX

Northland Mortgage (Dial-in Email)               Northland Mortgage 
                                                   (Dial-in Email)
16331 Heritage Place, #100                       522 Third Street
Eagle River, AK 99577                            Fairbanks, AK 99701
Manager:  Trish Kastner                          Manager:  Liz Rhow
(907) 694-7872                                   (907) 452-5007
(907) 694-7292 FAX                               (907) 452-6005 FAX

Northland Mortgage (Dial-in Email)               Northland Mortgage 
                                                   (Dial-in Email)
35551 Kenai Spur Highway                         951 E. Bogard Road, Suite 101
Soldotna, AK 99669                               Wasilla, AK 99701
Manager:  Sherri Rose-Jones                      Manager: Lynn Berry
(907) 262-3940                                   (907) 376-2308
(907) 262-4087 FAX                               (907) 376-0206 FAX

Northland Mortgage (Dial-in Email)
701 S. Bailey, Suite 200
Palmer, AK 99645
Manager:  Annie Davenport
(907) 746-7821
(907) 746-7825 FAX

General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 28 -                      FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>
                            SCHEDULE 6: AGENCY LETTER








General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 29 -                      FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>
20 December 1996


Richard A. Whitney
Director, Business Development
General Communication, Inc. (GCI)
2550 Denali St., Suite 1000
Anchorage, AK.  99503


Subject: Telecommunications Letter of Agency


Dear Richard:

National  Bank of Alaska (NBA) hereby  appoints GCI as its agent for the limited
purpose of ordering,  implementing and maintaining  telecommunications  services
provided by any contractor,  local exchange carrier,  interexchange  carrier, or
enhanced/alternate   service   provider   as  may  be   necessary   for  GCI  to
manage/provide telecommunications services to NBA.

This agency relationship shall remain in effect until modified or revoked by NBA
in writing.  When GCI acts as agent,  GCI is responsible,  on behalf of NBA, for
all such charges,  including without limitation monthly charges,  usage charges,
installation  charges,  or  applicable  termination  charges of the providers of
telecommunications  facilities,  whether these charges are arranged to be billed
directly to NBA or to GCI.

Neither NBA nor GCI shall be  precluded  by this  appointment  from dealing with
carriers  or  providers  in  arranging   for   telecommunications   services  or
connections  to  other  equipment  separate  from  those  associated  with  this
agreement.

Sincerely,



B. John Shipe
Executive Vice President
National Bank of Alaska
P.O. Box 100600
Anchorage, Alaska  99510-0600

BJS:

General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 30 -                      FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>
                       SCHEDULE 7: CONFIDENTIALITY LETTER








General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 31 -                      FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>
15 December 1995


B. John Shipe
Executive Vice President
National Bank of Alaska
P.O. Box 100600
Anchorage, Alaska 99510-0600


Subject: Confidentiality of Information


Dear John:

During our recent business development and contract  negotiations,  we discussed
many  aspects  of  the  business  and  operations  of  our  companies.   Certain
information  disclosed is confidential and has consistently  been considered and
treated by each of us as trade  secrets.  I refer  particularly  to  information
regarding  customers,   pricing  policies,  certain  telecommunications  service
equipment,  product/service/network  development and general business  practices
associated with our outsourcing business. This information was disclosed for use
solely  in  connection  with  developing  and  operating  a  strategic  business
relationship between our companies consistent with our Framework Agreement.

I am writing to confirm the understanding which we reached and documented in our
Framework  Agreement  that all involved  employees and agents of both  companies
will not  disclose,  use for their own benefit,  or otherwise  appropriate  such
trade  secrets or  confidential  information,  except  internally  to the extent
necessary to conduct our joint business.

If I have  correctly  expressed  our  understandings,  please sign and date this
letter.





General Communication, Inc.                      National Bank of Alaska

Richard A. Whitney, Director                     B. John Shipe
Business Development                             Executive Vice President
Dated:                                           Dated:

General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 32 -                      FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>
                   SCHEDULE 8: ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS



General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 33 -                      FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>
Per  discussion  with G. Dalton  (12/13/95)  the following  Framework  Agreement
Sub-Section 15.2 is amended as follows:

         15.2     In  1996,  NBA and the  Contractor  shall  in  respect  of the
                  Services  to be  provided  agree  to an  overall  Target.  The
                  Contractor shall provide the Services at a total charge to NBA
                  which shall enable NBA to achieve its  expectation of savings.
                  The total charge to NBA, or Target,  includes the Contractor's
                  Expected Cost of Operations  (CoOE) as defined in Annex A less
                  ********.


General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 34 -                      FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>
                                SCHEDULE 9: WAN DEPLOYMENT PROJECT


General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 35 -                      FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>
                              OUT OF SCOPE PROJECT

NAME:    WAN Deployment Project
LENGTH:  January 1, 1996 through March 1, 1996
VALUE:   ********

Overview

Engineer,  furnish and install a statewide Branch Wide Area Network (WAN).  This
network is defined  between  intelligent  wiring hubs  located in each Branch or
other defined location and the Anchorage  Operations  Center.  The scope of work
includes detail design,  equipment selection,  equipment/materials  procurement,
project  planning,   project  management,   testing,   shipping,   installation,
integration and acceptance.

Pricing

Detailed  pricing  is  included  on  the  following  pages.  Project  costs  are
summarized as follows:

         Deliverables (Equipment/materials)                  ********
         Labor:                                              ********
         Expenses (Travel/Lodging):                          ********

         TOTAL                                               ********

Terms

Equipment  pricing will meet ********.  All materials and labor will be invoiced
at  ********.  Expenses  will be invoiced  directly.  Cable  plant  installation
pricing in Branches is currently  being  solicited via RFP. It will be billed on
this contract on a ******** basis once firm pricing has been established.

Contractor  will  receive a bonus  should  the total  invoiced  amount  for this
project  underrun  the  project  budget  shown in  Pricing.  This bonus shall be
********  of the  variance  between  the total  invoiced  amount and the project
budget.

All invoices will be due and payable on a Net 30 day basis.

General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 36 -                      FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Description                                                                Qty        Unit Price            Total
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -------- ----------------- ----------------
<S>                                                                       <C>               <C>              <C>
DELIVERABLES:

NBA Branch Site (41 Category 1 site)

56/64 DSU/CSU                                                             ****              ****             ****

Cisco 2509 router                                                         ****              ****             ****

Miscellaneous cables, connectors                                          ****              ****             ****

Code operated matrix switch                                               ****              ****             ****

Dialup maintenance modem                                                  ****              ****             ****

Dial restoral modem                                                       ****              ****             ****

Equipment rack                                                            ****              ****             ****

Miscellaneous install materials/costs (tywraps, power etc.)               ****              ****             ****

NBA Branch Site (7 category 2 sites)

56/64 DSU/CSU                                                             ****              ****             ****

Cisco 4000 router                                                         ****              ****             ****

Miscellaneous cables, connectors                                          ****              ****             ****

Code operated matrix switch                                               ****              ****             ****

Dialup maintenance modem                                                  ****              ****             ****

Dial restoral modem                                                       ****              ****             ****

Equipment rack                                                            ****              ****             ****

Miscellaneous install materials/costs (tywraps, power etc.)               ****              ****             ****

</TABLE>
General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 37 -                      FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Description                                                                Qty        Unit Price            Total
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -------- ----------------- ----------------
<S>                                                                       <C>               <C>              <C>
NBA Branch Site (2 category 3 sites)

Cisco 2501 router                                                         ****              ****             ****
 
Miscellaneous cables, connectors                                          ****              ****             ****

Code operated matrix switch                                               ****              ****             ****

Dialup maintenance modem                                                  ****              ****             ****

Dial restoral modem                                                       ****              ****             ****

Equipment rack                                                            ****              ****             ****

Miscellaneous install materials/costs (tywraps, power etc.)               ****              ****             ****

NBA Branch Site (3 category 4 sites)
Cisco 2509 router                                                         ****              ****             ****

Miscellaneous cables, connectors                                          ****              ****             ****

Code operated matrix switch                                               ****              ****             ****

Dialup maintenance modem                                                  ****              ****             ****

Dial restoral modem                                                       ****              ****             ****

Equipment rack                                                            ****              ****             ****

Miscellaneous install materials/costs (tywraps, power etc.)               ****              ****             ****

</TABLE>
General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 38 -                      FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Description                                                                Qty        Unit Price            Total
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -------- ----------------- ----------------
<S>                                                                       <C>               <C>              <C>
NBA Branch Site (3 category 5 sites)

Cisco 2501 router                                                         ****              ****             ****

Miscellaneous cables, connectors                                          ****              ****             ****

Code operated matrix switch                                               ****              ****             ****

Dialup maintenance modem                                                  ****              ****             ****

Dial restoral modem                                                       ****              ****             ****

Equipment rack                                                            ****              ****             ****

Miscellaneous install materials/costs (tywraps, power etc.)               ****              ****             ****

Anchorage Operation Center

Cisco 4700 router                                                         ****              ****             ****

Cisco 2512 router (16 async/2TR for dial restoral)                        ****              ****             ****

Miscellaneous cables, connectors                                          ****              ****             ****

Code operated matrix switch                                               ****              ****             ****

Dialup maintenance modem                                                  ****              ****             ****

Dial restoral modem                                                       ****              ****             ****

Equipment rack                                                            ****              ****             ****

Miscellaneous install materials/costs (tywraps, power etc.)               ****              ****             ****


POS Dial Restoral

Dial restoral modem                                                       ****              ****             ****

X.25 pad upgrade                                                          ****              ****             ****

X.25 switch upgrade                                                       ****              ****             ****

</TABLE>
General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 39 -                      FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Description                                                                Qty        Unit Price            Total
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -------- ----------------- ----------------
<S>                                                                       <C>               <C>              <C>
M&I Data Processing Center

Cisco 4500-M router                                                       ****              ****             ****

Miscellaneous cables, connectors                                          ****              ****             ****

Code operated matrix switch                                               ****              ****             ****

Dialup maintenance modem                                                  ****              ****             ****

Equipment rack                                                            ****              ****             ****

Miscellaneous install materials/costs (tywraps, power etc.)               ****              ****             ****


GCI Anchorage (CNCC)

Miscellaneous install materials/costs (tywraps, power etc.)               ****              ****             ****

Spares

     Spares @ ***** of deliverables ******                                ****                               ****

     Shipping @ *****                                                                       ****             ****
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Description                                                       Qty      MH               Rate            Total
- --------------------------------------------------------------- ------ -------- ----------------- ----------------
<S>                                                              <C>      <C>               <C>              <C>
LABOR:
          
Configure and test                                               ****     ****

Installation                                                     ****     ****              ****             ****

Installation travel to remote branch                             ****     ****              ****             ****

Engineering                                                      ****     ****              ****             ****

Project Management                                               ****     ****              ****             ****

Clerical                                                         ****     ****              ****             ****

Documentation/CADD                                               ****     ****              ****             ****
</TABLE>
General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 40 -                      FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Description                                                                Qty        Unit Price            Total
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -------- ----------------- ----------------
<S>                                                                       <C>               <C>              <C>
EXPENSES:

GCI Travel Expenses

Airfare                                                                   ****              ****             ****

Mileage                                                                   ****              ****             ****

Lodging                                                                   ****              ****             ****

Rental Vehicle                                                            ****              ****             ****

Per Diem                                                                  ****              ****             ****

 
Protocol Analyzer (rental for installation) 1 unit for 3 mos.             ****              ****             ****

BER test set (rental for installation) 4 units for 2 mos.                 ****              ****             ****
</TABLE>
General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 41 -                      FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>
                        SCHEDULE 10: LONG TERM CONTRACTS


General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 42 -                      FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   Contract Term
   Contract         Contract            or
     Owner         Start Date      Depreciation                   Description                     Amount
- ---------------- --------------- ------------------ ----------------------------------------- ---------------
      <S>            <C>              <C>               <C>                                       <C>
                                                                                                  ******
      GCI            1/1/96           Capital           Newbridge Multiplexer Equipment

      GCI            1/1/96           5 years           MCI-Hyperstream Frame Relay               TBD
</TABLE>
General Communication, Inc. (GCI)            - 43 -                      FINAL
1996 Call-Off Contract                                                 4/25/96


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission